Basic English Grammar Course for Beginners | 37 Lessons | Learn with Esther

Hi everybody.

Hola a todos.

Welcome to Beginner 1.

Bienvenido a Principiante 1.

In these videos, I hope to  teach you some basic English.

En estos videos, espero enseñarte algo de inglés básico.

So, these videos are for low level beginners.

Entonces, estos videos son para principiantes de bajo nivel.

Okay…

Now when you watch these videos, I want you to pay attention.

Bien...

Ahora, cuando veas estos videos, quiero que prestes atención.

Okay…

Watch all the videos in the series.

Vale...

Mira todos los vídeos de la serie.

Okay…

Está bien…

Please listen carefully and if there are any words or expressions that you don’t know,

Escuche atentamente y si hay alguna palabra o expresión que no sepa,

please check your dictionary.

consulte su diccionario.

Another thing you should do is repeat after me.

Otra cosa que debes hacer es repetir después de mí.

Repeating is a really good practice.

Repetir es una muy buena práctica.

Okay…

De acuerdo...

So, I know that some of these videos are hard.

Entonces, sé que algunos de estos videos son difíciles.

But please don’t give up.

Pero por favor no te rindas.

If you try your best, and watch all of these videos,

Si haces tu mejor esfuerzo y miras todos estos videos,

I know that your English will get better.

sé que tu inglés mejorará.

Okay, well let’s get started.

Bien, bueno, comencemos.

Hi, everybody and welcome to this video.

Hola a todos y bienvenidos a este video.

Now in this video, I want to talk about the difference between consonants and vowels.

Ahora, en este video, quiero hablar sobre la diferencia entre consonantes y vocales.

Now, in the English alphabet,  there are twenty-six letters.

Ahora, en el alfabeto inglés, hay veintiséis letras.

And in the alphabet, there are five main vowels and one special vowel.

Y en el alfabeto hay cinco vocales principales y una vocal especial.

And the rest are consonants.

Y el resto son consonantes.

So, let’s look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo a la pizarra.

Here’s the alphabet.

Aquí está el alfabeto.

The first letter, ‘a’, is a vowel.

La primera letra, 'a', es una vocal.

The next letter, ‘b’, is a consonant.

La siguiente letra, 'b', es una consonante.

‘c’ is a consonant.

'c' es una consonante.

‘d’ consonant.

consonante 'd'.

‘e’ is a vowel.

'e' es una vocal.

Then, ‘f’, is a consonant.

Entonces, 'f', es una consonante.

‘g’ consonant.

consonante 'g'.

‘h’ consonant.

consonante 'h'.

‘i’ is another vowel.

'i' es otra vocal.

‘j’ is a consonant.

'j' es una consonante.

‘k’ consonant.

consonante 'k'.

‘l’, ‘m’, ‘n’ are consonants.

'l', 'm', 'n' son consonantes.

‘o’ is another vowel.

'o' es otra vocal.

‘p’, ‘q’, ‘r’, ’s’ and ‘t’, these are all consonants.

'p', 'q', 'r', 's' y 't', todas son consonantes.

‘u’ is the last main vowel.

'u' es la última vocal principal.

‘v’ consonant.

consonante 'v'.

‘w’ consonant.

consonante 'w'.

‘x’ consonant.

consonante 'x'.

‘y’ is the special vowel.

'y' es la vocal especial.

And we’ll talk about that more later on.

Y hablaremos de eso más adelante.

And ‘z’ is the last letter, and it is a consonant.

Y 'z' es la última letra, y es una consonante.

Okay, so, there are twenty-six  letters in the alphabet.

Bien, entonces, hay veintiséis letras en el alfabeto.

There are five main vowels.

Hay cinco vocales principales.

One special vowel.

Una vocal especial.

And the rest are consonant.

Y el resto son consonantes.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Let’s look at some words.

Veamos algunas palabras.

Now all English words have vowels.

Ahora todas las palabras en inglés tienen vocales.

Maybe one or many vowels.

Tal vez una o muchas vocales.

So, let’s look at these words.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo a estas palabras.

The first word is “cat”.

La primera palabra es "gato".

Okay, we have ‘c’ is a consonant.

Bien, tenemos 'c' es una consonante.

‘a’ a vowel.

'a' una vocal.

‘t’ consonant.

't' consonante.

“Egg”.

"Huevo".

‘e’ is a vowel.

'e' es una vocal.

And ‘g’, ‘g’.

Y 'g', 'g'.

‘g’ is a consonant.

'g' es una consonante.

“Hit”.

"Pegar".

‘h’ is a consonant.

'h' es una consonante.

‘i’ a vowel.

'i' una vocal.

And ‘t’ a consonant.

Y 't' una consonante.

“Top”.

"Cima".

‘t’ is a consonant.

't' es una consonante.

‘o’ is a vowel.

'o' es una vocal.

And ‘p’ a consonant.

Y 'p' una consonante.

The last word is “cut”.

La última palabra es "cortar".

‘c’ is a consonant.

'c' es una consonante.

‘u’ a vowel.

'u' una vocal.

And ‘t’ a consonant.

Y 't' una consonante.

So, we have the main vowels: ‘a’, ’e’, ‘i’, ‘o’, ‘u’.

Entonces, tenemos las vocales principales: 'a', 'e', ​​'i', 'o', 'u'.

Now, I said ‘y’ is a special vowel.

Ahora, dije que 'y' es una vocal especial.

That’s because sometimes it’s a vowel and sometimes it’s a consonant.

Eso es porque a veces es una vocal ya veces es una consonante.

So, let’s look.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo.

In the word, “why”,

En la palabra “por qué”,

the letter ‘y’ sounds like ‘i’.

la letra 'y' suena como 'i'.

“Why”.

"Por qué".

So, it is a vowel.

Entonces, es una vocal.

“Bicycle”.

"Bicicleta".

The letter ‘y’ sounds like ‘i’.

La letra 'y' suena como 'i'.

“Bicycle”.

"Bicicleta".

‘i’ is the letter ‘i’, right, it sounds like the letter ‘i’.

'i' es la letra 'i', cierto, suena como la letra 'i'.

So, in this case ‘y’ is also a vowel.

Entonces, en este caso, 'y' también es una vocal.

“Pretty”.

"Lindo".

“Pretty”.

"Lindo".

‘y’ sounds like ‘e’.

'y' suena como 'e'.

Okay…

Está bien…

“Pretty”.

So, it’s a vowel.

“Bonita”.

Entonces, es una vocal.

Now, in the last two words,

Ahora, en las dos últimas palabras,

“you” and “yes”, the letter ‘y’ is a consonant.

“tú” y “sí”, la letra 'y' es una consonante.

Usually, if ‘y’ comes at the beginning of a word,

Por lo general, si 'y' viene al principio de una palabra,

or if it makes a /u/ sound,

o si hace un sonido /u/,

for example, “you”, “yes”,

por ejemplo, "tú", "sí",

it is a consonant. Okay…

es una consonante. Vale...

So again, five main vowels: ‘a’, ’e’, ’i’, ’o’, ’u’.

De nuevo, cinco vocales principales: 'a', 'e', ​​'i', 'o', 'u'.

And ‘y’ the special vowel.

Y 'y' la vocal especial.

Now to help us remember vowels, we can say, “a, e, i, o, u and sometimes y.”

Ahora, para ayudarnos a recordar las vocales, podemos decir "a, e, i, o, u y, a veces, y".

Okay, repeat again after me.

Está bien, repite de nuevo después de mí.

“a, e, i, o, u and sometimes y.”

“a, e, i, o, u y a veces y”.

One more time, faster.

Una vez más, más rápido.

“a, e, i, o, u and sometimes y.”

“a, e, i, o, u y a veces y”.

Okay, and that’s the end of this video. Thank you.

Bien, y ese es el final de este video. Gracias.

Hi everybody and welcome to this video.

Hola a todos y bienvenidos a este video.

In this video, we’re going to  talk about using ‘a’ or ‘an’.

En este video, vamos a hablar sobre el uso de 'a' o 'an'.

Okay.

Bueno.

We use ‘a’ or ‘an’ in front of nouns.

Usamos 'a' o 'an' delante de sustantivos.

Well, what is a noun?

Bueno, ¿qué es un sustantivo?

A noun is a person, place, thing, or animal.

Un sustantivo es una persona, lugar, cosa o animal.

Okay, so let’s look at the board.

Bien, veamos el tablero.

The first noun we have is “banana”.

El primer sustantivo que tenemos es “banana”.

“banana”, starts with the consonant ‘b’.

“banana”, comienza con la consonante 'b'.

So, we put “a banana”.

Entonces, ponemos “un plátano”.

“a banana”.

"una banana".

Look at the next word. “Apple”.

Mira la siguiente palabra. "Manzana".

In this case, the first letter is ‘a’.

En este caso, la primera letra es 'a'.

‘a’ is a vowel.

'a' es una vocal.

Remember the vowels are a, e, i, o, u,

Recuerda que las vocales son a, e, i, o, u,

so we have to put ‘an’.

entonces tenemos que poner 'an'.

“an apple”.

"una manzana".

“cat”. Hmmm.

"gato". Mmm.

The first letter, ‘c’, is a consonant.

La primera letra, 'c', es una consonante.

So, should we put, ‘a’ or ‘an’?

Entonces, ¿debemos poner 'a' o 'an'?

Remember, if it’s a consonant, we have to put ‘a’.

Recuerda, si es una consonante, tenemos que poner 'a'.

“a cat”.

"un gato".

The next word, “boy”.

La siguiente palabra, "niño".

Again, the word starts with a consonant: ‘b’.

Nuevamente, la palabra comienza con una consonante: 'b'.

So, we have to say, “a boy”.

Entonces, tenemos que decir, “un niño”.

The next word, “egg”, has the letter ‘e’ in front.

La siguiente palabra, “huevo”, tiene la letra 'e' delante.

‘e’ is a vowel.

'e' es una vocal.

So, what do we put?

Entonces, ¿qué ponemos?

We put ‘an’.

Ponemos 'an'.

If we read it, it sounds like “an egg.”

Si lo leemos, suena como “un huevo”.

“an egg”.

"un huevo".

Okay, and the last word is “ant”.

Bien, y la última palabra es "hormiga".

“ant” starts with the vowel ‘a’.

“ant” comienza con la vocal 'a'.

So again, we must put……”an ant”.

Así que de nuevo, debemos poner……”una hormiga”.

“an ant”.

"una hormiga".

Now, let’s go through these words together.

Ahora, analicemos estas palabras juntos.

“a banana”. “a banana”.

"una banana". "una banana".

“an apple”. “an apple”.

"una manzana". "una manzana".

Keep in mind that when you have ‘an’ in front,

Tenga en cuenta que cuando tiene 'an' al frente,

it has to sound like almost one word.

tiene que sonar como casi una palabra.

“an apple”. “an apple”.

"una manzana". "una manzana".

“a cat”. “a cat”.

"un gato". "un gato".

“a boy”. “a boy”.

"Un niño". "Un niño".

“an egg”. “an egg”.

"un huevo". "un huevo".

“an egg”.

"un huevo".

Again, it sounds like one word.

Una vez más, suena como una sola palabra.

"an egg". 

"un huevo".

"an ant" "an ant"

"una hormiga" "una hormiga"

"an ant"

"una hormiga"

Okay. Let’s move on the next part.

Está bien. Pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, let’s do some extra practice.

Bien, hagamos un poco de práctica extra.

Ahhh, I have some nouns on the board.

Ahhh, tengo algunos sustantivos en la pizarra.

Remember, a noun is a person, place, thing or animal.

Recuerda, un sustantivo es una persona, lugar, cosa o animal.

So let’s go through them one by one.

Así que vamos a repasarlos uno por uno.

“a book”, “book” is a thing.

“un libro”, “libro” es una cosa.

It’s a thing that we read.

Es una cosa que leemos.

“park”, is a place. It’s a place we go.

“parque”, es un lugar. Es un lugar al que vamos.

“umbrella” is a thing.

"paraguas" es una cosa.

Right. Umbrella is a thing that we use when it’s raining.

Derecha. Paraguas es una cosa que usamos cuando está lloviendo.

“elephant”. “elephant” is an animal.

"elefante". “elefante” es un animal.

“doctor”. “doctor” is a person.

"doctor". “doctor” es una persona.

And “orange”. "orange" is a thing that we eat.

Y "naranja". "naranja" es una cosa que comemos.

Okay. Now, I’m going to say ‘a’ or ‘an’ in front of the nouns.

Bueno. Ahora, voy a decir 'a' o 'an' delante de los sustantivos.

I want you to listen and see if you can hear the difference.

Quiero que escuches y veas si puedes notar la diferencia.

Okay…

Vale...

We have “book”.

Tenemos "libro".

In that case we say, “a book”. “a book”.

En ese caso decimos, “un libro”. "un libro".

We have to say, “a book”.

Tenemos que decir, “un libro”.

Okay…

The next one is “park”.

Bien...

El siguiente es "parque".

We say, “a park”. “a park”.

Decimos, “un parque”. "un parque".

Remember, we put ‘a’ in front of words that begin with consonants.

Recuerda, ponemos 'a' delante de las palabras que comienzan con consonantes.

‘b’ and ‘p’ are consonants.

'b' y 'p' son consonantes.

That’s why we say, “a book”, “a park”.

Por eso decimos, “un libro”, “un parque”.

Okay…

Bien...

How about the next word?

¿Qué tal la siguiente palabra?

“an umbrella”.

"un paraguas".

“an umbrella”.

"un paraguas".

Could you here the difference? “an umbrella”.

¿Podrías aquí la diferencia? "un paraguas".

We say ‘an’ because umbrella starts with a vowel: ‘u’.

Decimos 'an' porque paraguas comienza con una vocal: 'u'.

“an umbrella”.

"un paraguas".

Okay… “elephant”.

Vale... "elefante".

We should we say?

¿Deberíamos decir?

“an elephant”. “an elephant”.

"un elefante". "un elefante".

Again, 'elephant' starts with a vowel.

Nuevamente, 'elefante' comienza con una vocal.

“a doctor”. “a doctor”.

"un médico". "un médico".

“a doctor”.

"un médico".

And the last word, “an orange”. “an orange”.

Y la última palabra, “una naranja”. "una naranja".

Again, we have to say, “an orange” because ‘o’ is a vowel.

Nuevamente, tenemos que decir, “una naranja” porque 'o' es una vocal.

So, let’s go through each word one more time.

Entonces, repasemos cada palabra una vez más.

“a book”. “a book”.

"un libro". "un libro".

Okay…

Vale…

“a park”. “a park”.

“un parque”. "un parque".

“an umbrella”. “an umbrella”.

"un paraguas". "un paraguas".

Notice it sounds like one word.

Fíjate que suena como una sola palabra.

“an umbrella”.

"un paraguas".

“an elephant” “an elephant”

“un elefante” “un elefante”

“a doctor” “a doctor”

“un doctor” “un doctor”

And the last one.

Y el último.

“an orange” “an orange”

“una naranja” “una naranja”

Okay. So that’s the end of this video.

Bien. Así que ese es el final de este video.

I hope you can remember when to use ‘a’ and ‘an’.

Espero que puedas recordar cuándo usar 'a' y 'an'.

Okay, thank you. Bye.

OK gracias. Adiós.

Hi, everybody and welcome to this video.

Hola a todos y bienvenidos a este video.

Now, in this lesson I’m going to talk about singular and plural nouns.

Ahora, en esta lección voy a hablar sobre los sustantivos singulares y plurales.

Okay. Singular means one.

Bueno. Singular significa uno.

And plural means more than one or many.

Y plural significa más de uno o muchos.

Okay. So let’s look at the board.

Bueno. Así que echemos un vistazo a la pizarra.

This part is showing singular nouns.

Esta parte muestra sustantivos singulares.

Okay, remember, singular means one.

Vale, recuerda, singular significa uno.

Okay.

Bueno.

So when the noun is singular, we put ‘a’ or ‘an’.

Entonces, cuando el sustantivo es singular, ponemos 'a' o 'an'.

So let’s look.

Así que echemos un vistazo.

“a ring”

“un anillo”

That means one ring. “a ring”

Eso significa un anillo. “un anillo”

“a dog” Again, one dog.

“un perro” Nuevamente, un perro.

“a dog”

“un perro”

“a teacher” One teacher.

“un maestro” Un maestro.

“a teacher”

“un maestro”

“an apple” “an apple”

“una manzana” “una manzana”

One apple.

Una manzana.

“an egg” “an egg”

“un huevo” “un huevo”

One egg.

Un huevo.

So again, one…. noun is singular.

Así que de nuevo, uno…. sustantivo es singular.

Okay. Now over here, we have plural nouns.

Bueno. Ahora aquí, tenemos sustantivos en plural.

Plural means more than one. Two, three, four, and so on.

Plural significa más de uno. Dos, tres, cuatro, y así sucesivamente.

So, many. Okay.

Tantos. Bueno.

So, when we have a plural noun, we have to,

Entonces, cuando tenemos un sustantivo en plural, tenemos que,

don’t forget, we have to put ‘s’ or ‘es’.

no se olviden, tenemos que poner 's' o 'es'.

Again, if there’s more than one,

De nuevo, si hay más de uno,

if the noun is plural,

si el sustantivo es plural,

you have to put ‘s’ or ‘es’.

hay que poner 's' o 'es'.

Now the nouns here, you just have to add an ‘s’.

Ahora los sustantivos aquí, solo tienes que agregar una 's'.

Okay, and we’re going to  go through them right now.

Bien, y vamos a repasarlos ahora mismo.

“two rings”.

“dos anillos”.

Okay, we had one ring. “a ring”.

Vale, teníamos un anillo. "un anillo".

Now we have “two rings.” With an ‘s’.

Ahora tenemos "dos anillos". Con una 's'.

Okay.

Bueno.

We had “a dog”.

Teníamos “un perro”.

The plural is “three dogs”.

El plural es “tres perros”.

Again, ‘s’ “three dogs”

Nuevamente, 's' “tres perros”

“a teacher” One teacher

“un maestro” Un maestro

“four teachers” “four teachers”

“cuatro maestros” “cuatro maestros”

Don’t forget the ‘s’.

No olvide la 's'.

Okay, you must not forget that.

Está bien, no debes olvidar eso.

“an apple”. That’s one apple.

"una manzana". Esa es una manzana.

Then we have plural. “five apples”

Luego tenemos el plural. “cinco manzanas”

“five apples”

“cinco manzanas”

Okay. And the last one.

Bien. Y el último.

“an egg”. One egg.

"un huevo". Un huevo.

“six eggs”

“seis huevos”

Don’t forget ‘s’. “six eggs”

No olvides la 's'. "seis huevos"

Okay. I really need you to remember that.

Está bien. Realmente necesito que recuerdes eso.

“two rings”

“dos anillos”

“three dogs”

“tres perros”

“four teachers”

“cuatro maestros”

“five apples”

“cinco manzanas”

and “six eggs”.

y “seis huevos”.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Now we have some more nouns.

Ahora tenemos algunos sustantivos más.

These nouns are a little bit different.

Estos sustantivos son un poco diferentes.

Uhhh, when they’re singular it’s the same.

Uhhh, cuando son singulares es lo mismo.

You put ‘a’ or ‘an’ in front.

Pones 'a' o 'an' delante.

But when you want to make them  plural, you have to add ‘es’.

Pero cuando quieras hacerlos en plural, debes agregar 'es'.

Remember, I said, you can add ‘s’ or ‘es’ to make a noun plural…more than one.

Recuerde, dije, puede agregar 's' o 'es' para formar un sustantivo en plural... más de uno.

So again, these nouns you have to add ‘es’.

Entonces, de nuevo, a estos sustantivos tienes que agregar 'es'.

So let’s go through them one more time.

Así que vamos a repasarlos una vez más.

Okay. So we have “a bus”.

Bueno. Así que tenemos "un autobús".

“a bus”

“un autobús”

Again, that means one bus.

Nuevamente, eso significa un autobús.

“a box” “a box”

“una caja” “una caja”

“a watch” “a watch”

“un reloj” “un reloj”

Okay, one.

Bueno, uno.

“a kiss” “a kiss”

“un beso” “un beso”

And “an ax”. “an ax”

y “un hacha”. “un hacha”

One. “an ax”

Uno. "un hacha"

Okay. Now, we’re going to move on to the plural.

Está bien. Ahora, vamos a pasar al plural.

Remember, again, to make the plural, or more 

Recuerde, nuevamente, para hacer el plural, o más

than one, here, we add ‘es’. Okay.

de uno, aquí agregamos 'es'. Bueno.

“a bus” One.

“un autobús” Uno.

“two buses” “two buses”

“dos buses” “dos buses”

“a box”

“una caja”

“three boxes” “three boxes”

“tres cajas” “tres cajas”

“a watch”. “four watches”

“un reloj”. “cuatro relojes”

‘es’ right. “four watches”

'es' correcto. “cuatro relojes”

“a kiss” One.

“un beso” Uno.

“five kisses” “five kisses”

“cinco besos” “cinco besos”

Add the ‘es’.

Añade la 'es'.

And the last one.

Y el último.

“an ax” “an ax”

“un hacha” “un hacha”

Okay, we have “six axes”. “six axes”

Bueno, tenemos “seis hachas”. “seis hachas”

So don’t forget. We have to put  

Así que no lo olvides. Tenemos que poner

‘es’ to make these nouns plural.

'es' para hacer que estos sustantivos sean plurales.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

So, how do we know if we should put ‘s’ or ‘es’ to make the noun plural?

Entonces, ¿cómo sabemos si debemos poner 's' o 'es' para formar el plural del sustantivo?

Well, for most nouns, you just have to put ‘s’.

Bueno, para la mayoría de los sustantivos, solo tienes que poner 's'.

Okay, for most of them.

Bien, para la mayoría de ellos.

But, for some, you have to put ‘es’. And how do we know?

Pero, para algunos, hay que poner 'es'. ¿Y cómo lo sabemos?

Well…

Bueno...

Let’s look at the board. We have some nouns.

Miremos el tablero. Tenemos algunos sustantivos.

The first one is “church”. Okay.

La primera es “iglesia”. Bueno.

“Church” ends in ‘ch’.

“Iglesia” termina en 'ch'.

So if the noun ends in ‘ch’, you have to put ‘es’.

Entonces, si el sustantivo termina en 'ch', debes poner 'es'.

Okay. So it becomes “churches”.

Bueno. Entonces se convierte en “iglesias”.

So again, if the noun ends in ‘ch’,

De nuevo, si el sustantivo termina en 'ch',

add ‘es’ at the end to make it plural.

agregue 'es' al final para hacerlo plural.

The same goes for the next word “brush”.

Lo mismo ocurre con la siguiente palabra "cepillo".

You’ll notice “brush” ends in ‘sh’. Okay.

Notarás que "pincel" termina en 'sh'. Bueno.

So if it ends in ‘sh’, same thing, we add ‘es’ at the end to make it plural.

Entonces, si termina en 'sh', lo mismo, agregamos 'es' al final para que sea plural.

Okay. The next word is 'fox'.

Bueno. La siguiente palabra es 'zorro'.

We have the letter ‘x’ at the end. Okay.

Tenemos la letra 'x' al final. Bueno.

All nouns that end in ‘x’, we have to put ‘es’ to make it plural.

Todos los sustantivos que terminan en 'x', tenemos que poner 'es' para que sea plural.

Okay, so, ‘ch’, ‘sh’, ‘x’.

Bien, entonces, 'ch', 'sh', 'x'.

If the noun ends with these, put ‘es’.

Si el sustantivo termina con estas, se pone 'es'.

And the last one is “dress”.

Y el último es “vestido”.

Okay, we have ‘ss’ at the end.

Bien, tenemos 'ss' al final.

Same thing.

La misma cosa.

Put ‘es’ at the end to make it plural.

Ponga 'es' al final para hacerlo plural.

Okay. “dresses”

Bueno. “vestidos”

Again, if it ends in ‘ss’ put ‘es’.

Nuevamente, si termina en 'ss' pon 'es'.

Okay, so please, don’t  forget ‘ch’, ‘sh’, ‘x’, ‘ss’, 

Bien, por favor, no olvides 'ch', 'sh', 'x', 'ss',

we must put ‘es’ at the end.

debemos poner 'es' al final.

Most of the other nouns we just add ‘s’.

A la mayoría de los otros sustantivos solo les agregamos 's'.

Okay. Now we have some special nouns on this side.

Bueno. Ahora tenemos algunos sustantivos especiales en este lado.

“Potato, tomato, volcano”.

“Patata, tomate, volcán”.

Now, most nouns that end in ‘o’, like “photo”,

Ahora, la mayoría de los sustantivos que terminan en 'o', como "foto",

all we have to do is add an ‘s’ to make it plural.

todo lo que tenemos que hacer es agregar una 's' para que sea plural.

“photos”. Okay.

“fotos”. Bueno.

But these are special because we actually 

Pero estos son especiales porque en realidad

have to put ‘es’ at the end… to make them…plural.

tenemos que poner 'es' al final... para hacerlos... plural.

Okay. So we have “potatoes, tomatoes, volcanoes”.

Bueno. Entonces tenemos “papas, tomates, volcanes”.

Again, these are a little bit special.

Nuevamente, estos son un poco especiales.

For most nouns that end in ‘o’, we just add ‘s’.

Para la mayoría de los sustantivos que terminan en 'o', simplemente agregamos 's'.

Okay, and, uhhh, let’s go to the final part.

Bien, y, uhhh, vamos a la parte final.

Okay, let’s do some extra practice.

Bien, hagamos un poco de práctica extra.

On the board, I have some nouns.

En la pizarra, tengo algunos sustantivos.

Some are singular and some are plural.

Algunos son singulares y otros son plurales.

We have to decide together  if we should put ‘s’ or ‘es’

Tenemos que decidir juntos si debemos poner 's' o 'es'

or make them singular. Okay.

o hacerlos singulares. Bueno.

So you have to listen carefully and  remember what we learned in this video.

Así que tienes que escuchar con atención y recordar lo que aprendimos en este video.

Okay. “two books”

Bueno. “dos libros”

Right, this is plural. There are two.

Correcto, esto es plural. Hay dos.

“two books” We have to put an ‘s’.

“dos libros” Tenemos que poner una 's'.

“two books”

"dos libros"

Okay. The next one.

Está bien. El siguiente.

“three class” Hmmmm.

"tres clases" Hmmmm.

“class” ends with an ‘s’. So what do we put?

"clase" termina con una 's'. Entonces, ¿qué ponemos?

“three classes” “three classes”

“tres clases” “tres clases”

Okay. So again the plural is “three classes”.

Bien. Así que de nuevo el plural es "tres clases".

Okay. 

Bueno.

“a lion” “a lion”

“un león” “un león”

Do we have to put anything? No.

¿Tenemos que poner algo? No.

No ‘s’ or ‘es’ because this is singular. There’s just one lion.

No 's' o 'es' porque es singular. Solo hay un león.

“a lion”

“un león”

“six hats” “six hats”

“seis sombreros” “seis sombreros”

We have to put an ‘s’. “six hats”

Tenemos que poner una 's'. "seis sombreros"

Okay. The next noun is “seven match”.

Está bien. El siguiente sustantivo es "siete partidos".

What do we put?

¿Qué ponemos?

Well, we have a ‘ch’. So we have to put “matches”.

Bueno, tenemos una 'ch'. Así que tenemos que poner “fósforos”.

“seven matches” “seven matches”

"siete partidos" "siete partidos"

Okay. And the last one is “one bat”.

Bien. Y el último es “un murciélago”.

“one bat”.

“un murciélago”.

We do not put an ‘s’ or ‘es’ because again, it’s just one.

No ponemos 's' o 'es' porque de nuevo, es solo uno.

We don’t have to put anything after ‘bat’.

No tenemos que poner nada después de 'bat'.

Okay, this is singular.

Bien, esto es singular.

Okay, so, in this video, we learned how to make a noun singular.

Bien, entonces, en este video, aprendimos cómo hacer que un sustantivo sea singular.

Okay. And how to make a noun plural.

Bueno. Y cómo hacer un sustantivo plural.

Remember, singular means one. Plural means more than one.

Recuerda, singular significa uno. Plural significa más de uno.

And remember, don’t forget, we have to put 

Y recuerda, no olvides, tenemos que poner

‘s’ or ‘es’. Okay.

's' o 'es'. Bueno.

And thanks for joining. That’s the end of this video.

Y gracias por unirte. Ese es el final de este video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi everybody and welcome to this video.

Hola a todos y bienvenidos a este video.

In this video, we’re going to  talk about subjective pronouns.

En este video, vamos a hablar sobre los pronombres subjetivos.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo al tablero.

Here they are. The subjective pronouns.

Aquí están. Los pronombres subjetivos.

Please take a careful look. They’re very important in English.

Por favor, eche un vistazo cuidadoso. Son muy importantes en inglés.

Okay. So, the first subjective pronoun is ‘I’.

Bueno. Entonces, el primer pronombre subjetivo es 'yo'.

“I” means me. “I’m Esther”.

“Yo” significa yo. “Soy Ester”.

I

I

He Now, “he” is only used for boys or men.

Él Ahora, "él" solo se usa para niños u hombres.

Okay. He

Bueno. Él

So another boy or man is “he”.

Así que otro niño u hombre es “él”.

“She” is used for girls or women.

"Ella" se usa para niñas o mujeres.

Okay. She

Bueno. She

It “It”  

It “It”

is used for a place like a school, an animal like a dog, or a thing like a chair.

se usa para un lugar como una escuela, un animal como un perro o algo como una silla.

Okay. It

Bueno. El

The next one is “you”. “You” means you.

siguiente es “usted”. “Tú” significa tú.

Okay. “you”.

Bueno. "usted".

We “We” means other people and me.

Nosotros “Nosotros” significa otras personas y yo.

For example, “I sing”, “you sing”, then “we sing”.

Por ejemplo, “yo canto”, “tú cantas”, luego “nosotros cantamos”.

Okay. “we”.

Bueno. "nosotros".

And the last one is “they”.

Y el último es “ellos”.

“They” means many people,  places, animals or things.

“Ellos” significa muchas personas, lugares, animales o cosas.

Okay. So, more than one.

Bueno. Entonces, más de uno.

If there’s more than one, we use  the subjective pronoun ‘they’.

Si hay más de uno, usamos el pronombre subjetivo 'ellos'.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, so let’s practice together  with subjective pronouns.

Bien, practiquemos juntos con los pronombres subjetivos.

The first sentence on the  board says, “Jenny sings”.

La primera oración en la pizarra dice: “Jenny canta”.

Now Jenny is one girl.

Ahora Jenny es una niña.

So we can say, “She sings”.

Entonces podemos decir, “Ella canta”.

“Jack sings”. Jack is one boy.

“Jack canta”. Jack es un niño.

So we have to say, “he sings”.

Así que tenemos que decir, “él canta”.

The last sentence says, “Jenny and Jack sing”.

La última oración dice: "Jenny y Jack cantan".

Now Jenny and Jack are two people.

Ahora Jenny y Jack son dos personas.

So we have to say, “they sing”.

Así que tenemos que decir, “ellos cantan”.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, let’s do some more practice.

Bien, vamos a hacer un poco más de práctica.

The first sentence on the board says,

La primera frase de la pizarra dice:

“The cat runs”.

“El gato corre”.

‘The cat’ is an animal, so we have to say, “It runs”.

'El gato' es un animal, entonces tenemos que decir, 'Corre'.

The next sentence says, “The dog and cat run”.

La siguiente oración dice: “El perro y el gato corren”.

Now, ‘the dog and cat’, they are two animals.

Ahora, 'el perro y el gato', son dos animales.

So anytime you have two or more  things, we say, “They run”.

Entonces, cada vez que tienes dos o más cosas, decimos: "Corren".

‘They’.

'Ellos'.

Okay, now, for the last sentence, I’m  going to talk about my cat, Ongee.

Bien, ahora, para la última oración, voy a hablar sobre mi gato, Ongee.

Ongee is a cat. He’s an animal.

Ongee es un gato. Él es un animal.

But he has a name. He’s a boy cat.

Pero tiene un nombre. Es un gato chico.

Okay and I love him. And he’s like family.

Está bien y lo amo. Y es como de la familia.

So, “Ongee runs”. I can say “He runs”.

Entonces, "Ongee corre". Puedo decir “Él corre”.

Okay. Let’s move on to the next part.

Bueno. Pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, here are some more examples.

Bien, aquí hay algunos ejemplos más.

But, this time, you have to figure out the subjective pronoun together with me.

Pero, esta vez, tienes que descifrar el pronombre subjetivo junto conmigo.

Okay. So, “My students study”.

Bueno. Entonces, “Mis alumnos estudian”.

What should we use?

¿Qué debemos usar?

Well, ‘My students’, there’s an ‘s’. Right.

Bueno, 'Mis alumnos', hay una 's'. Derecha.

They’re people and there’s more than one.

Son personas y hay más de uno.

Many people.

Muchas personas.

So we have to use the subjective pronoun, ‘they’.

Así que tenemos que usar el pronombre subjetivo, 'ellos'.

“They study”.

"Estudian".

The next example.

El siguiente ejemplo.

“John is handsome”.

“Juan es guapo”.

Okay, ‘John’, that’s a person.

Bien, 'John', eso es una persona.

There’s only one. Right…

Sólo hay uno. Cierto…

And it’s a boy, ‘John’.

Y es un niño, 'John'.

So what should we use?

Entonces, ¿qué debemos usar?

We have to use the subjective pronoun, ‘he’.

Tenemos que usar el pronombre subjetivo, 'él'.

One boy. We say, “he”.

Un chico. Decimos “él”.

“He is handsome”.

"Es guapo".

Okay, the last one. “Pizza is delicious”.

Bien, el último. “La pizza es deliciosa”.

‘Pizza’ is a thing.

'Pizza' es una cosa.

And there’s only one. Right.

Y solo hay uno. Derecha.

There’s no ‘s’. One pizza.

No hay 's'. una pizza

We say, “it”.

Decimos “eso”.

“It is delicious”. Okay.

"Es delicioso". Bueno.

Let’s move on to some more examples.

Pasemos a algunos ejemplos más.

Okay, the first example says,

Bien, el primer ejemplo dice:

“Seoul is a city”.

"Seúl es una ciudad".

Now, ‘Seoul’ is a place. Okay.

Ahora, 'Seúl' es un lugar. Bueno.

So we have to use the subjective pronoun, ‘it’.

Así que tenemos que usar el pronombre subjetivo, 'eso'.

“It is a city”.

"Es una ciudad".

The next example says,

El siguiente ejemplo dice:

“My parents love Ongee”.

“Mis padres aman a Ongee”.

Now, ‘Ongee’ is my cat. “My parents love Ongee”.

Ahora, 'Ongee' es mi gato. “Mis padres aman a Ongee”.

Well, ‘my parents’, they are two people. My mom and my dad.

Bueno, 'mis padres', son dos personas. Mi mamá y mi papá.

So, what do I use?

Entonces, ¿qué uso?

I have to say, “they”. “They love Ongee”.

Tengo que decir, "ellos". “Aman a Ongee”.

The last example is very  similar to the second one.

El último ejemplo es muy similar al segundo.

“My parents and I love Ongee”. Okay.

“Mis padres y yo amamos a Ongee”. Bueno.

The difference is… it says, “and I”.

La diferencia es… dice, “y yo”.

So this is ‘my parents’ with ‘me’.

Así que esto es 'mis padres' con 'yo'.

So I have to say, “we”. “We love Ongee”.

Así que tengo que decir, "nosotros". “Amamos a Ongee”.

Okay. All of us.

Bueno. Todos nosotros.

Okay, so, in this video we  learned about subjective pronouns.

Bien, en este video aprendimos sobre los pronombres subjetivos.

I hope you guys have a good understanding  of ‘when’ and ‘how’ to use them.

Espero que tengan una buena comprensión de 'cuándo' y 'cómo' usarlos.

Thank you for watching and I’ll see you guys next time.

Gracias por mirar y los veré la próxima vez.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody. Welcome to this video.

Hola a todos. Bienvenido a este vídeo.

Now, in this video, we’re going to talk about subjective pronouns,

Ahora, en este video, vamos a hablar sobre los pronombres subjetivos,

‘be’ verbs, and also, contractions.

los verbos 'be' y también las contracciones.

So let’s take a look at the board.

Así que echemos un vistazo al tablero.

Okay. First, we have the subjective pronouns.

Bueno. Primero, tenemos los pronombres subjetivos.

And we have the ‘be’ verbs: am, is, and are.

Y tenemos los verbos 'be': am, is y are.

Okay. So let’s look at the first one.

Bueno. Así que echemos un vistazo a la primera.

“I am”. “I am Esther”.

"Soy". “Yo soy Ester”.

The contraction for ‘I am’ is ‘I’m’.

La contracción de 'I am' es 'I'm'.

“I’m”.

"Yo soy".

Now, a contraction is a more common way of saying subjective pronouns and their ‘be’ verb.

Ahora, una contracción es una forma más común de decir pronombres subjetivos y su verbo 'ser'.

It’s faster and quicker and shorter.

Es más rápido y más rápido y más corto.

Okay, it’s more common.

Está bien, es más común.

I want you to use contractions. Okay.

Quiero que uses contracciones. Bueno.

So, “I am” becomes “I’m”.

Entonces, “Yo soy” se convierte en “Yo soy”.

“He is” – “he’s”.

“Él es” – “él es”.

“She is” - “she’s”.

"Ella es de ella".

“It is” - “it’s”.

"Es" - "es".

Okay, let’s move on to the bottom.

Bien, pasemos al fondo.

“You are” becomes “you’re”.

“Eres” se convierte en “eres”.

“You’re”.

"Estás".

“We are” – “we’re”. “We’re”.

"Somos Somos". "Fueron".

and “They are”. The contraction is “they’re”.

y estan". La contracción es "they're".

“They’re”.

"Son".

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay.

Bueno.

We’re going to take a look at some sentences using the ‘be’ verbs.

Vamos a echar un vistazo a algunas oraciones que usan los verbos 'be'.

Now, notice on the board,  I only used contractions.

Ahora, fíjate en la pizarra, solo usé contracciones.

Okay.

Bueno.

For example, instead of “I am”, I’m going to say “I’m”.

Por ejemplo, en vez de “yo soy”, voy a decir “yo soy”.

So, the first sentence. “I’m a student”.

Entonces, la primera oración. "Soy un estudiante".

Okay. This means one.

Bueno. Esto significa uno.

So we have to say, “a student”.

Así que tenemos que decir, "un estudiante".

“a”

“a”

Now many people make the mistake of saying,

Ahora mucha gente comete el error de decir

“I’m student”, but that’s wrong. Okay.

“soy estudiante”, pero eso está mal. Bueno.

You have to put ‘a’.

Tienes que poner 'a'.

Now, before I read it, you  have to listen carefully.

Ahora, antes de leerlo, tienes que escuchar con atención.

‘I’m a’ - sounds like one word.

'Soy un' - suena como una sola palabra.

“I’m a…” “I’m a…”

“Soy un…” “Soy un…”

“I’m a student”.

“Soy un estudiante”.

Okay. Please repeat after me.

Bueno. Porfavor repita despues de mi.

“I’m a student”. “I’m a student”.

"Soy un estudiante". "Soy un estudiante".

Okay, the next one, again, sounds like one word.

Bien, el siguiente, de nuevo, suena como una sola palabra.

“He’s a…”. “He’s a…”.

Okay.so…

“He’s a student”.

Please repeat.

"Él es un…". "Él es un…". Okay.así que...

"Él es un estudiante".

Por favor repitelo.

“He’s a student”. “He’s a student”.

"El es un estudiante". "El es un estudiante".

Same thing.

La misma cosa.

“She’s a student”.

"Ella es una estudiante".

Please repeat.

Por favor repitelo.

“She’s a student”. “She’s a student”.

"Ella es una estudiante". "Ella es una estudiante".

Okay. The next sentence has ‘it’.

Bueno. La siguiente oración tiene 'eso'.

Now remember, ‘it’ is only used for a place, a thing or an animal.

Ahora recuerda, 'it' solo se usa para un lugar, una cosa o un animal.

So we can’t have those things be a student.

Así que no podemos permitir que esas cosas sean un estudiante.

So we have to say, “It’s a dog”.

Así que tenemos que decir, “Es un perro”.

Okay, please repeat.

Está bien, por favor repita.

“It’s a dog”. “It’s a dog”.

"Es un perro". "Es un perro".

Okay, the next one.

Bien, el siguiente.

“You’re a student”.

“Eres un estudiante”.

Please repeat.

Por favor repitelo.

“You’re a student”. “You’re a student”.

“Eres un estudiante”. “Eres un estudiante”.

Okay. Now let’s look at ‘we’re’.

Bueno. Ahora echemos un vistazo a 'somos'.

“We’re students”. Okay.

"Somos estudiantes". Bueno.

We took out the ‘a’ and we put an ‘s’

Quitamos la 'a' y pusimos una 's'

because ‘we’re’ means many people.

porque 'somos' significa mucha gente.

Not one student, but many students.

No un estudiante, sino muchos estudiantes.

So, we have to say, “we’re students”.

Entonces, tenemos que decir, “somos estudiantes”.

Please repeat.

Por favor repitelo.

“We’re students”. “We’re students”.

"Somos estudiantes". "Somos estudiantes".

The same thing goes for ‘they’.

Lo mismo ocurre con 'ellos'.

Again, ‘they’ means many people…or many things.

Nuevamente, 'ellos' significa muchas personas... o muchas cosas.

Here, we put ‘s’. And we took out the ‘a’.

Aquí, ponemos 's'. Y sacamos la 'a'.

So, “they’re students”.

Entonces, “son estudiantes”.

Please repeat.

Por favor repitelo.

“They’re students”. “They’re students”.

"Ellos son estudiantes". "Ellos son estudiantes".

Okay, we’re going to look at some more examples.

Bien, vamos a ver algunos ejemplos más.

Please listen and repeat carefully.

Escuche y repita con atención.

Let’s start with the first one: “I’m”.

Comencemos con el primero: “Yo soy”.

“I’m a boy”. “I’m a boy”.

"Soy un chico". "Soy un chico".

“I’m a girl”. “I’m a girl”.

"Soy una chica". "Soy una chica".

“He’s”.

“He’s a man”. “He’s a man”.

"Él es".

“Es un hombre”. “Es un hombre”.

“He’s a boy”. “He’s a boy”.

"Él es un niño". "Él es un niño".

“She’s”.

“She’s a woman”. “She’s a woman”.

“Ella es”. "Ella es una mujer". "Ella es una mujer".

“She’s a girl”. “She’s a girl”.

"Ella es una niña". "Ella es una niña".

“It’s”.

"Su". "Es una silla". "Es una silla".

“It’s a chair”. “It’s a chair”.

“It’s a cat”. “It’s a cat”.

"Es un gato". "Es un gato".

“You’re”.

"Estás".

“You’re a singer”. “You’re a singer”.

“Eres un cantante”. “Eres un cantante”.

“You’re a friend”. “You’re a friend”.

“Eres un amigo”. “Eres un amigo”.

“We’re”.

“We’re sisters”. “We’re sisters”.

"Fueron".

“Somos hermanas”. “Somos hermanas”.

“We’re brothers”. “We’re brothers”.

"Somos hermanos". "Somos hermanos".

“They’re”.

“They’re people”. “They’re people”.

"Son". “Son personas”. “Son personas”.

“They’re cars”. “They’re cars”.

“Son coches”. “Son coches”.

Well I hope that this video helped you understand

Bueno, espero que este video te haya ayudado a entender

how to use subjective pronouns,

cómo usar los pronombres subjetivos,

their ‘be’ verbs, and also contractions.

sus verbos 'be' y también las contracciones.

Now, before we go, I wanted to share a  little bit about myself using the lesson.

Ahora, antes de irnos, quería compartir un poco sobre mí usando la lección.

So, first, remember, “I’m a…”.

Entonces, primero, recuerda, “Soy un…”.

“I’m a girl”.

"Soy una chica".

Also, “I’m a teacher”.

Además, “soy profesor”.

“I’m an American”.

"Soy americano".

Now, the word ‘American’  starts with the vowel ‘a’,

Ahora, la palabra 'americano' comienza con la vocal 'a',

so we have to say ‘an’.

entonces tenemos que decir 'an'.

“I’m an American”.

"Soy americano".

And “I’m an animal lover”.

Y “soy un amante de los animales”.

Again, same thing.

De nuevo, lo mismo.

‘Animal’ starts with the vowel ‘a’,

'Animal' empieza con la vocal 'a',

so we have to put ‘an’.

así que tenemos que poner 'an'.

“I’m an animal lover”.

“Soy un amante de los animales”.

And that means someone who loves animals.

Y eso significa alguien que ama a los animales.

I love dogs and cats and other animals.

Me encantan los perros y los gatos y otros animales.

So, “I’m an animal lover”.

Entonces, “soy un amante de los animales”.

Okay.

Well, that’s it and thank you for watching.

Bueno.

Bueno, eso es todo y gracias por mirar.

And I’ll see you guys next time.

Y los veré la próxima vez.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going to talk about subjective pronouns,

En este video, vamos a hablar sobre los pronombres subjetivos,

‘be’ verbs,

los verbos 'be'

and how to use them with the word ‘not’.

y cómo usarlos con la palabra 'not'.

Okay. So, let’s look at the board to help us out.

Bueno. Entonces, miremos el tablero para que nos ayude.

Now the first sentence says, “I’m not a student”.

Ahora la primera oración dice, “No soy un estudiante”.

‘Not’ means it’s not true.

'No' significa que no es cierto.

No.

No.

So remember, “I’m a student” means ‘yes’.

Así que recuerda, “Soy un estudiante” significa 'sí'.

“I’m a student”.

"Soy un estudiante".

I go to school, and I learn.

Voy a la escuela y aprendo.

“I’m not a student” means ‘no’.

“No soy un estudiante” significa 'no'.

“I’m a teacher” or “No, I’m not a student”.

“Soy profesor” o “No, no soy estudiante”.

Okay.

Bueno.

Now, notice, we first have the subjective pronoun and the ‘be’ verb.

Ahora, fíjate, primero tenemos el pronombre subjetivo y el verbo 'ser'.

Then, we put ‘not’.

Entonces, ponemos 'no'.

Okay.

Bueno.

‘Not’ comes after.

'No' viene después.

And then we have the noun.

Y luego tenemos el sustantivo.

Okay.

Bueno.

“I’m not a student”.

"Yo no soy un estudiante".

Okay.

Now, also, listen carefully.

Bueno.

Ahora, también, escucha atentamente.

“Not a…” sounds like one word.

“No es un…” suena como una sola palabra.

“I’m not a student”.

"Yo no soy un estudiante".

“Not a…”.

"No un…".

“I’m not a student”.

"Yo no soy un estudiante".

Okay, let’s look at the next one.

Bien, veamos el siguiente.

“He’s not a student”.

“Él no es un estudiante”.

“He’s not a student”.

“Él no es un estudiante”.

“She’s not a student”.

“Ella no es una estudiante”.

“She’s not a student”.

“Ella no es una estudiante”.

“It’s not a dog”.

“No es un perro”.

Remember, ‘it’ is used for place, thing or animal.

Recuerda, 'it' se usa para lugar, cosa o animal.

So, “It’s not a dog”.

Entonces, “No es un perro”.

Okay.

Bueno.

“You’re not a student”.

“Tú no eres un estudiante”.

“You’re not a student”.

“Tú no eres un estudiante”.

Okay, the next one is a little bit different.

Bien, el siguiente es un poco diferente.

We have ‘we are’.

Tenemos 'somos'.

“We’re”.

Now, remember, ‘we’ means more than one.

"Fueron".

Ahora, recuerde, 'nosotros' significa más de uno.

Many.

Okay.

Muchos.

Bueno.

So we say “students”.

Entonces decimos "estudiantes".

We put an ‘s’ and we don’t put an ‘a’ in front.

Ponemos una 's' y no ponemos una 'a' delante.

“We’re not students”.

“No somos estudiantes”.

“We’re not students”.

“No somos estudiantes”.

Okay. And ‘they’re’ is the same thing.

Bueno. Y 'ellos' es lo mismo.

It means more than one.

Significa más de uno.

So, “They’re not students”.

Entonces, “No son estudiantes”.

“They’re not students”.

“No son estudiantes”.

Okay, we’re going to look at some more examples.

Bien, vamos a ver algunos ejemplos más.

I want you to listen carefully and repeat after the examples.

Quiero que escuches atentamente y repitas después de los ejemplos.

Let’s start with the first one.

Comencemos con el primero.

“I’m not”.

"No soy".

“I’m not a boy”.

"No soy un niño".

“I’m not a boy”.

"No soy un niño".

“I’m not a girl”.

"No soy una niña".

“I’m not a girl”.

"No soy una niña".

“He’s not”.

"Él no es".

“He’s not a man”.

“Él no es un hombre”.

“He’s not a man”.

“Él no es un hombre”.

“He’s not a boy”.

“Él no es un niño”.

“He’s not a boy”.

“Él no es un niño”.

“She’s not”.

"Ella no es".

“She’s not a woman”.

“Ella no es una mujer”.

“She’s not a woman”.

“Ella no es una mujer”.

“She’s not a girl”.

“Ella no es una niña”.

“She’s not a girl”.

“Ella no es una niña”.

“It’s not”.

"No es".

“It’s not a chair”.

“No es una silla”.

“It’s not a chair”.

“No es una silla”.

“It’s not a cat”.

“No es un gato”.

“It’s not a cat”.

“No es un gato”.

“You’re not”.

"Tu no eres".

“You’re not a singer”

“No eres cantante”

“You’re not a singer”.

“No eres cantante”.

“You’re not a friend”.

“Tú no eres un amigo”.

“You’re not a friend”.

“Tú no eres un amigo”.

“We’re not”.

"No eran".

“We’re not sisters”.

“No somos hermanas”.

“We’re not sisters”.

“No somos hermanas”.

“We’re not brothers”.

“No somos hermanos”.

“We’re not brothers”.

“No somos hermanos”.

“They’re not”.

"Ellos no están".

“They’re not people”.

“No son personas”.

“They’re not people”.

“No son personas”.

“They’re not cars”.

“No son coches”.

“They’re not cars”.

“No son coches”.

Okay, so in this video, we learned how to use subjective pronouns

Bien, en este video aprendimos cómo usar los pronombres subjetivos

with the ‘be’ verb

con el verbo 'be'

and how to use them with the word ‘not’. Okay.

y cómo usarlos con la palabra 'not'. Bueno.

So, I wrote some sentences about  myself using what we learned.

Entonces, escribí algunas oraciones sobre mí usando lo que aprendimos.

So remember, “I’m not a…”.

Así que recuerda, “No soy un…”.

Okay.

Bueno.

“I’m not a boy”.

"No soy un niño".

“I’m not a boy”.

"No soy un niño".

“I’m not a student”.

"Yo no soy un estudiante".

“I’m not a student”.

"Yo no soy un estudiante".

“I’m not a Canadian”.

“No soy canadiense”.

“I’m not a Canadian”.

“No soy canadiense”.

And the last one.

Y el último.

“I’m not a loser”.

“No soy un perdedor”.

“I’m not a loser”.

“No soy un perdedor”.

Okay.

Bueno.

So that was a little bit about me.

Así que eso fue un poco sobre mí.

Thanks for watching and  I’ll see you guys next time.

Gracias por mirar y los veré la próxima vez.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, I’m going to talk about how to make questions using subjective pronouns

En este video, voy a hablar sobre cómo hacer preguntas usando pronombres subjetivos

and ‘be’ verbs.

y verbos 'be'.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo al tablero.

So, this example sentence says.

Entonces, esta oración de ejemplo dice.

“I’m a student”.

"Soy un estudiante".

Okay.

Bueno.

Remember, “I’m” is just a contraction for “I am”.

Recuerde, "I'm" es solo una contracción de "I am".

Okay.

Bueno.

So, “I’m a student”.

Entonces, “soy un estudiante”.

“I am a student”.

"Soy un estudiante".

They mean the same thing.

Quieren decir lo mismo.

Now when we want to make a question,

Ahora cuando queramos hacer una pregunta,

we just have to make a simple  change. It’s very easy.

solo tenemos que hacer un simple cambio. Es muy fácil.

All you have to do is put  the ‘be’ verb in the front.

Todo lo que tienes que hacer es poner el verbo 'ser' al frente.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, “Am I a student?”.

Entonces, “¿Soy un estudiante?”.

“Am I a student?”.

"¿Soy un estudiante?".

The ‘be’ verb comes in the front.

El verbo 'be' viene al frente.

Okay.

I also want you to listen to my intonation.

Bueno.

También quiero que escuches mi entonación.

When I say it in a sentence, “I’m a student”.

Cuando lo digo en una oración, "soy un estudiante".

“I’m a student”.

"Soy un estudiante".

Okay, then when I say it in a question.

Bien, entonces cuando lo digo en una pregunta.

“Am I a student?”.

"¿Soy un estudiante?".

“Am I a student?”.

"¿Soy un estudiante?".

Notice my intonation goes up for the question.

Note que mi entonación sube para la pregunta.

Okay, now there are two possible answers for this question.

Bien, ahora hay dos posibles respuestas para esta pregunta.

“Am I a student?”.

"¿Soy un estudiante?".

The answers you can say are: “Yes, I am”.

Las respuestas que puedes decir son: “Sí, lo soy”.

“Yes, I am”.

"Sí, lo soy".

Okay.

Bueno.

And, “No, I’m not”.

Y, “No, no lo soy”.

“No, I’m not”.

"No no soy".

Okay.

Bueno.

We’re going to look at some more examples.

Vamos a ver algunos ejemplos más.

Please make sure you repeat after each example.

Por favor, asegúrese de repetir después de cada ejemplo.

Let’s look at the first one.

Veamos el primero.

“Am I…?”.

“¿Soy yo…?”.

“Am I a girl?”.

“¿Soy una niña?”.

“Yes, I am”.

"Sí, lo soy".

“Am I a boy?”.

“¿Soy un chico?”.

“No, I’m not”.

"No no soy".

“Am I a singer?”.

“¿Soy cantante?”.

“Yes, I am”.

"Sí, lo soy".

“Am I a friend?”.

“¿Soy un amigo?”.

“No, I’m not”.

"No no soy".

Now, we’re going to talk about “he is” and “she is” and how to use them in questions.

Ahora, vamos a hablar sobre "él es" y "ella es" y cómo usarlos en las preguntas.

So let’s look at the sentence on the board.

Así que veamos la oración en la pizarra.

“He’s a doctor”.

"Él es un doctor".

Or…

O…

“She’s a doctor”.

“Ella es doctora”.

Remember, “he’s” and “she’s” are contractions for “he is” and “she is”.

Recuerde, "él es" y "ella" son contracciones de "él es" y "ella es".

The ‘be’ verb there is ‘is’.

El verbo 'be' allí es 'is'.

So, when we make a question, we have to move the ‘be’ verb to the front.

Entonces, cuando hacemos una pregunta, tenemos que mover el verbo 'ser' al frente.

Okay.

So we put ‘is’ in the front.

Bueno.

Así que ponemos 'es' en el frente.

“Is he a doctor?”.

"¿Es él un doctor?".

“Is she a doctor?”.

"¿Es una doctora?".

Okay.

Bueno.

Very easy.

Muy fácil.

Just put the ‘be’ verb in the front.

Simplemente ponga el verbo 'ser' al frente.

Now I want you to listen to the intonation again.

Ahora quiero que vuelvas a escuchar la entonación.

“He’s a doctor”.

"Él es un doctor".

Okay.

Bueno.

The intonation is going down.

La entonación está bajando.

“Is he a doctor?”.

"¿Es él un doctor?".

In the question, again, the intonation goes up.

En la pregunta, de nuevo, la entonación sube.

Okay.

Bueno.

Now when you answer, they are several possible answers you can give.

Ahora cuando respondas, hay varias respuestas posibles que puedes dar.

So…

Así que…

“Yes, he is”.

“Sí, lo es”.

Or…

O…

“Yes, she is”.

“Sí, lo es”.

Okay.

That’s easy.

Bueno.

Eso es fácil.

When you come to know, this is where it gets a little tricky, but you can do it.

Cuando llegas a saber, aquí es donde se vuelve un poco complicado, pero puedes hacerlo.

“No, he isn’t”.

“No, no lo es”.

Okay, “isn’t” is a contraction for “is not”.

Bien, "isn't" es una contracción de "is not".

Okay.

Bueno.

“No, he isn’t”.

“No, no lo es”.

Or…

O…

“No, she isn’t”.

“No, no lo es”.

Okay, so you can use “she isn’t”, “he isn’t”.

Bien, entonces puedes usar "ella no es", "él no es".

Another answer you can give is “No, he’s not”.

Otra respuesta que puedes dar es “No, no lo es”.

Or…

O…

“No, she’s not”.

“No, no lo es”.

You already know this is a contraction for ‘he is’ and ‘she is’.

Ya sabes que esto es una contracción de 'él es' y 'ella es'.

So, “No, he’s not”.

Entonces, “No, no lo es”.

“No, she’s not”.

"No, ella no es".

Okay.

So these are both common.

Bueno.

Así que ambos son comunes.

And they’re both ok to use.

Y ambos están bien para usar.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, remember, we can give two  different answers for ‘no’.

Entonces, recuerda, podemos dar dos respuestas diferentes para 'no'.

Alright, now we’re going to  look at some more examples.

Muy bien, ahora vamos a ver algunos ejemplos más.

Please make sure you repeat after each example.

Por favor, asegúrese de repetir después de cada ejemplo.

“Is he…?”, “Is she…?”.

“¿Él…?”, “¿Ella…?”.

“Is he a man?”

"¿Es un hombre?"

“Yes, he is”.

“Sí, lo es”.

“Is he a cowboy?”.

“¿Es un vaquero?”.

“No, he isn’t.”

"No, no lo es".

“Is she a woman?”

"¿Es ella una mujer?"

“Yes, she is”.

"Sí, ella es".

“Is she a cowgirl?”.

“¿Es una vaquera?”.

“No, she’s not.

"No, ella no es.

Now, we’re going to move on to ‘it is’.

Ahora, vamos a pasar a 'es'.

Okay.

And how to use that in a question.

Bueno.

Y cómo usar eso en una pregunta.

So, let’s look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo a la pizarra.

“It’s a dog”.

"Es un perro".

Okay, we have the contraction “it’s”.

Vale, tenemos la contracción "it's".

Remember, “it’s” is a contraction for “it is”.

Recuerda, “it's” es una contracción de “it is”.

The ‘be’ verb is ‘is’.

El verbo 'ser' es 'es'.

When we make a question, remember, we have to put the ‘be’ verb in the front.

Cuando hacemos una pregunta, recuerda, tenemos que poner el verbo 'ser' al frente.

“Is it a dog?”

"¿Es un perro?"

“Is it a dog?”

"¿Es un perro?"

Okay.

Bueno.

The intonation goes up for the question.

La entonación sube para la pregunta.

“Is it a dog?”

"¿Es un perro?"

Okay.

Bueno.

Now, there are several answers you can give.

Ahora, hay varias respuestas que puede dar.

The first one is “Yes, it is”.

El primero es “Sí, lo es”.

“Yes, it is”.

"Sí, lo es".

Okay.

Bueno.

When you say “no”, you can give two answers.

Cuando dices “no”, puedes dar dos respuestas.

“No, it isn’t”.

“No, no lo es”.

“No, it isn’t”.

“No, no lo es”.

Remember, “isn’t” is a contraction for “is not”.

Recuerde, "isn't" es una contracción de "is not".

Okay.

Bueno.

We can also say “No, it’s not”.

También podemos decir “No, no lo es”.

“No, it’s not”.

"No, no es".

“It’s” is a contraction for “it is”.

“It's” es una contracción de “it is”.

Okay.

So again, remember, we have these two answers for ‘no’, but they’re both common and

Bueno.

De nuevo, recuerde, tenemos estas dos respuestas para 'no', pero ambas son comunes y

they’re both ok to use when you say “no”.

ambas se pueden usar cuando dices "no".

Okay.

Bueno.

We’re going to look at some more examples.

Vamos a ver algunos ejemplos más.

Please make sure you follow  and repeat after each one.

Por favor, asegúrese de seguir y repetir después de cada uno.

“Is it…?”.

"Lo es…?".

“Is it a book?”.

"¿Es un libro?".

“Yes, it is”.

"Sí, lo es".

“Is it a chair?”.

"¿Es una silla?".

“No, it isn’t”.

“No, no lo es”.

“Is it a shoe?”.

“¿Es un zapato?”.

“Yes, it is”.

"Sí, lo es".

“Is it a car?”.

“¿Es un coche?”.

“No, it’s not”.

"No, no es".

Now, we’re going to move on to “you are” and put that in a question.

Ahora, vamos a pasar a "usted es" y poner eso en una pregunta.

Okay.

Bueno.

On the board the sentence says.

En la pizarra dice la oración.

“You’re a boy”.

“Eres un chico”.

Remember, “you’re” is a contraction for “you are”.

Recuerde, "usted es" es una contracción de "usted es".

The ‘be’ verb is ‘are’.

El verbo 'be' es 'are'.

So we have to put that in  the front of the question.

Así que tenemos que poner eso al principio de la pregunta.

“Are you a boy?”

"¿Eres un chico?"

“Are you a boy?”

"¿Eres un chico?"

Okay.

Bueno.

When we answer, it’s very simple.

Cuando respondemos, es muy simple.

We can say, “Yes, I am” or “No, I’m not”.

Podemos decir, “Sí, lo soy” o “No, no lo soy”.

Okay.

We’re going to look at some more examples.

Bueno.

Vamos a ver algunos ejemplos más.

Please follow and repeat after each one.

Siga y repita después de cada uno.

“Are you…?”

"Eres tú…?"

“Are you a Korean?”

"¿Eres coreano?"

“Yes, I am.”

"Sí, lo soy."

“Are you a clown?”

"¿Eres un payaso?"

“No, I’m not.”

"No no soy."

“Are you a nurse?”

"¿Eres una enfermera?"

“Yes, I am.”

"Sí, lo soy."

“Are you a dancer?”

"¿Eres un bailarín?"

“No, I’m not.”

"No no soy."

Now, let’s talk about “we are” and how to use that in a question.

Ahora, hablemos de "somos" y cómo usarlo en una pregunta.

Okay.

So the sentence here says, “We’re teachers”.

Bueno.

Así que la oración aquí dice: "Somos maestros".

Okay.

Bueno.

“We’re” is a contraction from “we are”.

"We're" es una contracción de "we are".

So the ‘be’ verb ‘are’ goes in the front.

Así que el verbo 'be' 'are' va al frente.

“Are we teachers?”

“¿Somos maestros?”

“Are we teachers?”

“¿Somos maestros?”

Okay.

Bueno.

When we answer, we can say several things.

Cuando contestamos, podemos decir varias cosas.

“Yes, we are.”

"Sí somos."

“Yes, we are.”

"Sí somos."

Or…

O...

“No, we aren’t.”

"No, no lo somos".

Listen… “aren’t.”

Escucha... "no lo son".

“No, we aren’t.”

"No, no lo somos".

“Aren’t” is a contraction for “are not”.

"Aren't" es una contracción de "are not".

Or we can say, “No, we’re not”.

O podemos decir: “No, no lo somos”.

“No, we’re not”.

"No, no lo estamos".

And you know “We’re” is a  contraction for “we are”.

Y sabes que "We're" es una contracción de "we are".

Okay.

Bueno.

We’re going to look at some more examples.

Vamos a ver algunos ejemplos más.

Please repeat after each one.

Por favor repita después de cada uno.

“Are we…?”

"Estamos…?"

“Are we boys?”

¿Somos chicos?

“Yes, we are.”

"Sí somos."

“Are we girls?”

"¿Somos chicas?"

“No, we aren’t.”

"No, no lo somos".

“Are we friends?”

"¿Somos amigos?"

“Yes, we are.”

"Sí somos."

“Are we pro-gamers?”

"¿Somos jugadores profesionales?"

“No, we aren’t.”

"No, no lo somos".

Now, we’re moving on to ‘they are’ in a question.

Ahora, vamos a pasar a 'ellos son' en una pregunta.

The sentence on the board says, “They’re friends”.

La oración en la pizarra dice: “Son amigos”.

Remember, ‘They’re’ is a  contraction for ‘they are’.

Recuerde, 'they're' es una contracción de 'they are'.

The ‘be’ verb ‘are’ goes in the front of the question.

El verbo 'be' 'are' va delante de la pregunta.

“Are they friends?”

"¿Son amigos?"

“Are they friends?”

"¿Son amigos?"

Okay.

Now when we answer, we can say, “Yes, they are.”

Bueno.

Ahora, cuando respondamos, podemos decir: "Sí, lo son".

“Yes, they are.”

"Sí lo son."

Or, we can say, “No, they aren’t.”

O podemos decir: "No, no lo son".

“No, they aren’t.”

"No, no lo son".

‘Aren’t’ is a contraction for ‘are not’.

'Aren't' es una contracción de 'are not'.

The last thing we can say is “No, they’re not”.

Lo último que podemos decir es “No, no lo son”.

“No, they’re not.”

"No, no lo son."

‘They’re’ is a contraction for ‘they are’.

'they're' es una contracción de 'they are'.

These two answers for ‘no’ are both correct.

Estas dos respuestas para 'no' son ambas correctas.

And they’re both common.

Y ambos son comunes.

So you can say either one.

Así que puedes decir cualquiera de los dos.

Okay.

We’re going to look at some more examples now.

Bueno.

Vamos a ver algunos ejemplos más ahora.

Please repeat after each example.

Repita después de cada ejemplo.

“Are they…?”

"Son ellos…?"

“Are they tourists?”

“¿Son turistas?”

“Yes, they are.”

"Sí lo son."

“Are they dogs?”

“¿Son perros?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"No, no lo son".

“Are they computers?”

“¿Son computadoras?”

“Yes, they are.”

"Sí lo son."

“Are they birds?”

"¿Son pájaros?"

“No, they’re not.”

"No, no lo son."

Okay.

Bueno.

In this lesson, we learned how to change a 

En esta lección, aprendimos cómo cambiar un

subjective pronoun and a  ‘be’ verb into a question.

pronombre subjetivo y un verbo 'ser' en una pregunta.

Remember, when you’re making a question, you have to put the ‘b’ verb in the beginning.

Recuerda, cuando estás haciendo una pregunta, tienes que poner el verbo 'b' al principio.

Okay.

Bueno.

Alright, that’s the end of this video.

Muy bien, ese es el final de este video.

Thanks for watching.

Gracias por ver.

Bye.

Adiós.

Okay, so this is a review video.

Bien, este es un video de revisión.

We learned about subjective  pronouns and ‘be’ verbs.

Aprendimos sobre pronombres subjetivos y verbos 'ser'.

We also learned how to use them in a negative sentence and in a question.

También aprendimos cómo usarlos en una oración negativa y en una pregunta.

So, let’s look at the board for review.

Por lo tanto, vamos a mirar a la junta para su revisión.

“I am a teacher.”

"Yo soy un profesor."

Remember, ‘am’ is the ‘be’ verb.

Recuerde, 'am' es el verbo 'be'.

“I am a teacher.”

"Yo soy un profesor."

Okay, we also learned contractions: “I’m”.

Vale, también aprendimos las contracciones: “I'm”.

“I’m a teacher.”

"Soy un profesor."

“I’m a teacher.”

"Soy un profesor."

Okay, this is a negative sentence.

Bien, esta es una oración negativa.

“I’m not a teacher.”

"No soy un profesor."

“I’m not a teacher.”

"No soy un profesor."

Remember, ‘not’ goes after the ‘be’ verb.

Recuerde, 'not' va después del verbo 'be'.

Okay.

And here’s a question.

Bueno.

Y aquí hay una pregunta.

“Am I a teacher?”

"¿Soy un profesor?"

“Am I a teacher?”

"¿Soy un profesor?"

Remember, the ‘be’ verb comes in the front for a question.

Recuerde, el verbo 'ser' viene al frente para una pregunta.

Okay.

We’re going to listen to some more examples.

Bueno.

Vamos a escuchar algunos ejemplos más.

I want you to repeat after each one.

Quiero que repitas después de cada uno.

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s look at some examples.

Veamos algunos ejemplos.

“He is a king.”

"Él es un rey".

“He is a king.”

"Él es un rey".

“He’s a king.”

"Él es un rey".

“He’s a king.”

"Él es un rey".

“He’s not a king.”

"Él no es un rey".

“He’s not a king.”

"Él no es un rey".

“Is he a king?”

"¿Es un rey?"

“Is he a king?”

"¿Es un rey?"

Next.

Próximo.

“She is a queen.”

"Ella es una reina".

“She is a queen.”

"Ella es una reina".

“She’s a queen.”

"Ella es una reina".

“She’s a queen.”

"Ella es una reina".

“She’s not a queen.”

"Ella no es una reina".

“She’s not a queen.”

"Ella no es una reina".

“Is she a queen?”

"¿Es ella una reina?"

“Is she a queen?”

"¿Es ella una reina?"

Next.

Próximo.

“It is a monkey.”

"Es un mono."

“It is a monkey.”

"Es un mono."

“It’s a monkey.”

"Es un mono".

“It’s a monkey.”

"Es un mono".

“It’s not a monkey.”

“No es un mono”.

“It’s not a monkey.”

“No es un mono”.

“Is it a monkey?”

“¿Es un mono?”

“Is it a monkey?”

“¿Es un mono?”

Next.

Próximo.

“You are a cook.”

“Eres un cocinero.”

“You are a cook.”

“Eres un cocinero.”

“You’re a cook.”

“Eres un cocinero.”

“You’re a cook.”

“Eres un cocinero.”

“You’re not a cook.”

“Tú no eres un cocinero.”

“You’re not a cook.”

“Tú no eres un cocinero.”

“Are you a cook?”

"¿Eres cocinero?"

“Are you a cook?”

"¿Eres cocinero?"

Next.

Próximo.

“We are friends.”

"Somos amigos."

“We are friends.”

"Somos amigos."

“We’re friends.”

"Somos amigos."

“We’re friends.”

"Somos amigos."

“We’re not friends.”

"No somos amigos."

“We’re not friends.”

"No somos amigos."

“Are we friends?”

"¿Somos amigos?"

“Are we friends?”

"¿Somos amigos?"

And last.

Y última.

“They are monkeys.”

“Son monos”.

“They are monkeys.”

“Son monos”.

“They’re monkeys.”

"Son monos".

“They’re monkeys.”

"Son monos".

“They’re not monkeys.”

“No son monos”.

“They’re not monkeys.”

“No son monos”.

“Are they monkeys?”

“¿Son monos?”

“Are they monkeys?”

“¿Son monos?”

So that was our review of subjective pronouns,

Esa fue nuestra revisión de los pronombres subjetivos,

‘be’ verbs,

verbos 'be',

how to use them with ‘not’,

cómo usarlos con 'not'

and how to use them in questions.

y cómo usarlos en preguntas.

I really hope that you repeated  each example that I gave

Realmente espero que hayas repetido cada ejemplo que di

because pronunciation is very important.

porque la pronunciación es muy importante.

Now, if you didn’t, you should go back and watch it again and repeat.

Ahora, si no lo hiciste, deberías regresar y verlo de nuevo y repetir.

Okay. Well that’s all. Thank you.

Bueno. Bueno eso es todo. Gracias.

Bye.

Adiós.

This is a checkup for subjective pronouns and ‘be’ verbs.

Este es un chequeo de pronombres subjetivos y verbos 'ser'.

Let’s take a look at the board.

Echemos un vistazo al tablero.

The first sentence.

La primera oración.

“___, are bags.”

“___, son bolsas.”

Now, bags are things.

Ahora, las bolsas son cosas.

So we can’t say “he” or “she” or, you know, any of those.

Así que no podemos decir "él" o "ella" o, ya sabes, ninguno de esos.

We have to use “it” or “they”.

Tenemos que usar "it" o "they".

Now, we have “are….

Ahora, tenemos “son….

bags”.

pantalón".

With an ‘s’.

Con una 's'.

So that means more than one.

Entonces eso significa más de uno.

We have to use ‘they’.

Tenemos que usar 'ellos'.

“They are bags.”

“Son bolsas”.

Okay.

Bueno.

The next sentence we have an animal.

La siguiente oración tenemos un animal.

“____ is a dog.”

"____ es un perro."

Okay.

Bueno.

But just one.

Pero solo uno.

Right? ’a’ dog.

¿Derecha? 'un perro.

So this time we use ‘it’.

Así que esta vez usamos 'it'.

“It is a dog.”

"Es un perro."

Now let’s look at these two.

Ahora echemos un vistazo a estos dos.

“The girl is an artist.”

“La niña es una artista”.

We have ‘the girl’.

Tenemos 'la niña'.

What is the subjective pronoun for one girl?

¿Cuál es el pronombre subjetivo para una niña?

“She.”

"Ella."

“She is an artist.”

"Ella es una artista."

These two sentences have the same meaning.

Estas dos oraciones tienen el mismo significado.

They’re the same.

Son los mismos.

Okay, and on the bottom, we have a question.

Bien, y en el fondo, tenemos una pregunta.

When we ask a question, we have to put the ‘be’ verb first.

Cuando hacemos una pregunta, tenemos que poner el verbo 'ser' primero.

“Are ___ pandas?”

"¿Son ___ pandas?"

“Are ___ pandas?”

"¿Son ___ pandas?"

With an ‘s’.

Con una 's'.

That means more than one.

Eso significa más de uno.

So, we say, “they”.

Entonces, decimos, "ellos".

“Are they pandas?”

“¿Son pandas?”

“Yes, ____ are.”

"Si, son."

Again plural.

De nuevo en plural.

So we just use the same.

Así que usamos lo mismo.

“They.”

"Ellos."

“Yes, they are.”

"Sí lo son."

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, now we’re going to focus on negatives and questions.

Bien, ahora vamos a centrarnos en los negativos y las preguntas.

Okay, the first sentence says,

Bien, la primera oración dice:

“I’m a student”.

"Soy un estudiante".

Okay, “I am…I’m a student”.

Está bien, "Soy... soy un estudiante".

Okay.

Bueno.

What if I’m a teacher?

¿Y si soy profesor?

Okay, it’s not true.

Está bien, no es cierto.

I need ‘not’.

No necesito'.

Right…

Correcto…

Remember, ‘not’ goes after the ‘be’ verb.

Recuerda, 'not' va después del verbo 'be'.

“I am…am not.”

"Yo soy... no soy".

And then the noun. “…a student.”

Y luego el sustantivo. "…un estudiante."

“I’m not a student.”

"Yo no soy un estudiante."

Okay.

Bueno.

“They are teachers.”

"Ellos son maestros."

Okay.

Bueno.

And now we have some other people...

Y ahora tenemos otras personas...

and that’s not true.

y eso no es cierto.

“They are not teachers.”

“No son maestros”.

Again, after the ‘be’ verb ‘are’ and before the noun ‘teachers’.

De nuevo, después del verbo 'be' 'are' y antes del sustantivo 'teachers'.

“They are not teachers.”

“No son maestros”.

Okay.

Now, I’m going to ask you a question.

Bueno.

Ahora, te voy a hacer una pregunta.

And you have to answer.

Y tienes que responder.

“Are you a student?”

"¿Es usted un estudiante?"

“Are you a student?”

"¿Es usted un estudiante?"

Well, you’re taking my class,  you’re learning English.

Bueno, estás tomando mi clase, estás aprendiendo inglés.

So, “Yes, I am.”

Entonces, “Sí, lo soy”.

Okay, you should say, “Yes, I am.”

Está bien, deberías decir: "Sí, lo soy".

But how about this one?

Pero ¿qué tal este?

“Are you a monkey?”

"¿Eres un mono?"

“Are you a monkey?”

"¿Eres un mono?"

Of course the answer is “No, I’m not”.

Por supuesto, la respuesta es "No, no lo soy".

“No, I’m not”.

"No no soy".

Okay, let’s move on to the last part.

Bien, pasemos a la última parte.

Now for this last part, we’re going to look at some sentences,

Ahora, para esta última parte, vamos a ver algunas oraciones,

but there’s something wrong  in all of these sentences.

pero hay algo mal en todas estas oraciones.

So you have to find the mistakes.

Así que tienes que encontrar los errores.

The first sentence says, “I’m student”.

La primera oración dice, “Soy estudiante”.

Okay, look, “student”.

Bien, mira, "estudiante".

There’s no ‘s’.

No hay 's'.

That means just one.

Eso significa solo uno.

Just one.

Solo uno.

So remember, if there’s just  one, we have to put ‘a’.

Así que recuerda, si solo hay uno, tenemos que poner 'a'.

“I’m a student.”

"Soy un estudiante."

Let’s look at the next one.

Veamos el siguiente.

“They are student”.

"Son estudiantes".

Okay.

Bueno.

This one says, “They are”.

Este dice, “Ellos son”.

This means there is more than one.

Esto significa que hay más de uno.

More than one student.

Más de un alumno.

So, what do we have to do?

Entonces, ¿qué tenemos que hacer?

We have to say “They are….

Tenemos que decir “Ellos son….

students”.

estudiantes".

We have to put an ‘s’ to show there’s more than one student.

Tenemos que poner una 's' para mostrar que hay más de un estudiante.

“She aren’t a baby.”

"Ella no es un bebé".

“She.”

"Ella."

That’s one person.

Esa es una persona.

One girl or woman.

Una niña o mujer.

“…a baby.”

"…un bebé."

That’s one person.

Esa es una persona.

But we put “aren’t”.

Pero ponemos "no son".

Now that’s wrong.

Ahora eso está mal.

We have to say... ‘isn’t’.

Tenemos que decir... 'no es'.

“She isn’t a baby”.

“Ella no es un bebé”.

“You isn’t a cat”.

“Tú no eres un gato”.

Now, for the subjective pronoun ‘you’,

Ahora, para el pronombre subjetivo 'tú',

we have to have the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

tenemos que tener el verbo 'ser'.

So not “You isn’t a cat”,  but “You aren’t... a cat”.

Así que no "No eres un gato", sino "No eres... un gato".

“You aren’t a cat.”

"Tú no eres un gato".

Okay.

Bueno.

“Are it a cat?”

"¿Es un gato?"

Okay. “…a cat.”

Bueno. "…un gato."

That’s one animal.

Ese es un animal.

So, do we need ‘are’?

Entonces, ¿necesitamos 'son'?

No, we need the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

No, necesitamos el verbo 'be' 'is'.

“Is it a cat?”

"¿Es un gato?"

“Is it a cat?”

"¿Es un gato?"

Okay, so that was the checkup for subjective pronouns and ‘be’ verbs.

Bien, ese fue el chequeo de pronombres subjetivos y verbos 'be'.

I hope you guys understood and I’ll see you in the next video.

Espero que hayan entendido y nos vemos en el próximo video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going to learn how to  make questions using ‘what’ and ‘be’ verbs. 

En este video, vamos a aprender cómo hacer preguntas usando los verbos 'what' y 'be'.

Okay. Now when we have one thing,

Bueno. Ahora, cuando tenemos una cosa,

we have to use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

tenemos que usar el verbo 'be' 'is'.

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“It is a watch.”

"Es un reloj."

“It is a watch.”

"Es un reloj."

It’s one thing, so I have to say ‘a’.

Es una cosa, así que tengo que decir 'a'.

“a watch.”

"un reloj."

I can also use the contraction for ‘it is’,

También puedo usar la contracción de 'it is',

“it’s”.

"it's".

Okay, now listen.

Bien, ahora escucha.

“It’s a ….”

"Es un …."

“It’s a ….”

"Es un …."

“It’s a watch.”

"Es un reloj."

“It’s a watch.”

"Es un reloj."

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“It’s a marker.”

"Es un marcador".

“It’s a marker.”

"Es un marcador".

Okay. Now, there are two highlighters.

Bueno. Ahora, hay dos resaltadores.

Okay, two.

Bien, dos.

We use ‘are’.

Usamos 'son'.

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“They are highlighters.”

“Son resaltadores”.

“They are highlighters.”

“Son resaltadores”.

We have more than one, so we have to say “are”.

Tenemos más de uno, así que tenemos que decir “son”.

And we have to put an ‘s’ at the end.

Y tenemos que poner una 's' al final.

Again, we can use a contraction for ‘they are’:

Nuevamente, podemos usar una contracción para 'ellos son':

“they’re”.

"ellos son".

“They’re highlighters.”

“Son resaltadores”.

“They’re highlighters.”

“Son resaltadores”.

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“They’re markers.”

“Son marcadores”.

“They’re markers.”

“Son marcadores”.

Okay. 

Bueno.

We’re going to look at some examples  and I’m going to ask some questions.

Vamos a ver algunos ejemplos y voy a hacer algunas preguntas.

We please try to answer them.

Por favor, tratemos de responderlas.

Listen carefully and answer with “It’s 

Escuche atentamente y responda con "It's

a” or “They’re”. Let’s look at the first one.

a" o "They're". Veamos el primero.

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“What is it?”

“It’s a key.”

"¿Qué es?"

Es una llave.

“It’s a key.”

Es una llave.

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“They’re keys.”

"Son llaves."

“They’re keys.”

"Son llaves."

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“It’s a chair.”

"Es una silla."

“It’s a chair.”

"Es una silla."

“What are they?”

“What are they?”

“They’re chairs.”

"¿Qué son?"

"¿Qué son?" Son sillas.

“They’re chairs.”

Son sillas.

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“It’s a cat.”

"Es un gato."

“It’s a cat.”

"Es un gato."

“What are they?”

“What are they?”

“They’re cats.”

“They’re cats.”

"¿Qué son?" "¿Qué son?"

"Son gatos".

"Son gatos".

“What is it?”

“What is it?”

“It’s a house.”

"¿Qué es?"

"¿Qué es?"

"Es una casa."

“It’s a house.”

"Es una casa."

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“What are they?”

“They’re houses.”

"¿Qué son?" “Son casas”.

“They’re houses.”

“Son casas”.

Now let’s focus on pronunciation

Ahora concentrémonos en la pronunciación

and saying these fast. Okay. 

y decir esto rápido. Bueno.

English speakers speak very quickly,

Los angloparlantes hablan muy rápido,

so you have to practice as well.

por lo que también debes practicar.

Okay. “What is it?” 

Bueno. "¿Qué es?"

Okay, let’s try it faster three times.

Bien, intentémoslo más rápido tres veces.

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“What is it?”

It sounds like one word.

"¿Qué es?"

Suena como una palabra.

Okay, and the answer is also very fast.

Bien, y la respuesta también es muy rápida.

“It’s a…”

“Es un…”

“It’s a…”

“Es un…”

“It’s a…”

“Es un…”

“It’s a pencil.”

“Es un lápiz.”

“It’s a chair.”

“It’s a marker.”

"Es una silla." "Es un marcador".

Okay.

Bueno.

When we have more than one,  we say, “What are they?”.

Cuando tenemos más de uno, decimos: “¿Cuáles son?”.

Let’s do it fast three times.

Hagámoslo rápido tres veces.

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

“What are they?”

"¿Qué son?"

Okay.

Bueno.

And when you answer. “They’re…” 

Y cuando contestas. “Son…”

“They’re pencils”

“Son lápices”

“They’re chairs”

“Son sillas”

“They’re markers”

“Son marcadores”

Okay, so this video was ‘what’ and ‘be’ verbs.

Bien, entonces este video era verbos 'qué' y 'ser'.

I hope you understood, and  I’ll see you in the next video.

Espero que hayas entendido, y nos vemos en el próximo video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody, and welcome.

Hola a todos y bienvenidos.

In this video, we’re going to talk about ‘this’ and ‘that’.

En este video, vamos a hablar sobre 'esto' y 'aquello'.

Now ‘this’ and ‘that’ are used to talk about nouns

Ahora 'this' y 'that' se usan para hablar de sustantivos

that are close to us, near or far away.

que están cerca de nosotros, cerca o lejos.

Okay.

So let’s look at the board.

Bueno.

Así que echemos un vistazo a la pizarra.

“This is a flower.”

"Esta es una flor."

Okay, we use ‘this’ to talk about  one noun, “a flower”, that is close.

Bien, usamos 'esto' para hablar de un sustantivo, "una flor", que está cerca.

Okay.

Bueno.

“This is a flower.”

"Esta es una flor."

It’s not far.

No está lejos.

It’s close.

Está cerca.

“That is a flower.”

"Eso es una flor".

Okay, we use ‘that’ to talk  about one noun that’s far away.

Vale, usamos 'eso' para hablar de un sustantivo que está muy lejos.

So, “That… that is a flower”.

Entonces, “Eso… eso es una flor”.

Okay.

Bueno.

For another example…

Para otro ejemplo...

“This is a marker.”

"Esto es un marcador".

It’s close to me.

Está cerca de mí.

But “That… that is a marker”.

Pero “Eso… eso es un marcador”.

It’s far away.

Esta muy lejos.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

So we know…

Entonces sabemos…

“This is a flower.”

“Esto es una flor”.

Okay.

Bueno.

And “That is a flower... that”.

Y “Eso es una flor... eso”.

Now, “Is this a flower”?

Ahora, "¿Es esto una flor?"

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“It’s a chair.”

"Es una silla."

So we have to use the negative.

Así que tenemos que usar el negativo.

“This isn’t a flower.”

"Esto no es una flor".

It’s close by, but it isn’t a flower.

Está cerca, pero no es una flor.

‘isn’t’ is a contraction for ‘is not’.

'isn't' es una contracción de 'is not'.

Okay.

Bueno.

“This isn’t a flower.”

"Esto no es una flor".

“This is a chair.”

"Esta es una silla."

“That isn’t a flower.”

"Eso no es una flor".

It’s far away, so we say “that”.

Está muy lejos, así que decimos “eso”.

Again, we have ‘isn’t’, ‘a flower’.

Nuevamente, tenemos 'no es', 'una flor'.

“That’s a chair.”

"Eso es una silla".

And let’s take another example.

Y pongamos otro ejemplo.

“This isn’t a pencil.”

"Esto no es un lápiz".

“This is a marker.”

"Esto es un marcador".

And…

Y…

“That isn’t a pencil.”

“Eso no es un lápiz”.

“That is a marker.”

"Eso es un marcador".

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Now we’re going to learn how to use ‘this’ and ‘that’ in a question.

Ahora vamos a aprender cómo usar 'esto' y 'eso' en una pregunta.

Okay.

Bueno.

So we know, “This is a flower”.

Entonces sabemos, “Esto es una flor”.

When we make a question, we have to switch.

Cuando hacemos una pregunta, tenemos que cambiar.

We put the ‘be’ verb first.

Ponemos el verbo 'be' primero.

So it becomes, “Is this a flower?”.

Entonces se convierte en "¿Es esto una flor?".

Okay, it’s close by.

Está bien, está cerca.

So the answer is, “Yes, it is”.

Así que la respuesta es: “Sí, lo es”.

Okay.

Bueno.

“Is that a flower?”

"¿Eso es una flor?"

It’s far away.

Esta muy lejos.

The answer is, “Yes, it is”.

La respuesta es: “Sí, lo es”.

Okay, but how about this?

Está bien, pero ¿qué tal esto?

“This isn’t a flower.” So...

"Esto no es una flor". Entonces...

“Is this a flower?”.

"¿Es esto una flor?".

The answer is, “No, it isn’t”.

La respuesta es: “No, no lo es”.

“Is that a flower?”

"¿Eso es una flor?"

“No, it isn’t.”

"No, no lo es".

Okay, here.

Bien, aquí.

“Is this a marker?”.

“¿Es esto un marcador?”.

“Yes, it is.”

"Sí, lo es."

“Is that a marker?”.

“¿Eso es un marcador?”.

“Yes, it is.”

“Is this a pencil?”.

"Sí, lo es." "¿Es esto un lápiz?".

“No, it isn’t.”

"No, no lo es".

“Is that a pencil?”.

“No, it isn’t.”

“¿Eso es un lápiz?”. "No, no lo es".

Okay, so we learned ‘this’  and ‘that’ in this video.

Bien, entonces aprendimos 'esto' y 'aquello' en este video.

I hope you guys understand and  I’ll see you in the next video.

Espero que lo entiendan y nos vemos en el próximo video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody and welcome to this video.

Hola a todos y bienvenidos a este video.

We’re going to talk about how  to use ‘these’ and ‘those’.

Vamos a hablar sobre cómo usar 'estos' y 'aquellos'.

Okay.

Bueno.

Uhhh, just like we learned with ‘this’ and ‘that’,

Uhhh, tal como aprendimos con 'this' y 'that',

we use ‘these’ and ‘those’ to talk  about nouns that are close to us

usamos 'these' y 'those' para hablar de sustantivos que están cerca

or far from us.

o lejos de nosotros.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo al tablero.

Now, we know if there is just one,

Ahora, sabemos que si hay una sola

and it’s close to us,

y está cerca de nosotros,

we say, “This is a flower”.

decimos: “Esta es una flor”.

Okay.

Bueno.

But there’s more than one.

Pero hay más de uno.

It’s plural.

es plural

So we have to say, “These”.

Así que tenemos que decir, “Estos”.

“These are flowers.”

"Estas son flores".

Again, more than one.

De nuevo, más de uno.

Now, I change the ‘be’ verb to ‘are’

Ahora, cambié el verbo 'be' a 'are'

and I added an ‘s’ at the end of ‘flower’.

y agregué una 's' al final de 'flower'.

So, “These are flowers.”

Entonces, “Estas son flores”.

Okay.

Bueno.

Now, there’s one that’s far away.

Ahora, hay uno que está muy lejos.

We say, “That is a flower.”

Decimos: “Eso es una flor”.

But, again, there’s more than one.

Pero, de nuevo, hay más de uno.

There are two flowers.

Hay dos flores.

So, in that case, we use, “Those are flowers.”

Entonces, en ese caso, usamos, "Esas son flores".

“Those are flowers.”

"Esas son flores".

They’re far away.

Están lejos.

“Those are flowers.”

"Esas son flores".

Let’s look at these.

Miremos estos.

“This is a marker.”

"Esto es un marcador".

“These are markers.”

"Estos son marcadores".

“That is a marker.”

"Eso es un marcador".

“Those are markers.”

"Esos son marcadores".

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s move on to the next part.

Pasemos a la siguiente parte.

So we know “These are flowers”.

Entonces sabemos “Estas son flores”.

They’re close by.

Están cerca.

And for the flowers that are far away, we say,

Y a las flores que están lejos, decimos:

“Those are flowers”.

“Esas son flores”.

Okay.

Bueno.

But over here we have ‘chairs’.

Pero aquí tenemos 'sillas'.

So, we have to use the negative.

Entonces, tenemos que usar el negativo.

Okay.

We use the contraction ‘aren’t’

Bueno.

Usamos la contracción 'aren't',

which is short for ‘are not’.

que es la abreviatura de 'are not'.

“These aren’t flowers.”

"Estas no son flores".

“These aren’t flowers.

“Estas no son flores.

Okay, and for the chairs that are far away,

Bien, y para las sillas que están lejos,

we say, “Those aren’t flowers”.

decimos: “Esas no son flores”.

“Those aren’t flowers.”

Okay, and let’s try with the markers.

"Esas no son flores".

Bien, y probemos con los marcadores.

“These aren’t pens.”

"Estos no son bolígrafos".

“These aren’t pens.”

"Estos no son bolígrafos".

Okay, and far away.

Bien, y lejos.

“Those aren’t pens.”

Esos no son bolígrafos.

“Those aren’t pens.”

Esos no son bolígrafos.

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, now we’re going to make some questions.

Bien, ahora vamos a hacer algunas preguntas.

We know, “These are flowers”.

Sabemos, “Estas son flores”.

When you want to make a  question, you have to change

Cuando quieras hacer una pregunta, tienes que cambiar

‘these are’ and put the ‘be’ verb first.

'these are' y poner el verbo 'be' primero.

So, it becomes, “Are these flowers?”.

Entonces, se convierte en "¿Son estas flores?".

“Are these flowers?”

"¿Son estas flores?"

And the answer is “Yes, they are.”

Y la respuesta es "Sí, lo son".

Okay, now the flowers are far away.

Bien, ahora las flores están lejos.

So we say, “Are those flowers?”.

Entonces decimos: "¿Son flores?".

“Are those flowers?”

"¿Son flores?"

And again, the answer is “Yes, they are.”

Y nuevamente, la respuesta es "Sí, lo son".

Okay. Now here, we have chairs.

Bueno. Ahora aquí, tenemos sillas.

“Are these flowers?”

"¿Son estas flores?"

The answer is “No, they aren’t.”

La respuesta es "No, no lo son".

Okay, now they’re far away.

Bien, ahora están lejos.

“Are those flowers?”

"¿Son flores?"

And again, the answer is “No, they aren’t.”

Y nuevamente, la respuesta es "No, no lo son".

How about these? “Are these markers?”

¿Que tal esto? "¿Son estos marcadores?"

“Yes, they are.”

"Sí lo son."

“Are those markers?”

"¿Son esos marcadores?"

“Yes, they are.”

"Sí lo son."

“Are these pens?”

"¿Estos son bolígrafos?"

“No, they aren’t.”

"No, no lo son".

“Are those pens?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"¿Esos son bolígrafos?" "No, no lo son".

Okay, so in this video, we learned  how to use ‘these’ and ‘those’.

Bien, entonces en este video, aprendimos cómo usar 'estos' y 'aquellos'.

I hope you guys understand and I’ll see you in the next video.

Espero que lo entiendan y nos vemos en el próximo video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Let’s do some practice with ‘this’, ‘that’,  

Practiquemos un poco con 'esto', 'eso',

‘these’, and ‘those’. First, I have this pen.

'estos' y 'aquellos'. Primero, tengo esta pluma.

I have to say, “This is a pen.”

Tengo que decir: "Esto es un bolígrafo".

“This is a pen.”

"Esto es una lapicera."

Okay.

Bueno.

Over there, “That is a pen.”

Allí, “Eso es un bolígrafo”.

“That is a pen.”

"Eso es un bolígrafo."

Now, I have two pens.

Ahora, tengo dos bolígrafos.

“These are pens.”

"Estos son lapiceros."

“These are pens.”

"Estos son lapiceros."

Okay, I’m going to move them far away.

Está bien, voy a moverlos lejos.

“Those are pens.”

"Esos son bolígrafos".

“Those are pens.”

"Esos son bolígrafos".

Okay, let’s move on to questions.

Bien, pasemos a las preguntas.

I have one pen.

tengo un bolígrafo

“Is this a pen?”

"¿Esto es una pluma?"

“Yes, it is.”

"Sí, lo es."

“Is this a cookie?”

“¿Es esto una galleta?”

“No, it isn’t.”

"No, no lo es".

“Is that a pen?”

“Yes, it is.”

"¿Eso es un bolígrafo?" "Sí, lo es."

“Is that a cookie?”

“No, it isn’t.”

"¿Eso es una galleta?"

"No, no lo es".

Okay, two pens.

Vale, dos bolígrafos.

“Are these pens?”

"¿Estos son bolígrafos?"

“Yes, they are.”

"Sí lo son."

“Are these cookies?”

“¿Son estas galletas?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"No, no lo son".

Okay, now they’re over here.

Bien, ahora están aquí.

“Are those pens?”

"¿Esos son bolígrafos?"

Yes, they are?”

¿Sí lo son?"

“Are those cookies?”

"¿Son esas galletas?"

“No, they aren’t.”

"No, no lo son".

Okay, so that was our practice

Bien, esa fue nuestra práctica

for ‘this’, ‘that’, ‘these’, and ‘those’.

para 'esto', 'aquello', 'estos' y 'aquellos'.

I hope you guys understood and  I’ll see you in the next video.

Espero que hayan entendido y nos vemos en el próximo video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going to  learn about possessive adjectives.

En este video vamos a aprender sobre los adjetivos posesivos.

We use possessive adjectives to show that something belongs to me,

Usamos adjetivos posesivos para mostrar que algo me pertenece a mí

or something belongs to someone else.

o que algo pertenece a otra persona.

I own something or someone owns something.

Yo poseo algo o alguien posee algo.

Okay.

Bueno.

So let’s take a look at the board.

Así que echemos un vistazo al tablero.

Now last time we learned about subjective pronouns

Ahora, la última vez que aprendimos sobre los pronombres subjetivos

and here they are.

, aquí están.

‘I’, ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, ‘you’, ‘we’, ‘they’.

'yo', 'él', 'ella', 'eso', 'usted', 'nosotros', 'ellos'.

And here are the possessive adjectives.

Y aquí están los adjetivos posesivos.

Okay.

Bueno.

‘My’.

'Mi'.

We use ‘my’ to show that something belongs to me.

Usamos 'my' para mostrar que algo me pertenece.

Okay.

Bueno.

‘His’.

'Su'.

This means that something belongs to one man or one boy.

Esto significa que algo pertenece a un hombre o un niño.

‘Her’.

'Ella'.

We use that to show something belongs to one woman or one girl.

Usamos eso para mostrar que algo pertenece a una mujer o una niña.

‘Its’.

'Su'.

We use ‘its’ to show that something belongs to an animal.

Usamos 'its' para mostrar que algo pertenece a un animal.

We use ‘your’ to show that  something belongs to you.

Usamos 'tu' para mostrar que algo te pertenece.

Okay.

Bueno.

‘Our’.

'Nuestro'.

‘Our’ means that something belongs to me and you or me and somebody else.

'Nuestro' significa que algo nos pertenece a mí y a ti o a mí y a alguien más.

Okay, or me and other people.

Está bien, o yo y otras personas.

Okay, and last.

Bien, y por último.

We use ‘their’ to show that something belongs to many people.

Usamos 'their' para mostrar que algo pertenece a muchas personas.

Okay, not me, but many people.

Vale, no yo, pero mucha gente.

Okay, now I want you to pay  attention to three special words.

Bien, ahora quiero que prestes atención a tres palabras especiales.

‘Its’, ‘your’ and ‘their’.

'Es', 'tu' y 'su'.

Now I want you to notice these words sound like other words.

Ahora quiero que noten que estas palabras suenan como otras palabras.

So you have to be careful  not to get them confused.

Así que hay que tener cuidado de no confundirlos.

And I’m going to explain.

Y voy a explicar.

‘Its’ sounds like the contraction for ‘it is’; ‘it’s’.

'Its' suena como la contracción de 'it is'; 'su'.

Okay, so, don’t get that confused.

Bien, entonces, no te confundas.

‘Your’ sounds like the contraction for ‘you are’ ‘you’re’.

'Tu' suena como la contracción de 'eres'.

Okay.

Bueno.

So make sure you use this one to show possession.

Así que asegúrate de usar este para mostrar posesión.

Okay.

Bueno.

And the last word, ‘their’, it actually sounds like two other words.

Y la última palabra, 'their', en realidad suena como otras dos palabras.

The contraction for ‘they are’ ‘they’re’

La contracción de 'ellos son' 'ellos'

or the word t-h-e-r-e, the  other word ‘there’. Okay.

o la palabra allí, la otra palabra 'allí'. Bueno.

So please don’t get those confused.

Así que por favor no los confunda.

Now I know all of this sounds very hard,

Ahora sé que todo esto suena muy difícil,

but if you practice with me,  I’m sure you’ll understand.

pero si practicas conmigo, estoy seguro de que lo entenderás.

So let’s move on to the next part.

Así que pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, let’s practice together.

Bien, practiquemos juntos.

Now, here I have a marker.

Ahora, aquí tengo un marcador.

It belongs to me.

Me pertenece.

So, I have to say, “This is my marker.”

Entonces, tengo que decir: "Este es mi marcador".

“This isn’t your marker.”

"Este no es tu marcador".

“This is my marker.”

"Este es mi marcador".

Okay, let’s look at this boy.

Bien, miremos a este chico.

He has a hat.

tiene un sombrero

So, I have to say, “This is his hat.”

Entonces, tengo que decir: "Este es su sombrero".

“This is his hat.”

"Este es su sombrero".

“This isn’t my hat.”

“Este no es mi sombrero.”

“This isn’t your hat.”

“Este no es tu sombrero.”

Okay.

Bueno.

And this girl has a dress.

Y esta chica tiene un vestido.

So, “This is her dress.”

Entonces, "Este es su vestido".

“This is her dress.”

"Este es su vestido".

“This isn’t my dress.”

“Este no es mi vestido.”

“This isn’t your dress.”

“Este no es tu vestido.”

Okay, in this picture there’s an animal; a dog…and it has a ball.

Bien, en esta imagen hay un animal; un perro... y tiene una pelota.

I have to say, “This is its ball.”

Tengo que decir: "Esta es su pelota".

“This is its ball.”

“Esta es su pelota”.

“This isn’t my ball.”

"Esta no es mi pelota".

and “This isn’t your ball.”

y "Esta no es tu pelota".

Now, in this picture, we have two people.

Ahora, en esta imagen, tenemos dos personas.

Okay, and they both own this house.

Bien, y ambos son dueños de esta casa.

So, “This is their house.”

Entonces, “Esta es su casa”.

“This is their house.”

"Esta es su casa."

Okay, now a little bit farther away, we have three books.

Bien, ahora un poco más lejos, tenemos tres libros.

Okay.

Bueno.

And this boy and girl have the books here.

Y este niño y niña tienen los libros aquí.

So, we have to say “those”.

Entonces, tenemos que decir "esos".

And because we have more than one,

Y como tenemos más de uno,

we have to use ‘are’.

tenemos que usar 'are'.

Okay.

Bueno.

“Those are their books.”

“Esos son sus libros”.

“Those are their books.”

“Those aren’t my books.”

“Esos son sus libros”.

“Esos no son mis libros.”

“Those aren’t your books.”

Esos no son tus libros.

Okay.

Bueno.

And the last one.

Y el último.

Here’s the county Korea.

Aquí está el condado de Corea.

Okay, we all live here.

Está bien, todos vivimos aquí.

So we say, “This is our country.”

Entonces decimos: “Este es nuestro país”.

“This is our country.”

“Este es nuestro país”.

Okay, let’s move on to the next  part for some more practice.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte para practicar un poco más.

Here are some practice sentences.

Aquí hay algunas oraciones de práctica.

We’re going to put possessive  adjectives on these lines.

Vamos a poner adjetivos posesivos en estas líneas.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, let’s try together.

Entonces, intentemos juntos.

“I put candy in ____ mouth.”

“Puse dulces en la boca de ____”.

Okay, this is a mouth.

Vale, esto es una boca.

“I put candy in ……”

“Puse dulces en ……”

What should we put?

¿Qué debemos poner?

“my mouth.”

"mi boca."

Okay, next.

Bien, siguiente.

“John.”

"John."

John is one man or boy.

John es un hombre o un niño.

“John lost ____ bag.”

“John perdió ____ bolsa”.

Okay, for one man or boy, we say, “his”.

Bien, para un hombre o niño, decimos, "su".

“John lost his bag.”

“John perdió su bolso.”

Okay, “The parents…”

Bien, "Los padres..."

That’s more than one person. That’s two people.

Eso es más de una persona. Son dos personas.

So, “The parents love ____ baby.”

Entonces, "Los padres aman a ____ bebé".

We have to put…

Tenemos que poner…

“their”.

“su”.

“The parents love their baby.”

“Los padres aman a su bebé”.

Okay. And here, “The dog…”

Bueno. Y aquí, “El perro…”

Okay, ‘the dog’ is an animal.

Bien, 'el perro' es un animal.

So, “The dog eats ____ food.”

Entonces, "El perro come ____ comida".

What do we put?

¿Qué ponemos?

We have to say, “its”.

Tenemos que decir, “su”.

“The dog eats its food.”

“El perro come su comida”.

Okay, let’s look at some more examples.

Bien, veamos algunos ejemplos más.

Let’s continue.

Continuemos.

“_____ names are Paul and Sam.”

“_____ nombres son Paul y Sam.”

Okay, we have two people, Paul, and Sam.

Vale, tenemos dos personas, Paul y Sam.

And the plural names.

Y los nombres en plural.

So we have to say, “Their”.

Así que tenemos que decir, "Su".

“Their names are Paul and Sam.”

“Sus nombres son Paul y Sam”.

Okay.

Bueno.

“Can I use ____ phone?”

"¿Puedo usar ____ teléfono?"

Okay, I’m asking you.

Está bien, te estoy preguntando.

So I have to say, “Can I use… your phone?”

Así que tengo que decir: "¿Puedo usar... tu teléfono?"

Okay.

Bueno.

And the next one. “_____ make-up looks good.”

Y el siguiente. “_____ el maquillaje se ve bien.”

Whose make-up? Well, usually  girls or women wear make-up.

¿El maquillaje de quién? Bueno, por lo general las niñas o las mujeres usan maquillaje.

So, I’m going to say,

Entonces, voy a decir:

“Her make-up looks good.”

"Su maquillaje se ve bien".

Okay, and…

Bien, y...

“_____ videos are helpful to you.”

"_____ videos te son útiles".

Okay, these are the videos that we make. Right?

Bien, estos son los videos que hacemos. ¿Derecha?

We teach English in these videos.

Enseñamos inglés en estos videos.

So, the answer is “our”.

Entonces, la respuesta es “nuestro”.

“Our videos are helpful to you.”

"Nuestros videos son útiles para usted".

Or we sure hope they are.

O esperamos que lo sean.

Okay, so in this video, we learned  how to use possessive adjectives.

Bien, en este video aprendimos a usar adjetivos posesivos.

Don’t forget you have to  put a noun after each one.

No olvides que tienes que poner un sustantivo después de cada uno.

I hope you understand, and I hope to see you in the next video.

Espero que lo entiendas, y espero verte en el próximo video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody and welcome.

Hola a todos y bienvenidos.

In this video, we’re going to learn about possessive pronouns.

En este video vamos a aprender acerca de los pronombres posesivos.

Okay.

And we use possessive pronouns to show that something belongs to us

Bueno. Y usamos pronombres posesivos para mostrar que algo nos pertenece

or something is owned by us.

o que algo nos pertenece.

Okay, or someone else.

Está bien, o alguien más.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo al tablero.

Now, last time we learned  about subjective pronouns.

Ahora, la última vez que aprendimos sobre los pronombres subjetivos.

And here they are.

Y aquí están.

Okay.

Bueno.

And in another video, we talked  about possessive adjectives.

Y en otro video hablamos de los adjetivos posesivos.

And here they are.

Y aquí están.

Okay.

Bueno.

And over here are the possessive pronouns that we’re going to talk about in this video.

Y aquí están los pronombres posesivos de los que vamos a hablar en este video.

Now, possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns are the same.

Ahora, los adjetivos posesivos y los pronombres posesivos son lo mismo.

They show possession.

Muestran posesión.

Which means, I own something.

Lo que significa que soy dueño de algo.

Something belongs to me…or to someone else.

Algo me pertenece... oa alguien más.

Okay.

Bueno.

The only difference is that they’re used a little differently.

La única diferencia es que se usan de forma un poco diferente.

For possessive adjectives, you have to put a noun after.

Para los adjetivos posesivos, tienes que poner un sustantivo después.

Okay.

“My dog.”

Bueno.

"Mi perro."

Okay.

But for possessive pronouns, you don’t have to put a noun after it.

Bueno.

Pero para los pronombres posesivos, no tienes que poner un sustantivo después.

Okay, you can just say “mine”.

Vale, puedes decir simplemente "mío".

Okay.

Bueno.

So let’s go through each one.

Así que repasemos cada uno.

“My"

"Mi"

"Mine”

"Mío"

Okay.

Está bien.

And this is the same.

Y esto es lo mismo.

“His"

"Su"

"His”

"Su"

Okay.

For ‘her’, we say “hers”.

Está bien.

Para 'ella', decimos "hers".

We add an ‘s’.

Agregamos una 's'.

“Hers”

“Ella”

“Its"

“Es”

"Its”

“Es”

Again, it’s the same.

De nuevo, es lo mismo.

“Your"

“Tu”

"Yours”

“Tuyo”

We have to put an ‘s’.

Tenemos que poner una 's'.

“Yours”

“Tuyo”

“Our"

“Nuestro”

"Ours” and “Their"

“Nuestro” y “Su”

"Theirs”

“Suyo”

Okay, again, I know that this can be really confusing, but let’s practice some more.

Bien, de nuevo, sé que esto puede ser muy confuso, pero practiquemos un poco más.

Okay.

And let’s move on to the next part.

Bueno.

Y pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, let’s practice together.

Bien, practiquemos juntos.

Now, “This is my marker.”

Ahora, “Este es mi marcador”.

But with possessive pronouns, you do not have to put a noun after.

Pero con los pronombres posesivos, no tienes que poner un sustantivo después.

Okay, so I can say, “This is mine.”

Bien, entonces puedo decir: "Esto es mío".

“This isn’t yours.”

"Esto no es tuyo".

“This is mine.”

"Esto es mío."

Okay, let’s look at the board.

Bien, veamos el tablero.

This boy has a hat.

Este chico tiene un sombrero.

So we say, “This is his.”

Entonces decimos: “Esto es de él”.

“This isn’t mine.”

"Esto no es mío".

“This isn’t yours.”

"Esto no es tuyo".

“This is his.”

"Este es él."

The girl has a dress.

La niña tiene un vestido.

“This is hers.”

"Esto es de ella."

“This isn’t mine.”

“This isn’t yours.”

"Esto no es mío".

"Esto no es tuyo".

“This is hers.”

"Esto es de ella."

Okay.

Bueno.

Now with ‘its’, it’s kind of different.

Ahora con 'its', es un poco diferente.

Okay.

You still have to put a noun,

Bueno.

Todavía tiene que poner un sustantivo,

so you can’t say, “This is its.”

por lo que no puede decir: "Esto es suyo".

You have to say, “This is its ball.”

Tienes que decir: “Esta es su pelota”.

Again, “This is its ball.”

Nuevamente, “Esta es su pelota”.

“This isn’t mine.”

“This isn’t yours.”

"Esto no es mío".

"Esto no es tuyo".

“This is its ball.”

“Esta es su pelota”.

Okay.

Now we have two people who have a house.

Bueno.

Ahora tenemos dos personas que tienen una casa.

“This is theirs.”

"Esto es de ellos".

“This isn’t mine.”

“This isn’t yours.”

"Esto no es mío".

"Esto no es tuyo".

“This is theirs.”

"Esto es de ellos".

Okay.

Now over here, we have some books and we’re going to say that they belong to these two people.

Bueno.

Ahora aquí, tenemos algunos libros y vamos a decir que pertenecen a estas dos personas.

Okay.

Bueno.

So we’re going to use the plural ‘be’ verb; ‘are’.

Así que vamos a usar el verbo 'ser' en plural; 'son'.

Okay.

Bueno.

“These are theirs.”

Estos son de ellos.

“These aren’t mine.”

"Estos no son míos".

“These aren’t yours.”

"Estos no son tuyos".

“These are theirs.”

Estos son de ellos.

Okay.

Bueno.

And last, we have a picture of Korea.

Y por último, tenemos una foto de Corea.

Okay.

Bueno.

“This is ours.”

"Esto es nuestro."

“This is ours.”

"Esto es nuestro."

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, let’s look at these examples.

Bien, veamos estos ejemplos.

We have to put in some possessive pronouns.

Tenemos que poner algunos pronombres posesivos.

Okay.

Bueno.

“That lipstick is _____.”

“Ese lápiz labial es _____”.

Okay, well we have the noun ‘lipstick’ and usually a girl or woman wears lipstick,

De acuerdo, tenemos el sustantivo 'lipstick' y, por lo general, una niña o una mujer usa lápiz labial,

so we’re going to use the possessive pronoun ‘hers’.

así que vamos a usar el pronombre posesivo 'hers'.

Okay.

Bueno.

“That lipstick is hers.”

“Ese pintalabios es de ella.”

Okay.

Bueno.

The next sentence.

La siguiente frase.

“That sports car is _____.”

“Ese auto deportivo es _____”.

Okay.

Bueno.

Again, usually a man will drive a sports car.

Una vez más, por lo general un hombre conducirá un automóvil deportivo.

So, we can say, “That sports car is his.”

Entonces, podemos decir: "Ese auto deportivo es suyo".

Okay.

Bueno.

Now, let’s look at these last two.

Ahora, echemos un vistazo a estos dos últimos.

“This money is mine, not yours.”

“Este dinero es mío, no tuyo”.

“This money is mine; it belongs to me.”

“Este dinero es mío; me pertenece."

“It doesn’t belong to you.”

"No te pertenece".

Not yours.

No es tuyo.

Okay.

Bueno.

And the last one.

Y el último.

“Dokdo is ours.”

"Dokdo es nuestro".

It’s Koreas.

son las coreas.

Right…

Cierto...

“Not theirs.”

"No de ellos".

Not Japan’s.

No de Japón.

“It belongs to us.”

Nos pertenece.

So we say, “It’s ours.”

Entonces decimos: “Es nuestro”.

Okay, so in this video, we  learned possessive pronouns.

Bien, en este video aprendimos los pronombres posesivos.

I hope you understand, and I’ll see you in the next video.

Espero que lo entiendas, y nos vemos en el próximo video.

Bye.

Adiós.

This is a checkup for ‘this’,  ‘that’, ‘these’, ‘those’,

Este es un chequeo de 'esto', 'eso', 'estos', 'aquellos',

possessive adjectives, and possessive pronouns.

adjetivos posesivos y pronombres posesivos.

Okay.

Bueno.

Now here, I want you to focus on ‘this’, ‘that’, ‘these’, and ‘those’.

Ahora aquí, quiero que se concentren en 'esto', 'aquello', 'estos' y 'aquellos'.

Okay, so here’s the first example.

Bien, aquí está el primer ejemplo.

We have a dog.

Tenemos un perro.

One dog.

Un perro.

So we have to use ‘this’ or ‘that’.

Así que tenemos que usar 'esto' o 'eso'.

Okay.

Bueno.

If it’s close, I say, “This is a dog.”

Si está cerca, digo: "Esto es un perro".

If it’s far away, I say, “That is a dog.”

Si está lejos, digo: “Ese es un perro”.

So, I’m going to write ‘this’.

Entonces, voy a escribir 'esto'.

Okay.

Bueno.

The next one says, “…are balloons.”

El siguiente dice: “…son globos”.

“…are balloons.” With an ‘s’.

“…son globos.” Con una 's'.

There’s more than one.

Hay más de uno.

So can we use ‘this’ or ‘that’?

Entonces, ¿podemos usar 'esto' o 'eso'?

No.

No.

We have to use ‘these’ or ‘those’.

Tenemos que usar 'estos' o 'esos'.

So, if it’s close, I say “These are balloons.”

Entonces, si está cerca, digo "Estos son globos".

If they are far, “Those are balloons.”

Si están lejos, “Esos son globos”.

Okay.

Bueno.

So let’s write ‘those’.

Así que escribamos 'esos'.

“Those are balloons.”

“Esos son globos”.

Okay.

Bueno.

Now when we ask the question,

Ahora, cuando hacemos la pregunta,

“Are these pens?”

"¿Son estos bolígrafos?"

we have more than one.

tenemos más de uno.

“These pens.” With an ‘s’.

"Estos bolígrafos". Con una 's'.

Okay.

Bueno.

I can put two answers here.

Puedo poner dos respuestas aquí.

“No, ___ aren’t.”

"No, ___ no lo son".

I can say “No, these aren’t.”

Puedo decir "No, estos no lo son".

Or… I can say “No, they..."  more than one "... they aren’t.”

O… puedo decir “No, ellos…” más de uno “… no lo son”.

Okay.

Bueno.

The next one. “These ____ eyes.”

El siguiente. "Esos ojos."

We need a ‘be’ verb.

Necesitamos un verbo 'ser'.

Okay.

Bueno.

There’s more than one, right.

Hay más de uno, verdad.

There are two eyes.

Hay dos ojos.

So, “These are eyes.”

Entonces, “Estos son ojos”.

Okay.

Bueno.

And here “…is a nose.”

Y aquí “…es una nariz”.

One.

Uno.

A nose.

And it’s close.

Una nariz.

Y está cerca.

So, I have to say, “This is a nose.”

Entonces, tengo que decir: "Esto es una nariz".

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

We’re going to do some more checkup.

Vamos a hacer un poco más de revisión.

Now here, I want you to focus on possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns.

Ahora aquí, quiero que te concentres en los adjetivos posesivos y los pronombres posesivos.

Let’s look at the first example.

Veamos el primer ejemplo.

“These are my pen.”

"Estas son mi pluma".

Okay.

Bueno.

We have ‘these…are’.

Tenemos 'estos... son'.

This means we need more than one.

Esto significa que necesitamos más de uno.

Right…

Cierto…

More than one pen.

Más de un bolígrafo.

So, we have to put ‘s’.

Entonces, tenemos que poner 's'.

“These are my pens.”

"Estas son mis plumas."

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s look at these two together.

Miremos a estos dos juntos.

“Those aren’t her children.”

"Esos no son sus hijos".

Okay.

Bueno.

So we can also say, “Those aren’t ____.”

Entonces también podemos decir: "Esos no son ____".

What do we put?

¿Qué ponemos?

“… her children.”

"… sus hijos."

We can always say, “Those aren’t hers.”

Siempre podemos decir: "Esos no son de ella".

Okay.

Bueno.

We don’t need a noun here.

No necesitamos un sustantivo aquí.

We do need a noun over here, though.

Sin embargo, necesitamos un sustantivo aquí.

Okay.

Bueno.

Then, “Is it yours?”

Entonces, "¿Es tuyo?"

“Is it yours?”

"¿Es tuyo?"

“Yes, it’s _____.”

"Sí, es _____."

There’s no noun.

No hay sustantivo.

We have to say…

Tenemos que decir…

“mine”.

“mío”.

“Is it yours?”

"¿Es tuyo?"

“Yes, it’s mine.”

"Si, es mio."

Okay.

Bueno.

And the last two…

Y los dos últimos…

” _____ these his shoes?”

” _____ estos sus zapatos?”

We need a ‘be’ verb here.

Necesitamos un verbo 'ser' aquí.

” _____ these his shoes?”

” _____ estos sus zapatos?”

We have ‘these’, and we have ‘shoes’ with an ‘s’.

Tenemos 'estos' y tenemos 'zapatos' con una 's'.

So we need the plural ‘be’ verb.

Así que necesitamos el verbo 'ser' en plural.

“Are”. “Are these his shoes?”

"Son". "¿Son estos sus zapatos?"

Okay.

And the answer. “No, they…”

Bueno.

Y la respuesta “No, ellos…”

Plural.

Plural.

“…are.”

"…son."

We have ‘no’. “No, they aren’t”

No tenemos'. "No, no lo son"

Okay.

Está bien.

“Are not, aren’t”.

“No son, no son”.

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s move on to the next part.

Pasemos a la siguiente parte.

For this last part, we’re going to look at these sentences.

Para esta última parte, vamos a ver estas oraciones.

But they’re all wrong.

Pero todos están equivocados.

They all have mistakes.

Todos tienen errores.

So you have to find the mistakes for me.

Así que tienes que encontrar los errores por mí.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, the first one says, “That are chairs.”

Entonces, el primero dice: “Esas son sillas”.

Hmmmm, we know that’s wrong.

Hmmmm, we know that's wrong.

‘That’ is used for singular nouns.

'That' is used for singular nouns.

One.

Uno.

But it says “are” and it says “chairs” with an ‘s’.

But it says “are” and it says “chairs” with an 's'.

So, we have to change this word.

So, we have to change this word.

We can say, “These are chairs.”

We can say, “These are chairs.”

or “Those are chairs.”

or “Those are chairs.”

Okay.

Bueno.

“This book is my.”

“This book is my.”

Hmm.

Mmm.

We have the possessive pronoun ‘my’.

We have the possessive pronoun 'my'.

But remember, you have to have a noun after,

But remember, you have to have a noun after,

but there’s no noun.

but there's no noun.

So, we can change this to the  possessive adjective ‘mine’.

So, we can change this to the possessive adjective 'mine'.

Okay.

You don’t need a noun if you say ‘mine’.

Bueno.

You don't need a noun if you say 'mine'.

Okay.

Bueno.

“That is he house.”

“That is he house.”

Hmm.

Mmm.

We want to show that this house belongs to this man or boy.

We want to show that this house belongs to this man or boy.

“That is he house.”

“That is he house.”

But this word ‘he’, does not show possession.

But this word 'he', does not show possession.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, we say, “This is his house.”

So, we say, “This is his house.”

‘His’, then the noun ‘house’.

'His', then the noun 'house'.

Similarly, for the next one.

Similarly, for the next one.

“She name is Jenny.”

“She name is Jenny.”

We want to show that this name belongs to Jenny.

We want to show that this name belongs to Jenny.

So, we say…

So, we say…

“her”.

“her”.

“Her name is Jenny.”

“Her name is Jenny.”

Okay, and the last one is also similar.

Okay, and the last one is also similar.

“It’s ours house.”

“It's ours house.”

Now, if we don’t have ‘house’, “It’s ours.”

Now, if we don't have 'house', “It's ours.”

We can say that.

We can say that.

But since we have a noun, …

But since we have a noun, …

we use the possessive pronoun,

we use the possessive pronoun,

“It’s ‘our’ house.”

“It's 'our' house.”

Okay.

Bueno.

That was the checkup for possessive  pronouns, possessive adjectives,

That was the checkup for possessive pronouns, possessive adjectives,

‘this’, ‘that’, ‘these’, and ‘those’.

'this', 'that', 'these', and 'those'.

I hope you understood, and I’ll see you in the next video.

I hope you understood, and I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going to talk about the articles; ‘a’, ‘an’ and ‘the’.

In this video, we're going to talk about the articles; 'a', 'an' and 'the'.

Now this can be very confusing, so please make sure you pay careful attention.

Now this can be very confusing, so please make sure you pay careful attention.

We use articles in front of nouns.

We use articles in front of nouns.

Okay, so remember that and  let’s look at the board.

Okay, so remember that and let's look at the board.

First, we use ‘a’ or ‘an’ when we’re talking about any one thing.

First, we use 'a' or 'an' when we're talking about any one thing.

For example, let’s say I  say, “A banana is delicious.”

For example, let's say I say, “A banana is delicious.”

Okay, that means all bananas.

Okay, that means all bananas.

Any banana is delicious.

Any banana is delicious.

“A banana is delicious.”

“A banana is delicious.”

Okay, let’s jump over here.

Okay, let's jump over here.

If I’m talking about a specific banana…

If I'm talking about a specific banana…

maybe I have a banana in my hand.

maybe I have a banana in my hand.

It’s specific, not any banana, this one.

It's specific, not any banana, this one.

I have to use ‘the’,

I have to use 'the',

“The banana is old.”

“The banana is old.”

Okay. This one.

Bueno. Éste.

I can’t say, “A banana is old.”

I can't say, “A banana is old.”

Then that means all bananas are old.

Then that means all bananas are old.

And that’s not true. Just this one.

And that's not true. Just this one.

So, I say, “The banana is old.”

So, I say, “The banana is old.”

Okay, let’s move over here.

Okay, let's move over here.

We also use ‘a’ or ‘an’ when we’re talking about something for the first time.

We also use 'a' or 'an' when we're talking about something for the first time.

So, I have another example here.

So, I have another example here.

“I watched a movie.”

“I watched a movie.”

Okay.

I’m talking about this movie for the first time, so I have to use “…a movie”.

Bueno.

I'm talking about this movie for the first time, so I have to use “…a movie”.

But, if I want to talk about this movie again,

But, if I want to talk about this movie again,

for the second time, or the  third time or fourth, fifth…

for the second time, or the third time or fourth, fifth…

it doesn’t matter.

it doesn't matter.

I have to use ‘the’.

I have to use 'the'.

“The movie was fun.”

“The movie was fun.”

I’m talking about this one. The specific.

I'm talking about this one. The specific.

“The movie was fun.”

“The movie was fun.”

I can’t say, “A movie was fun.”

I can't say, “A movie was fun.”

That means all movies are fun.

That means all movies are fun.

That’s not true.

Eso no es cierto.

“The movie was fun.”

“The movie was fun.”

Okay, and I also use ‘the’

Okay, and I also use 'the'

when I’m talking about a noun  where there’s only one and only.

when I'm talking about a noun where there's only one and only.

Okay.

Bueno.

For example, there’s only one sun.

For example, there's only one sun.

Okay, when I look at the  sky, there’s only one sun.

Okay, when I look at the sky, there's only one sun.

So, I say, “The sun.”

So, I say, “The sun.”

“The sun is hot.”

“The sun is hot.”

I cannot say, “A sun.”

I cannot say, “A sun.”

That’s wrong.

That's wrong.

When there’s one and only, we say, “The sun.”

When there's one and only, we say, “The sun.”

Okay.

Let’s look at some more examples.

Bueno.

Let's look at some more examples.

The first example says, “A lion is dangerous.”

The first example says, “A lion is dangerous.”

I have to use ‘a’ because I’m  talking about any one lion.

I have to use 'a' because I'm talking about any one lion.

Any lion is dangerous.

Any lion is dangerous.

All lions are dangerous.

All lions are dangerous.

So, I use ‘a’.

So, I use 'a'.

The next sentence says, “It’s a dog.”

The next sentence says, “It's a dog.”

I’m talking about this dog for the first time, so I use ‘a’.

I'm talking about this dog for the first time, so I use 'a'.

Now, I’m talking about this  dog for the second time.

Now, I'm talking about this dog for the second time.

So, I say, “The dog is cute.”

So, I say, “The dog is cute.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Here’s a similar example.

Here's a similar example.

“It’s an ant.”

“It's an ant.”

Well, I used ‘an’ because we have ‘ant’, which start with a vowel.

Well, I used 'an' because we have 'ant', which start with a vowel.

And I’m talking about this ant for the first time.

And I'm talking about this ant for the first time.

“It’s an ant.”

“It's an ant.”

Now, I’m talking about this ant again.

Now, I'm talking about this ant again.

“The ant is small.”

“The ant is small.”

“The ant…”, this one, “…is small.”

“The ant…”, this one, “…is small.”

Okay, and the last one.

Okay, and the last one.

“It’s the moon.”

“It's the moon.”

I have to say, “the moon”  because there’s only one moon.

I have to say, “the moon” because there's only one moon.

I cannot say, “a moon”.

I cannot say, “a moon”.

“It’s the moon.

“It's the moon.

The moon…”, only one, “…is round.”

The moon…”, only one, “…is round.”

Okay.

Let’s look at some more examples.

Bueno.

Let's look at some more examples.

Okay, we have some more examples,

Okay, we have some more examples,

but this time I want you to think about  whether we should put ‘a’, ‘an’ or ‘the’.

but this time I want you to think about whether we should put 'a', 'an' or 'the'.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, “I see ____ desk and ___ chair.”

So, “I see ____ desk and ___ chair.”

We don’t know which desk and chair.

We don't know which desk and chair.

And it’s the first time I’m talking about them.

And it's the first time I'm talking about them.

So, we have to put ‘a’.

So, we have to put 'a'.

“I see a desk and a chair.”

“I see a desk and a chair.”

The next one.

El siguiente.

“I see ____ octopus.”

“I see ____ octopus.”

Okay, this is the same.

Okay, this is the same.

It’s the first time I’m  talking about this octopus.

It's the first time I'm talking about this octopus.

So, do I put ‘a’ or ‘an’?

So, do I put 'a' or 'an'?

Well here we have the vowel ‘o’.

Well here we have the vowel 'o'.

So we have to put “‘an’ octopus”.

So we have to put “'an' octopus”.

“I see an octopus.”

“I see an octopus.”

Okay, the next one.

Bien, el siguiente.

“It’s ___ pen.”

“It's ___ pen.”

Okay, it’s the same.

Okay, it's the same.

It’s the first time, so I say, “a pen”.

It's the first time, so I say, “a pen”.

Now, I’m talking about the  pen for the second time.

Now, I'm talking about the pen for the second time.

So I say, “The pen is red.”

So I say, “The pen is red.”

Okay, I’m talking about this one.

Okay, I'm talking about this one.

So I say, “the”.

So I say, “the”.

Okay, similarly…

Okay, similarly…

“She is ____ girl.”

“She is ____ girl.”

What do I say?

What do I say?

“a girl.”

“a girl.”

We’re talking about her for the first time.

We're talking about her for the first time.

Okay.

And now we’re talking about this girl again, for the second time.

Bueno.

And now we're talking about this girl again, for the second time.

So, I have to say, “The girl is pretty.”

So, I have to say, “The girl is pretty.”

And the last example.

Y el último ejemplo.

“I can see ___ sky.”

“I can see ___ sky.”

Now, we only have one sky.

Now, we only have one sky.

Right…

So, if there’s only one and only, we have to put the article ‘the’.

Right…

So, if there's only one and only, we have to put the article 'the'.

“I can see the sky.”

“I can see the sky.”

Okay.

Bueno.

So in this video, we talked about the articles ‘a’, ‘an’ and ‘the’.

So in this video, we talked about the articles 'a', 'an' and 'the'.

I hope you understand, and  I’ll see you in the next video.

I hope you understand, and I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going to talk about the prepositions: in, on and under.

In this video, we're going to talk about the prepositions: in, on and under.

Now, we use prepositions to  show ‘where’ something is.

Now, we use prepositions to show 'where' something is.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo al tablero.

Okay, now in this picture, we have a cat.

Okay, now in this picture, we have a cat.

Okay, and we’re talking about this specific cat, so we have to say, “the cat”.

Okay, and we're talking about this specific cat, so we have to say, “the cat”.

Okay. “…is in the box.”

Bueno. “…is in the box.”

Okay.

The preposition is ‘in’.

Bueno.

The preposition is 'in'.

“He’s ‘in’ the box.” “…’in’ the box.”

“He's 'in' the box.” “…'in' the box.”

Okay.

And the next one.

Bueno.

And the next one.

“The cat is on…”

“The cat is on…”

The preposition ‘on’… “the chair”.

The preposition 'on'… “the chair”.

“He’s on the chair.”

“He's on the chair.”

Okay.

Bueno.

And the next one.

And the next one.

“The cat is ‘under’…

“The cat is 'under'…

’under’ the table.”

'under' the table.”

“…’under’ the table.”

“…'under' the table.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s look at the next one.

Veamos el siguiente.

Now we have plural nouns.

Now we have plural nouns.

“The apples ‘are’…”

“The apples 'are'…”

Okay. “…in the box.”

Okay. “…in the box.”

Again, the apples are “…’in’ the box.”

Again, the apples are “…'in' the box.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Next, “The apples are ‘on’ the chair.”

Next, “The apples are 'on' the chair.”

And last.

Y última.

“The apples are ‘under’….’under’ the table.”

“The apples are 'under'….'under' the table.”

Okay, let’s look at some more examples.

Okay, let's look at some more examples.

Okay, let’s look at some pictures to help us understand the prepositions:

Okay, let's look at some pictures to help us understand the prepositions:

in, on, and under.

in, on, and under.

I’m going to ask you some questions.

I'm going to ask you some questions.

I want you to think about  which one you should use.

I want you to think about which one you should use.

Okay.

Bueno.

“Where is the dog?”

“Where is the dog?”

“Where is the dog?”

“Where is the dog?”

“The dog is ‘in’ the doghouse.

“The dog is 'in' the doghouse.

You should use the preposition ‘in’.

You should use the preposition 'in'.

“The dog is ‘in’ the doghouse.

“The dog is 'in' the doghouse.

“Where is the man?”

“Where is the man?”

“Where is the man?”

“Where is the man?”

“The man is ‘under’ the umbrella.”

“The man is 'under' the umbrella.”

“The man is ‘under’ the umbrella.”

“The man is 'under' the umbrella.”

And last.

Y última.

“Where are the girls?”

“Where are the girls?”

“Where are the girls?”

“Where are the girls?”

“The girls are ‘on’ the bridge.”

“The girls are 'on' the bridge.”

“The girls are ‘on’ the bridge.”

“The girls are 'on' the bridge.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s look at some more examples.

Let's look at some more examples.

Now, we’re going to practice asking and answering questions using: in, on and under.

Now, we're going to practice asking and answering questions using: in, on and under.

First, let’s take a look at this picture.

First, let's take a look at this picture.

Here we have a rabbit, a chair  and one, two, three snakes.

Here we have a rabbit, a chair and one, two, three snakes.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, I will ask a question using in, on or under.

So, I will ask a question using in, on or under.

I want you to think.

I want you to think.

Is the answer, “Yes, it is.”

Is the answer, “Yes, it is.”

or “No, it isn’t.”

or “No, it isn't.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s start with the rabbit.

Let's start with the rabbit.

“Is the rabbit under the chair?”

“Is the rabbit under the chair?”

“No, it isn’t.”

“No, it isn't.”

“Is the rabbit in the chair?”

“Is the rabbit in the chair?”

“No, it isn’t.”

“No, it isn't.”

“Is the rabbit on the chair?” “…on the chair?”

“Is the rabbit on the chair?” “…on the chair?”

“Yes, it is.”

“Yes, it is.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Now, we’re going to move on to the snakes.

Now, we're going to move on to the snakes.

Now, there are…there are more than one, right, so it’s plural, so we say,

Now, there are…there are more than one, right, so it's plural, so we say,

“Are the snakes…” with an ‘s’.

“Are the snakes…” with an 's'.

Okay.

So again, think.

Bueno.

So again, think.

Is the answer, “Yes, they are.”

Is the answer, “Yes, they are.”

or “No, they aren’t.”

or “No, they aren't.”

“Are the snakes in the chair?”

“Are the snakes in the chair?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"No, no lo son".

“Are the snakes on the chair?”

“Are the snakes on the chair?”

“No, they aren’t.”

"No, no lo son".

“Are the snakes under the chair?”

“Are the snakes under the chair?”

“Yes, they are.”

"Sí lo son."

Okay, how did you do?

Okay, how did you do?

I hope you guys understand how to use the 

I hope you guys understand how to use the

prepositions; in, on and under  after watching this video.

prepositions; in, on and under after watching this video.

Thanks for joining and I’ll see you next time.

Thanks for joining and I'll see you next time.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going  to talk about adjectives.

In this video, we're going to talk about adjectives.

Now, we use adjectives to  describe nouns or things.

Now, we use adjectives to describe nouns or things.

Okay, we can describe its size, its color, its shape or other things like that.

Okay, we can describe its size, its color, its shape or other things like that.

Okay.

So let’s take a look at the board.

Bueno.

Así que echemos un vistazo al tablero.

The first noun we’re going to use is ‘marker’.

The first noun we're going to use is 'marker'.

“It’s a marker.”

“It's a marker.”

Now, I want to use an adjective  to describe the color.

Now, I want to use an adjective to describe the color.

I'm going to say, “It’s a ‘black’ marker.”

I'm going to say, “It's a 'black' marker.”

‘Black’ is the adjective.

'Black' is the adjective.

Now notice, I have to put the adjective after the article ‘a’, but before the noun ‘marker’.

Now notice, I have to put the adjective after the article 'a', but before the noun 'marker'.

“It’s a black marker.”

“It's a black marker.”

Now, I can use another  adjective to describe its size.

Now, I can use another adjective to describe its size.

“It’s a long marker.”

“It's a long marker.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s try the next one.

Probemos con el siguiente.

Here we have a bird.

Here we have a bird.

So, “It’s a bird.”

So, “It's a bird.”

Okay.

I want to use another adjective  to describe the color.

Bueno.

I want to use another adjective to describe the color.

So, I’m going to say, “It’s a blue bird.”

So, I'm going to say, “It's a blue bird.”

Again, you have to put the adjective after the article, before the noun.

Again, you have to put the adjective after the article, before the noun.

I can also describe its size.

I can also describe its size.

“It’s a small bird.”

“It's a small bird.”

‘Small’ is another adjective.

'Small' is another adjective.

Now, at the last part, we have some apples.

Now, at the last part, we have some apples.

Three apples.

Three apples.

Okay, remember, when we have more than one noun, it’s called a plural noun.

Okay, remember, when we have more than one noun, it's called a plural noun.

So, we have to say, “They’re apples.”, with an ‘s’.

So, we have to say, “They're apples.”, with an 's'.

“They’re apples.”

I want to use the adjective ‘red’ to describe the color of these apples.

“They're apples.”

I want to use the adjective 'red' to describe the color of these apples.

So, I’m going to say, “They’re red apples.”

So, I'm going to say, “They're red apples.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Here, there’s no article.

Here, there's no article.

There’s no ‘a’.

There's no 'a'.

That’s because there’s more than one.

That's because there's more than one.

“They’re red apples.”

“They're red apples.”

So, I just have to put the adjective before the noun that it’s describing.

So, I just have to put the adjective before the noun that it's describing.

“They’re red apples.”

“They're red apples.”

Okay, let’s move on to some more examples.

Okay, let's move on to some more examples.

Okay. Now we’re going to  practice asking and answering 

Bueno. Now we're going to practice asking and answering

questions using adjectives.

questions using adjectives.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, we have a man here.

So, we have a man here.

I want to ask, “Is he a small man?”

I want to ask, “Is he a small man?”

Okay.

Bueno.

We have the adjective ‘small’.

We have the adjective 'small'.

Notice, even in a question,

Notice, even in a question,

we have to put the adjective after  the article and before the noun.

we have to put the adjective after the article and before the noun.

“Is he a small man?”

“Is he a small man?”

Well, let’s take a look at this picture.

Well, let's take a look at this picture.

The answer is, “No, he’s a _____ man.”

The answer is, “No, he's a _____ man.”

We need another adjective.

We need another adjective.

He’s not a small man.

He's not a small man.

So, we have to say “No, he’s a…

So, we have to say “No, he's a…

big man.”

big man.”

Okay.

Bueno.

We’re going to use the adjective ‘big’.

We're going to use the adjective 'big'.

Okay, let’s look at the next one.

Bien, veamos el siguiente.

“Is it a _____ table?”

“Is it a _____ table?”

The answer is “Yes, it is.”

The answer is “Yes, it is.”

We need an adjective to describe color, shape or size or something.

We need an adjective to describe color, shape or size or something.

Well, we can’t really describe the color.

Well, we can't really describe the color.

So, I think we should try the shape.

So, I think we should try the shape.

Okay.

Bueno.

Well, “Is it a….

Well, “Is it a….

round table?”

round table?”

And the answer is “Yes, it is.”

And the answer is “Yes, it is.”

Okay, and last, we have two dresses.

Okay, and last, we have two dresses.

Okay. So that means the noun is plural.

Bueno. So that means the noun is plural.

In that case, for the  questions, we begin with ‘are’.

In that case, for the questions, we begin with 'are'.

“Are they red dresses?”

“Are they red dresses?”

Okay, the adjective is ‘red’.

Okay, the adjective is 'red'.

But, “Are they red dresses?”

But, “Are they red dresses?”

“No, they’re…

“No, they're…

blue dresses.”

blue dresses.”

Okay.

Bueno.

“No, they’re…blue dresses.”

“No, they're…blue dresses.”

Okay.

Bueno.

So, in this video, we learned about adjectives.

So, in this video, we learned about adjectives.

I hope you guys understand.

I hope you guys understand.

And I’ll see you in the next video.

And I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Adiós.

This is a check-up video for articles,  prepositions, and adjectives.

This is a check-up video for articles, prepositions, and adjectives.

I’ve written some sentences on the board.

I've written some sentences on the board.

Let’s try to finish them together.

Let's try to finish them together.

Okay.

Bueno.

The first sentence says, “It’s __ ___umbrella.”

The first sentence says, “It's __ ___umbrella.”

Okay.

Bueno.

We have the noun.

We have the noun.

We need an article and an  adjective to describe the umbrella.

We need an article and an adjective to describe the umbrella.

Okay.

So here it is.

Bueno.

So here it is.

Let’s describe the color.

Let's describe the color.

Okay.

Bueno.

We would say ‘black’.

We would say 'black'.

Remember, the adjective comes before the noun.

Remember, the adjective comes before the noun.

Now we need an article.

Now we need an article.

And the correct article is ‘a’.

And the correct article is 'a'.

“It’s a black umbrella.”

“It's a black umbrella.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Next, “It’s ___ ___ ___.”

Next, “It's ___ ___ ___.”

We have three blanks.

We have three blanks.

Here, we have the noun ‘ant’.

Here, we have the noun 'ant'.

So, we’re going to put that at the end.

So, we're going to put that at the end.

Okay.

Bueno.

Let’s use the adjective ugly.

Let's use the adjective ugly.

Okay.

Remember, again, the adjective  comes before the noun.

Bueno.

Remember, again, the adjective comes before the noun.

“…ugly ant.”

“…ugly ant.”

“It’s __ ugly ant.”

“It's __ ugly ant.”

We need an article.

We need an article.

Should we use ‘a’ or ‘an’?

Should we use 'a' or 'an'?

Well, ‘ugly’ starts with the vowel ‘u’, so we have to say ‘an’.

Well, 'ugly' starts with the vowel 'u', so we have to say 'an'.

“It’s an ugly ant.”

“It's an ugly ant.”

Next.

Próximo.

“It’s __ __ __.”

“It's __ __ __.”

Okay.

Bueno.

We have the noun ‘car’.

We have the noun 'car'.

So, we put that at the end.

So, we put that at the end.

Again, let’s use an adjective  that describes the color.

Again, let's use an adjective that describes the color.

Let’s use ‘blue’.

Let's use 'blue'.

Okay.

Bueno.

What article should we use?

What article should we use?

We have to say “a”.

We have to say “a”.

“It’s a blue car.”

“It's a blue car.”

Okay, and last.

Okay, and last.

“I __ ___ nice girl.”

“I __ ___ nice girl.”

That’s me.

That's me.

We have the noun ‘girl’…and the adjective ‘nice’.

We have the noun 'girl'…and the adjective 'nice'.

So, we need the article.

So, we need the article.

We’re going to say “a”.

We're going to say “a”.

Now, we’re missing one more thing.

Now, we're missing one more thing.

We need the ‘be’ verb ‘am’.

We need the 'be' verb 'am'.

“I am a nice girl.”

“I am a nice girl.”

Okay, let’s move on to the next part.

Bien, pasemos a la siguiente parte.

Okay, let’s continue with the checkup.

Okay, let's continue with the checkup.

Here’s a picture.

Here's a picture.

Okay.

Bueno.

Look at it carefully.

Look at it carefully.

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“What is it?”

"¿Qué es?"

“It’s __ banana.”

“It's __ banana.”

We need an article here.

We need an article here.

And it’s the first time I’m talking about this, so we’re going to say “a”.

And it's the first time I'm talking about this, so we're going to say “a”.

“It’s a banana.”

“It's a banana.”

“Where is ___ banana?”

“Where is ___ banana?”

Now, you know, I’m talking about this one.

Now, you know, I'm talking about this one.

It’s specific.

It's specific.

So, I’m going to use the article ‘the’.

So, I'm going to use the article 'the'.

“Where is the banana?”

“Where is the banana?”

Okay. And now, let’s think about the preposition.

Bueno. And now, let's think about the preposition.

“It’s __ the chair.”

“It's __ the chair.”

We need to use the preposition ‘on’.

We need to use the preposition 'on'.

“It’s on the chair.”

“It's on the chair.”

Okay.

Let’s move on.

Bueno.

Vamonos.

“What are they?”

“What are they?”

Okay.

Bueno.

“They’re ____ oranges.”

“They're ____ oranges.”

Okay.

We have more than one.

Bueno.

We have more than one.

That’s why we said, “They are…they’re” and “oranges” …with an ‘s’.

That's why we said, “They are…they're” and “oranges” …with an 's'.

Okay.

Bueno.

Can we use ‘the’?

Can we use 'the'?

No, you don’t know what oranges I’m talking about because it’s the first time I said

No, you don't know what oranges I'm talking about because it's the first time I said

anything about them.

anything about them.

Then, can I use ‘a’ or ‘an’?

Then, can I use 'a' or 'an'?

No, ‘a’ or ‘an’ is used for any one thing.

No, 'a' or 'an' is used for any one thing.

So here we do not need any article.

So here we do not need any article.

“They’re oranges.”

“They're oranges.”

“What are they?”

“They’re oranges.”

“What are they?”

“They're oranges.”

Okay.

Bueno.

“Where __ __ oranges?”

“Where __ __ oranges?”

Okay.

Bueno.

Now, again, you know I’m talking about these specific oranges, so we use ‘the’.

Now, again, you know I'm talking about these specific oranges, so we use 'the'.

“Where __ the oranges?”

“Where __ the oranges?”

Okay, remember, when you ask a question with plural, you need ‘are’.

Okay, remember, when you ask a question with plural, you need 'are'.

“Where are the oranges?”

“Where are the oranges?”

Okay.

Bueno.

Now, let’s think about the preposition.

Now, let's think about the preposition.

“They’re ___ the chair.”

“They're ___ the chair.”

Okay.

The preposition we need is ‘under’.

Bueno.

The preposition we need is 'under'.

Okay.

Bueno.

They’re not ‘on’, “they’re ‘under’ the chair.”

They're not 'on', “they're 'under' the chair.”

Okay, let’s move on to the last part.

Okay, let's move on to the last part.

Okay, let’s continue with the checkup.

Okay, let's continue with the checkup.

Now, we have two short stories here.

Now, we have two short stories here.

You have to help me find the mistakes.

You have to help me find the mistakes.

The first sentence says, “It’s snake.”

The first sentence says, “It's snake.”

Well, we’re missing an article.

Well, we're missing an article.

Okay.

Bueno.

And that article is ‘a’.

And that article is 'a'.

“It’s a snake.”

“It's a snake.”

Okay.

Bueno.

“It’s blue a snake.”

“It's blue a snake.”

Can you find the mistake?

¿Puedes encontrar el error?

Okay.

Bueno.

Remember, the adjective ‘blue’ has to go between the article and the noun.

Remember, the adjective 'blue' has to go between the article and the noun.

So, we have to move the article to the front.

So, we have to move the article to the front.

“It’s a blue snake.”

“It's a blue snake.”

That is the correct answer.

That is the correct answer.

“It’s a blue snake.”

“It's a blue snake.”

Okay, the next one.

Bien, el siguiente.

“The snake under the box.”

“The snake under the box.”

It sounds right.

It sounds right.

“The snake under the box.”,

“The snake under the box.”,

but we forgot the ‘be’ verb.

but we forgot the 'be' verb.

“The snake is under the box.”

“The snake is under the box.”

Okay, let’s move on to the next story.

Okay, let's move on to the next story.

“It’s a octopus.”

“It's a octopus.”

Okay, we have an article, but octopus starts with the vowel ‘o’.

Okay, we have an article, but octopus starts with the vowel 'o'.

So, we have to use ‘an’.

So, we have to use 'an'.

“It’s an octopus.”

“It's an octopus.”

“An octopus is big.”

“An octopus is big.”

Hmmm…

Hmmm…

This one’s a little bit hard.

This one's a little bit hard.

But remember, we’re talking about the same octopus.

But remember, we're talking about the same octopus.

So now, this octopus is specific.

So now, this octopus is specific.

So, we have to change the article ‘an’ to ‘the’.

So, we have to change the article 'an' to 'the'.

“The octopus is big.”

“The octopus is big.”

The octopus from the first sentence.

The octopus from the first sentence.

Last, “The octopus are under the chair.”

Last, “The octopus are under the chair.”

What’s the mistake?

What's the mistake?

“The octopus…”

“The octopus…”

There’s only one.

There's only one.

So, we don’t use ‘are’, we have to say “is”.

So, we don't use 'are', we have to say “is”.

“The octopus is under the chair.”

“The octopus is under the chair.”

Okay.

Bueno.

So that was our checkup for articles,  prepositions and adjectives.

So that was our checkup for articles, prepositions and adjectives.

I hope you guys understand better and I’ll see you in the next video.

I hope you guys understand better and I'll see you in the next video.

Thank you.

Bye.

Gracias.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going  to learn ‘have’ and ‘has’.

En este video, vamos a aprender 'have' y 'has'.

Now we use ‘have’ or ‘has’ to show possession.

Ahora usamos 'have' o 'has' para mostrar posesión.

To show something belongs to you.

Para mostrar que algo te pertenece.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo al tablero.

Okay.

Bueno.

When you’re talking about ‘you’, or me, we say, “I have…”

When you're talking about 'you', or me, we say, “I have…”

Okay.

Okay.

If something belongs to a boy or man, we say, “He has…”

If something belongs to a boy or man, we say, “He has…”

For a girl or a woman.

For a girl or a woman.

“She has…”

“Ella tiene…”

For an animal or thing.

Para un animal o cosa.

“It has…”

“Tiene…”

For you, “You have…”

Para ti, “Tienes…”

For us.

Para nosotros.

Me and some other people.

Yo y algunas otras personas.

We say, “We have…”

We say, “We have…”

Okay, and some other people.

Okay, and some other people.

“They have…”

“They have…”

Okay.

Okay.

This is very easy, you just have to remember it.

This is very easy, you just have to remember it.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, let’s practice with these pictures.

So, let's practice with these pictures.

Here we have a rabbit…

Here we have a rabbit…

and a carrot.

and a carrot.

So, which one do we have to use?

So, which one do we have to use?

Well, a rabbit is an animal.

Bueno, un conejo es un animal.

So, we have to use ‘it’.

So, we have to use 'it'.

“It has a carrot.”

“Tiene una zanahoria”.

Again, “It has a carrot.”

Nuevamente, “Tiene una zanahoria”.

Now, in this picture, we have two ants.

Ahora, en esta imagen, tenemos dos hormigas.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, for two things we have to use ‘they’.

So, for two things we have to use 'they'.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, here are two ants and an apple.

So, here are two ants and an apple.

So, we’re going to say, “They have an apple.”

Entonces, vamos a decir: "Tienen una manzana".

“They have an apple.”

“Tienen una manzana”.

Okay, let’s move on to some more practice.

Okay, let's move on to some more practice.

Let’s do some practice together.

Let's do some practice together.

You have to think about if we should use ‘have’ or ‘has’ in the blanks.

Tienes que pensar si debemos usar 'have' o 'has' en los espacios en blanco.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, let’s look at the first one.

So, let's look at the first one.

“The girl ‘blank’ long hair.”

“La chica de pelo largo 'en blanco'.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Now, ‘the girl’.

Now, 'the girl'.

We can we use instead of the girl?

We can we use instead of the girl?

We can say “she”.

Podemos decir “ella”.

“She” then what do we say?

“Ella” entonces ¿qué decimos?

“Has.”

"Posee."

“She has long hair.”

"Ella tiene pelo largo."

Or…

“The girl has long hair.”

O…

“La chica tiene el pelo largo”.

It’s the same.

Es lo mismo.

Okay.

Bueno.

The next one.

El siguiente.

“The boys…”

“Los muchachos…”

Now, there’s an ‘s’ here.

Ahora, hay una 's' aquí.

That means there’s more than one boy.

Eso significa que hay más de un chico.

When we have more than one thing, what do we use?

Cuando tenemos más de una cosa, ¿qué usamos?

“They.”

"Ellos."

Okay.

Bueno.

“They…”

“They…”

Do we say ‘have’ or ‘has’?

Do we say 'have' or 'has'?

We have to say “have”.

Tenemos que decir “tener”.

“They have caps.”

“Tienen gorras”.

Or…

O…

“The boys have caps.”

“Los chicos tienen gorras”.

Okay, the next one’s easier.

Okay, the next one's easier.

“I…”

“Yo…”

When we have ‘I’, we say “have”.

Cuando tenemos 'yo', decimos “tengo”.

“I have a friend.”

"Tengo un amigo."

Okay, the next one is also easy.

Okay, the next one is also easy.

“He…”

“Él…”

“He ‘blank’ an umbrella.”

“Él 'blanqueó' un paraguas.”

What do we have to use?

¿Qué tenemos que usar?

“Has.”

"Posee."

“He has an umbrella.”

"Tiene un paraguas".

Okay, the next one says, “The dog ‘blank’ a bone.”

Okay, the next one says, “The dog 'blank' a bone.”

“The dog…”

“El perro…”

What do we use for animals?

¿Qué usamos para los animales?

“It.”

"Eso."

“It…

“It…

has a bone.”

has a bone.”

Or… “The dog has a bone.”

Or… “The dog has a bone.”

And last.

Y última.

“My mother and I ‘blank’ a car.”

“Mi madre y yo 'blanqueamos' un auto”

Okay, this one’s tricky.

Okay, this one's tricky.

“My mother and I…”

“Mi madre y yo…”

We have to say “we”.

Tenemos que decir “nosotros”.

“We…have…a car.”

"Tenemos un coche."

“My mother and I have a car.”

“Mi madre y yo tenemos un auto”.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, I hope you understand how to use ‘have’ and ‘has’.

So, I hope you understand how to use 'have' and 'has'.

And I’ll see you in the next video.

And I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going to learn negatives with ‘have’ and ‘has’.

In this video, we're going to learn negatives with 'have' and 'has'.

Now this also pretty easy.

Now this also pretty easy.

You just have to remember everything that I wrote.

You just have to remember everything that I wrote.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, let’s take a look at the board.

Entonces, echemos un vistazo al tablero.

Okay, first, for ‘I’, we use, “I don’t have…”

Okay, first, for 'I', we use, “I don't have…”

Remember, ‘don’t’ is a contraction for ‘do not’.

Remember, 'don't' is a contraction for 'do not'.

“I don’t have…”

“I don't have…”

For ‘he, ‘she’ and ‘it’, we use ‘doesn’t have’.

For 'he, 'she' and 'it', we use 'doesn't have'.

‘Doesn’t’ is a contraction for ‘does not’.

'Doesn't' is a contraction for 'does not'.

“He doesn’t have…”

“He doesn't have…”

“She doesn’t have…”

“She doesn't have…”

“It doesn’t have…”

“It doesn't have…”

Now on the bottom.

Now on the bottom.

For ‘you’, ‘we’, ‘they’, it’s the same as ‘I’.

For 'you', 'we', 'they', it's the same as 'I'.

We use ‘don’t have’.

We use 'don't have'.

“You don’t have…”

“You don't have…”

“We don’t have…” and “They don’t have…”

“We don't have…” and “They don't have…”

So, let’s look at these pictures.

So, let's look at these pictures.

Remember, we have a rabbit and a carrot.

Remember, we have a rabbit and a carrot.

So, we said, “It has a carrot.”

So, we said, “It has a carrot.”

Okay, but, we’re doing  negatives, so we have to say,

Okay, but, we're doing negatives, so we have to say,

“It doesn’t have a cake.”

“It doesn't have a cake.”

“It doesn’t have a cake.”

“It doesn't have a cake.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Now here, we have the ants and an apple.

Now here, we have the ants and an apple.

So, we said, “They have an apple.”

So, we said, “They have an apple.”

Okay.

Bueno.

But for this banana here, we have to say, “They don’t have a banana.”

But for this banana here, we have to say, “They don't have a banana.”

“They don’t have a banana.”

“They don't have a banana.”

Okay, let’s move on to some more practice.

Okay, let's move on to some more practice.

Now let’s try this practice with the negatives ‘doesn’t have’ and ‘don’t have’ together.

Now let's try this practice with the negatives 'doesn't have' and 'don't have' together.

Now this is a little easy because we know that the second word is have.

Now this is a little easy because we know that the second word is have.

All you have to think is should  we use ‘doesn’t’ or ‘don’t’.

All you have to think is should we use 'doesn't' or 'don't'.

Okay.

Bueno.

So, I’m just going to put ‘have’ her first.

So, I'm just going to put 'have' her first.

Okay.

Bueno.

“She ‘blank’ have short hair.”

“She 'blank' have short hair.”

Should we use ‘don’t’ or ‘doesn’t’?

Should we use 'don't' or 'doesn't'?

If you remember, for ‘she’, we use ‘doesn’t’.

If you remember, for 'she', we use 'doesn't'.

“She doesn’t have short hair.”

“She doesn't have short hair.”

Okay.

Bueno.

And again, I’m going to put ‘have’ first.

And again, I'm going to put 'have' first.

This is easy.

This is easy.

‘He’ and ‘she’ we both use ‘doesn’t’.

'He' and 'she' we both use 'doesn't'.

“He doesn’t have an umbrella.”

“He doesn't have an umbrella.”

Okay.

Bueno.

How about for ‘I’?

How about for 'I'?

“I doesn’t have….”

“I doesn't have….”

Or “I don’t have…”?

Or “I don't have…”?

The correct answer is ‘don’t’.

The correct answer is 'don't'.

“I don’t have a wife.”

“I don't have a wife.”

“People…”

“People…”

Remember, if we have more than one person, animal and thing, we have to think of ‘they’.

Remember, if we have more than one person, animal and thing, we have to think of 'they'.

For ‘they’, do we use ‘don’t’ or ‘doesn’t’?

For 'they', do we use 'don't' or 'doesn't'?

Do you remember?

¿Te acuerdas?

The correct answer is ‘don’t’.

The correct answer is 'don't'.

“People don’t have manners.”

“People don't have manners.”

Okay.

Bueno.

Next.

Próximo.

“We…”

“We…”

“We ‘blank’ have money.”

“We 'blank' have money.”

Should we put ‘doesn’t’ or ‘don’t’?

Should we put 'doesn't' or 'don't'?

The correct answer is ‘don’t’.

The correct answer is 'don't'.

“We don’t have money.”

“We don't have money.”

Okay, and the last one.

Okay, and the last one.

“A snake…”

“A snake…”

A snake is an animal.

A snake is an animal.

What do we use for an animal?

What do we use for an animal?

“It.”

"Eso."

“It…”

“It…”

What should we put here?

What should we put here?

“It…doesn’t…have legs.”

“It…doesn't…have legs.”

Okay, so that was our practice the negatives ‘don’t have’ and ‘doesn’t have’.

Okay, so that was our practice the negatives 'don't have' and 'doesn't have'.

I hope you understand, and I’ll see you in the next video.

I hope you understand, and I'll see you in the next video.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

In this video, we’re going to learn how to ask questions using ‘have’.

In this video, we're going to learn how to ask questions using 'have'.

Okay, let’s look at the board.

Okay, let's look at the board.

When we are talking about ‘he’, ‘she’ or ‘it’,

When we are talking about 'he', 'she' or 'it',

the question always begins with ‘does’.

the question always begins with 'does'.

After the pronoun, we have ‘have’.

After the pronoun, we have 'have'.

So, we say, “Does he have…”

So, we say, “Does he have…”

“Does she have…”

“Does she have…”

“Does it have…”

“Does it have…”

Now, let’s practice with this question and let’s look at the two answers.

Now, let's practice with this question and let's look at the two answers.

Okay.

Bueno.

“Does he have a friend?”

“Does he have a friend?”

If the answer is ‘yes’, we say “yes”,

If the answer is 'yes', we say “yes”,

in the blank, we match… this has to be the same.

in the blank, we match… this has to be the same.

“Yes, he does.”

“Yes, he does.”

If the answer is ‘no’.

If the answer is 'no'.

“No, he doesn’t.”

“No, he doesn't.”

“Does he have a friend?”

“Does he have a friend?”

“Yes, she does.”

“Yes, she does.”

“No, she doesn’t.”

“No, she doesn't.”

“Does it have a friend?”

“Does it have a friend?”

“Yes, it does.”

“Yes, it does.”

“No, it doesn’t.”

“No, it doesn't.”

Okay, so remember ‘does…have’.

Okay, so remember 'does…have'.

Now, when we use ‘you’, ‘we’, ‘they’, we use ‘do’ in the front.

Now, when we use 'you', 'we', 'they', we use 'do' in the front.

And ‘have’ after.

And 'have' after.

“Do you have a friend?”

“Do you have a friend?”

“Do we have a friend?”

“Do we have a friend?”

“Do they have a friend?”

“Do they have a friend?”

Okay.

And again, we have two answers.

Bueno.

And again, we have two answers.

We finish with ‘do’ or ‘don’t’.

We finish with 'do' or 'don't'.

So, “Do you have a friend?”

So, “Do you have a friend?”

“Yes, I do.”

"Sí."

Right, the question is asking ‘you’, so, you say “I do.”

Right, the question is asking 'you', so, you say “I do.”

Or, “No, I don’t.”

Or, “No, I don't.”

“Do we have a friend?”

“Do we have a friend?”

“Yes, we do.”

“Yes, we do.”

Or, “No, we don’t.”

Or, “No, we don't.”

And last.

Y última.

“Do they have a friend?”

“Do they have a friend?”

“Yes, they do.”

“Yes, they do.”

“No, they don’t.”

“No, they don't.”

Okay, let’s move on to some more practice.

Okay, let's move on to some more practice.

Alright, let’s try this practice together.

Alright, let's try this practice together.

I know it looks hard, but I’m going to help you.

I know it looks hard, but I'm going to help you.

Okay.

Bueno.

So let’s look at the first practice.

So let's look at the first practice.

It’s a question.

It's a question.

Okay, so remember when we ask a question, we begin with ‘do’ or ‘does’.

Okay, so remember when we ask a question, we begin with 'do' or 'does'.

Okay.

Bueno.

We have ‘she’.

We have 'she'.

Well, remember for all questions we use ‘have’.

Well, remember for all questions we use 'have'.

In the front, should we use ‘does’ or ‘do’?

In the front, should we use 'does' or 'do'?

The answer is ‘does’.

The answer is 'does'.

“Does she have a dress?”

“Does she have a dress?”

When we answer, “Yes…”

When we answer, “Yes…”

What do we put here?

What do we put here?

Remember, we put the pronoun ‘she’.

Remember, we put the pronoun 'she'.

And the answer ‘does’.

And the answer 'does'.

“Yes, she does.”

“Yes, she does.”

The next one.

El siguiente.

We have ‘they’.

We have 'they'.

Okay, ‘have’ is again the same.

Okay, 'have' is again the same.

“…have a bicycle?”

“…have a bicycle?”

Okay, what goes in the front?

Okay, what goes in the front?

For ‘they’, we use ‘do’.

For 'they', we use 'do'.

“Do they have a bicycle?”

“Do they have a bicycle?”

This time the answer is negative.

This time the answer is negative.

“No, they….”

“No, they….”

What do we put here?

What do we put here?

It doesn’t make sense to say, “do”.

It doesn't make sense to say, “do”.

Right?

“No, they do.”

¿Derecha?

“No, they do.”

That’s wrong.

That's wrong.

It’s a negative.

It's a negative.

We have to say, “No, they don’t.”

We have to say, “No, they don't.”

“No, they do not.”

“No, they do not.”

Okay, and again, we have ‘have’ over here.

Okay, and again, we have 'have' over here.

“It…”

“It…”

Which one, ‘do’ or ‘does’?

Which one, 'do' or 'does'?

The answer is ‘does’.

The answer is 'does'.

“Does it have a ball?”

“Does it have a ball?”

Again, the answer is negative.

Again, the answer is negative.

“No, it…does not.”

“No, it…does not.”

or the contraction, “No, it doesn’t.”

or the contraction, “No, it doesn't.”

Okay.

So that was our practice for asking questions with ‘have’.

Bueno.

So that was our practice for asking questions with 'have'.

I hope you understand and I’ll  see you in the next video. 

I hope you understand and I'll see you in the next video.

This is a checkup video for 'have', 'has', 'don't have', 'doesn't have'

This is a checkup video for 'have', 'has', 'don't have', 'doesn't have'

and questions with 'have'.

and questions with 'have'.

Let's take a look at the board.

Let's take a look at the board.

Here, we have a picture of a dog and a ball.

Here, we have a picture of a dog and a ball.

And this ball belongs to this dog.

And this ball belongs to this dog.

So let's make a sentence about this picture.

So let's make a sentence about this picture.

Ok...

The dog is an animal.

Ok...

The dog is an animal.

So, we have to use 'it'.

So, we have to use 'it'.

Ok...

Ok...

With 'it', do we use 'have' or 'has'?

With 'it', do we use 'have' or 'has'?

We have to use 'has'.

We have to use 'has'.

"It has a ball."

"It has a ball."

Now, there's a hat, but it says "no".

Now, there's a hat, but it says "no".

It's negative.

It's negative.

So, "It..."

So, "It..."

Remember, for negative, we always use 'have'.

Remember, for negative, we always use 'have'.

But what goes in the front?

But what goes in the front?

'Doesn't' or 'don't'?

'Doesn't' or 'don't'?

For 'it', we say "doesn't".

For 'it', we say "doesn't".

"It doesn't have a hat."

"It doesn't have a hat."

Next, we have a question.

Next, we have a question.

We use 'have'.

We use 'have'.

Remember, we have to put the pronoun over here.

Remember, we have to put the pronoun over here.

The same one.

The same one.

And we put 'does' or 'do' in the front.

And we put 'does' or 'do' in the front.

What do you think?

¿Qué piensas?

We have to say, "does".

We have to say, "does".

"Does it have a ball?"

"Does it have a ball?"

Well, "Does it have a ball?"

Well, "Does it have a ball?"

"Yes, it does."

"Yes, it does."

Let's move on to the next part.

Let's move on to the next part.

Here we have two people.

Here we have two people.

So, we're going to say "they".

So, we're going to say "they".

And a car...that belongs to them.

And a car...that belongs to them.

For 'they', we have to say "have".

For 'they', we have to say "have".

"They have a car."

"They have a car."

Here, there's a bus.

Here, there's a bus.

But, again, it says, "no".

But, again, it says, "no".

Negative.

Negative.

"They 'blank' 'blank' a bus."

"They 'blank' 'blank' a bus."

Again, for negative, we say "have".

Again, for negative, we say "have".

'Doesn't have' or 'don't have'?

'Doesn't have' or 'don't have'?

Which one is it?

¿Cuál es?

For 'don't'...uhh for 'they', we say,

For 'don't'...uhh for 'they', we say,

"They don't have a bus."

"They don't have a bus."

Ok, and we have a question.

Ok, and we have a question.

Well, again, we have to put the same pronoun.

Well, again, we have to put the same pronoun.

How about in the front?

How about in the front?

'Do' or 'does'?

'Do' or 'does'?

For 'they', we put 'do'.

For 'they', we put 'do'.

"Do they have a bus?"

"Do they have a bus?"

"Do they have a bus?"

"Do they have a bus?"

"No, they don't."

"No, they don't."

Ok, let's move on to some more practice.

Bien, pasemos a un poco más de práctica.

Ok, now for this practice, we have to find the mistakes in these sentences.

Ok, now for this practice, we have to find the mistakes in these sentences.

What's wrong with them?

What's wrong with them?

Ok...

Ok...

So, let's look at the first one.

So, let's look at the first one.

"They has two watches."

"They has two watches."

Hmmmm.

Hmmmm.

Remember, for 'they', we have  to use 'have', not 'has'.

Remember, for 'they', we have to use 'have', not 'has'.

"They have two watches."

"They have two watches."

The next one is a question.

The next one is a question.

"Does they have three watches?"

"Does they have three watches?"

Ok...

Ok...

Remember, when we start a question, we have to use 'do' or 'does'.

Remember, when we start a question, we have to use 'do' or 'does'.

Here we have 'does'.

Here we have 'does'.

But remember, for 'they', we begin with 'do'.

But remember, for 'they', we begin with 'do'.

"Do they have three watches?"

"Do they have three watches?"

And in the answer...

And in the answer...

"No, we don't."

"No, we don't."

What's wrong with this answer?

What's wrong with this answer?

Remember, the pronoun has to match.

Remember, the pronoun has to match.

It has to be the same.

It has to be the same.

"Do they have three watches?"

"Do they have three watches?"

"No, they don't."

"No, they don't."

Let's look at these.

Let's look at these.

"She have a dress."

"She have a dress."

Remember, for 'she', we use 'has'.

Remember, for 'she', we use 'has'.

"She has a dress."

"She has a dress."

How about in the question?

How about in the question?

"Do she have a hat?"

"Do she have a hat?"

Remember, we begin with 'do' or 'does', but for 'she', we should begin with 'does'.

Remember, we begin with 'do' or 'does', but for 'she', we should begin with 'does'.

"Does she have a hat?"

"Does she have a hat?"

And the answer.

And the answer.

"No, she do."

"No, she do."

Hmmm.

Mmm.

'No' means it's negative.

'No' means it's negative.

So, we need a negative here.

So, we need a negative here.

Is it 'don't' or 'doesn't'?

Is it 'don't' or 'doesn't'?

"No, she..

"No, she..

doesn't." is the correct answer.

doesn't." is the correct answer.

Okay.

So that was our checkup.

Bueno.

So that was our checkup.

I hope you understand better.

I hope you understand better.

And I'll see you in the next video.

And I'll see you in the next video.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

I’m Esther. Welcome to  

soy Ester Welcome to

my English grammar course on the tenses. I’m going to teach you how to use the twelve  

my English grammar course on the tenses. Te voy a enseñar a usar los doce

tenses in the past, present, and future. It’s a great course, and there’s a lot of  

tiempos en pasado, presente y futuro. Es un gran curso, y hay mucha

important information. So keep watching.

información importante. Así que sigue mirando.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

My name is Esther.

Mi nombre es Esther.

I'm so excited to teach you the present simple tense in today's video.

Estoy muy emocionada de enseñarles el presente simple en el video de hoy.

Now this lesson can be a little difficult,

Ahora bien, esta lección puede ser un poco difícil,

so I'll do my best to keep it easy and fun for you.

así que haré todo lo posible para que sea fácil y divertida para ti.

My goal is for you to understand how and when to use this grammar by the end of the video.

Mi objetivo es que entiendas cómo y cuándo usar esta gramática al final del video.

Let's get started.

Empecemos.

Let's start with the first usage for the present simple tense.

Empecemos con el primer uso del presente simple.

The first usage is pretty easy.

El primer uso es bastante fácil.

We use it to talk about facts, truths, and generalizations.

Lo usamos para hablar de hechos, verdades y generalizaciones.

Let's look at some examples.

Veamos algunos ejemplos.

‘The Sun is bright.’

'El sol es brillante.'

Now that's a fact.

Ahora eso es un hecho.

It doesn't change.

No cambia.

Everybody knows that the Sun is bright.

Todo el mundo sabe que el Sol es brillante.

It was bright yesterday.

Estaba brillante ayer.

It's bright today.

Está brillante hoy.

And it will be bright tomorrow.

Y será brillante mañana.

That makes it a fact.

Eso lo convierte en un hecho.

‘Pigs don't fly.’

Los cerdos no vuelan.

That's also a fact.

Eso también es un hecho.

Everybody knows that pigs don't fly.

Todo el mundo sabe que los cerdos no vuelan.

‘Cats are better than dogs.’

Los gatos son mejores que los perros.

Now this you may not agree with.

Ahora bien, es posible que no esté de acuerdo con esto.

This is my truth.

Esta es mi verdad.

I'm making a generalization about cats and dogs in this example.

Estoy haciendo una generalización sobre gatos y perros en este ejemplo.

And finally, ‘It's cold in winter.’

Y finalmente, 'Hace frío en invierno'.

This really depends on where you live, but for a lot of people, or let's say for

Esto realmente depende de dónde vivas, pero para muchas personas, o digamos para la

most people, it is cold in the winter,

mayoría de las personas, hace frío en el invierno,

so that's the truth for some people.

así que esa es la verdad para algunas personas.

Now let's look back and see what verb I used in the present simple tense.

Ahora miremos hacia atrás y veamos qué verbo usé en presente simple.

For the first sentence, we have ‘is’.

Para la primera oración, tenemos 'es'.

I use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’ to talk about the Sun.

Uso el verbo 'be' 'is' para hablar del Sol.

In the next sentence, I use the negative of do - ‘do not’

En la siguiente oración, uso el negativo de do - 'do not'

And you'll notice I use the contraction and put these two words together to make it ‘don't’.

Y notarás que uso la contracción y junto estas dos palabras para formar 'don't'.

‘Cats are better than dogs.’

Los gatos son mejores que los perros.

I use the ‘be’ verb "are" to talk about cats because ‘cats’ is plural.

Utilizo el verbo 'be' "are" para hablar de gatos porque 'cats' es plural.

And finally, it's cold and winter.

Y por último, es frío e invierno.

Here I use the ‘be’ verb "is" again,

Aquí uso el verbo 'be' "is" nuevamente,

but I use the contraction to combine ‘it’ and ‘is’

pero uso la contracción para combinar 'it' y 'is'

and made ‘it’s’.

y hacer 'it's'.

Let's move on to the next usage.

Pasemos al siguiente uso.

We also use the present simple tense to talk about habits and routines.

También usamos el presente simple para hablar de hábitos y rutinas.

So things and actions that happen regularly.

Entonces cosas y acciones que suceden regularmente.

Let’s look at the examples.

Veamos los ejemplos.

‘I always eat lunch at noon.’

Siempre como el almuerzo al mediodía.

You'll notice I use the adverb ‘always’ because I'm talking about something that I

Notarás que uso el adverbio 'siempre' porque estoy hablando de algo que

do regularly.

hago regularmente.

What is that?

¿Que es eso?

‘Eat lunch at noon.’

'Almorzar al mediodía.'

So I use the present simple tense.

Así que uso el presente simple.

And here I use the verb ‘eat’.

Y aquí uso el verbo 'comer'.

‘I eat…’

'Yo como...'

The second example says you play games every day.

El segundo ejemplo dice que juegas todos los días.

Do you see the clue that helps you know that this is something that happens regularly?

¿Ves la pista que te ayuda a saber que esto es algo que sucede regularmente?

It's ‘every day’.

Es 'todos los días'.

So it's something that happens as a routine or a habit,

Entonces es algo que sucede como una rutina o un hábito,

so you play games.

así que juegas.

The verb here is ‘play’.

El verbo aquí es 'jugar'.

‘You play…’

'Tú juegas...'

The next example says ‘Seth starts work at 9:00 a.m. daily.’

El siguiente ejemplo dice 'Seth comienza a trabajar a las 9:00 am todos los días'.

Again this is something that happens regularly.

Nuevamente, esto es algo que sucede regularmente.

‘Seth goes to work at 9:00 a.m.’ every day.

'Seth va a trabajar a las 9:00 am' todos los días.

Now you'll notice I put a blue line under the ‘s’ in ‘starts’.

Ahora notará que puse una línea azul debajo de la 's' en 'starts'.

Can you figure out why?

¿Puedes averiguar por qué?

Well remember that when the subject of a sentence is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’,

Bueno, recuerda que cuando el sujeto de una oración es 'él', 'ella' o 'eso',

we need to add an ‘s’ or ‘es’ to the end of the verb in the present simple tense.

necesitamos agregar una 's' o 'es' al final del verbo en tiempo presente simple.

Seth is a ‘he’, so we need to add an ‘s’.

Seth es un 'él', así que necesitamos agregar una 's'.

‘Seth starts work at 9:00 a.m. daily.’

'Seth empieza a trabajar a las 9:00 am todos los días.'

And the last example: ‘They study English every Monday.’

Y el último ejemplo: 'Estudian inglés todos los lunes'.

Again, ‘every Monday’ means that they do it regularly,

Nuevamente, 'todos los lunes' significa que lo hacen regularmente,

and that's why we use the present simple tense.

y por eso usamos el tiempo presente simple.

‘They study…’.

'Estudian…'.

So as a review, remember we use the present simple tense

Entonces, como repaso, recuerde que usamos el tiempo presente simple

to talk about habits and routines that happen regularly.

para hablar sobre hábitos y rutinas que suceden regularmente.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

We also use the present simple tense with non-continuous verbs.

También usamos el tiempo presente simple con verbos no continuos.

These are verbs that we  don't use in the continuous 

Estos son verbos que no usamos en

form,

even if they're happening right now.

forma continua,

incluso si están sucediendo en este momento.

They're also called stative verbs.

También se les llama verbos estativos.

These are connected with thoughts, opinions, feelings, emotions, and our five senses.

Estos están conectados con pensamientos, opiniones, sentimientos, emociones y nuestros cinco sentidos.

Let's look at these examples.

Veamos estos ejemplos.

‘I love my mom.’

'Amo a mi mama.'

The verb here is ‘love’.

El verbo aquí es 'amor'.

That's an emotion, so I use the present simple tense.

Esa es una emoción, así que uso el tiempo presente simple.

‘It smells good.’

'Huele bien.'

‘Smell’ is one of the five senses, so I use the present simple tense.

'Oler' es uno de los cinco sentidos, así que uso el tiempo presente simple.

You'll notice I underlined the ‘s’ because remember the subject is ‘it’.

Notarás que subrayé la 's' porque recuerda que el sujeto es 'eso'.

‘Kelly feels happy.’

"Kelly se siente feliz".

This is talking about a feeling.

Esto está hablando de un sentimiento.

Again the subject here is ‘Kelly’ which is a ‘she’,

Nuevamente, el sujeto aquí es 'Kelly', que es 'ella',

so I added an ‘s’ to the verb.

así que agregué una 's' al verbo.

And finally, ‘They need help.’

Y finalmente, 'Necesitan ayuda'.

We don't say, ‘they are needing help’ even though it's happening right now.

No decimos, 'ellos están necesitando ayuda' a pesar de que está sucediendo ahora mismo.

‘Need’ is non-continuous, so we say, ‘they need help’,

'Necesitar' es discontinuo, por lo que decimos, 'necesitan ayuda',

so remember you also use the present simple tense with non-continuous verbs,

así que recuerda que también usas el tiempo presente simple con verbos discontinuos,

connected with thoughts, opinions, feelings, emotions, and our five senses.

conectados con pensamientos, opiniones, sentimientos, emociones y nuestros cinco sentidos.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Speakers occasionally use the present simple tense to talk about something that will happen

Los oradores ocasionalmente usan el tiempo presente simple para hablar sobre algo que sucederá

in the near future.

en un futuro cercano.

Now this can be a little confusing, but we're not using the future tense,

Ahora bien, esto puede ser un poco confuso, pero no estamos usando el tiempo futuro,

we're using the present simple tense.

estamos usando el tiempo presente simple.

It's possible to do that and it's actually common for people to do that.

Es posible hacer eso y en realidad es común que la gente lo haga.

Again, for something that will happen in the near future.

Nuevamente, por algo que sucederá en un futuro cercano.

Let's look at the examples.

Veamos los ejemplos.

‘I have class at 6 p.m.’

'Tengo clase a las 6:00 p

‘6 p.m.’ that's pretty soon, so I can say,

. m.' ' 6:00

'I have class.'

p.

- the present simple tense.

- el tiempo presente sencillo.

‘Lisa arrives on Sunday.’

'Lisa llega el domingo.'

Again the near future, ‘Sunday’.

Nuevamente el futuro cercano, 'Domingo'.

So I use the present simple tense.

Así que uso el presente simple.

I added an ‘s’ at the end of arrive, because Lisa, the subject, is a ‘she’.

Agregué una 's' al final de llegar, porque Lisa, el sujeto, es 'ella'.

‘We start work soon.’

Empezaremos a trabajar pronto.

Again, the near future, ‘soon’,

Nuevamente, el futuro cercano, 'pronto',

so I use the present simple verb ‘start’.

así que uso el verbo presente simple 'comenzar'.

And finally, ‘My students come tomorrow.’

Y finalmente, 'Mis estudiantes vienen mañana.'

This is something that will happen in the near future,

Esto es algo que sucederá en un futuro cercano,

so I use the verb ‘come’.

así que uso el verbo 'venir'.

So remember it is possible, and it is common to use the present simple tense

Así que recuerda que es posible, y es común usar el tiempo presente simple

to talk about something that will happen in the near future.

para hablar de algo que sucederá en un futuro cercano.

Let's go to the next usage.

Vayamos al siguiente uso.

Let's talk about a possible negative usage for the present simple tense,

Hablemos de un posible uso negativo del presente simple,

and that is ‘do not’ and ‘does not’.

y ese es 'no' y 'no'.

The first example says, ‘Mike eats bread.’

El primer ejemplo dice: 'Mike come pan'.

I put an ‘s’ at the end of ‘eat’ because the subject is Mike which is a ‘he’.

Puse una 's' al final de 'comer' porque el sujeto es Mike, que es un 'él'.

Now that's not a negative statement.

Ahora que no es una declaración negativa.

What happens when I want to turn it into a negative statement?

¿Qué sucede cuando quiero convertirlo en una declaración negativa?

Well I change it like this - ‘Mike doesn't eat bread.’

Bueno, lo cambio así: 'Mike no come pan'.

So you'll notice that I didn't move the ‘s’ here, okay.

Así que notarás que no moví la 's' aquí, está bien.

Instead I added ‘doesn't’.

En su lugar, agregué 'no'.

I took ‘does’ and ‘not’ and I turned it into a contraction by combining the two

Tomé 'does' y 'not' y lo convertí en una contracción combinando los dos

and making it ‘doesn't’.

y convirtiéndolo en 'doesn't'.

So if the subject is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’,

Entonces, si el sujeto es 'él', 'ella' o 'eso',

we use ‘does not’ or ‘doesn't’ to make it negative.

usamos 'no' o 'no' para hacerlo negativo.

‘You swim well.’

Nadas bien.

In this case, I don't need to put an ‘s’ at the end of ‘swim’ because the subject

En este caso, no necesito poner una 's' al final de 'swim' porque el sujeto

is ‘you’.

es 'tú'.

If I want to make this sentence negative, I use ‘don't’.

Si quiero que esta oración sea negativa, uso 'no'.

‘You don't swim well.’

No nadas bien.

I use the contraction for ‘do’ and ‘not’.

Uso la contracción para 'do' y 'not'.

I combine them to make ‘don't’,

Los combino para hacer 'no',

so if the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, or ‘they’,

así que si el sujeto es 'yo', 'tú', 'nosotros' o 'ellos',

we use ‘do not’ or ‘don't’.

usamos 'no' o 'no'.

So to review ‘do not’ and ‘does not’ or ‘don't’ and ‘doesn't’

Así que repasar 'no' y 'no' o 'no' y 'no'

is a possible usage for the negative for present simple

es un posible uso de la forma negativa del tiempo presente simple

tense.

.

Let's continue on.

Continuemos.

Now I'll talk about one possible question form for the present simple tense

Ahora hablaré sobre una posible forma de pregunta para el tiempo presente simple

and that is by using ‘do’ or ‘does’.

y es usando 'do' o 'does'.

So let's look at the example, ‘They live here.’

Así que veamos el ejemplo, 'Ellos viven aquí'.

That's not a question, right?

Eso no es una pregunta, ¿verdad?

'They live here’

'Ellos viven aquí'

In order to turn it into a question, it's really simple.

Para convertirlo en una pregunta, es muy simple.

All I have to do is add ‘do’ to the beginning and add a question mark at the end.

Todo lo que tengo que hacer es agregar 'hacer' al principio y agregar un signo de interrogación al final.

‘Do they live here?’

¿Viven ellos aquí?

So if the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, or ‘they’,

Entonces, si el sujeto es 'yo', 'usted', 'nosotros' o 'ellos',

simply add ‘do’ to the beginning of the question.

simplemente agregue 'hacer' al comienzo de la pregunta.

How about this one, ‘He plays soccer.’

¿Qué tal este, 'Juega al fútbol'.

In this statement, the subject is ‘he’ and that's why you should know by now,

En esta declaración, el sujeto es 'él' y es por eso que ya deberías saber

I have an ‘s’ at the end of ‘play’.

que tengo una 's' al final de 'jugar'.

However, to turn this into a question, I add ‘does’ at the beginning.

Sin embargo, para convertir esto en una pregunta, agrego 'does' al principio.

‘Does he play soccer?’

'¿Juega al fútbol?'

What you'll notice here is that I no longer have the ‘s’ at the end of play.

Lo que notará aquí es que ya no tengo la 's' al final del juego.

Instead I just used ‘does’ at the beginning,

En lugar de eso, usé 'does' al principio,

so for ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’, put ‘does’ at the beginning,

así que para 'he', 'she' o 'it', pon 'does' al principio,

and don't worry about putting an ‘s’ or ‘es’ at the end of the verb.

y no te preocupes por poner una 's' o 'es' al principio. el final del verbo.

So to review, one possible way of forming a question for the present simple tense is

Entonces, para repasar, una forma posible de formar una pregunta para el tiempo presente simple es

using ‘do’ or ‘does’ at the beginning.

usar 'do' o 'does' al principio.

Alright let's move on.

Bien, sigamos.

Let's start with the first checkup.

Comencemos con el primer chequeo.

In this checkup, I want you to focus on the ‘be’ verbs.

En este chequeo, quiero que se concentre en los verbos 'ser'.

Remember ‘be’ verbs, in the present simple tense, can be ‘is’, ‘am’, or ‘are’.

Recuerde que los verbos 'be', en presente simple, pueden ser 'is', 'am' o 'are'.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

It says, ‘She _ blank _ at school.’

Dice, 'Ella _ en blanco _ en la escuela'.

The subject of this sentence is ‘she’.

El sujeto de esta oración es 'ella'.

What ‘be’ verb do we use for ‘she’?

¿Qué verbo 'ser' usamos para 'ella'?

The correct answer is ‘is’.

La respuesta correcta es 'es'.

Now if you were thinking of the negative, the

Ahora, si estuvieras pensando en lo negativo, la

correct answer would be ‘she isn't’

respuesta correcta sería 'ella no es'

or ‘she is not’.

o 'ella no es'.

That's correct as well.

Eso es correcto también.

And if we want to use a contraction for ‘she is’, we can say ‘she's at school’

Y si queremos usar una contracción para 'ella es', podemos decir 'ella está en la escuela'.

For the next one, it says, ‘They _ blank _ twenty years old.’

Para la siguiente, dice, 'Ellos _ en blanco _ veinte años'.

The subject of this sentence is ‘they’.

El sujeto de esta oración es 'ellos'.

What ‘be’ verb do we use for ‘they’?

¿Qué verbo 'ser' usamos para 'ellos'?

The correct answer is ‘are’.

La respuesta correcta es 'son'.

For the negative, you can also use ‘aren't’ or ‘are not’.

Para el negativo, también puede usar 'aren't' o 'are not'.

Also if you want to use the contraction for ‘they are’, you can say,

Además, si quieres usar la contracción de 'ellos son', puedes decir

‘They're 20 years old.’

'Tienen 20 años'.

The next sentence says, ‘His father _ blank_ busy.’

La siguiente oración dice, 'Su padre _ en blanco_ ocupado'.

The subject of this sentence is ‘his father’.

El sujeto de esta oración es 'su padre'.

What subject pronoun do we use for ‘his father’?

¿Qué pronombre sujeto usamos para 'su padre'?

The correct answer is ‘he’.

La respuesta correcta es 'él'.

Remember for ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, the ‘be’ verb is ‘is’.

Recuerda que para 'él', 'ella', 'eso', el verbo 'ser' es 'es'.

For the negative, we can say ‘isn't’ or ‘is not’.

Para el negativo, podemos decir 'isn't' o 'is not'.

And for a contraction, for ‘father’ and ‘is’, we can say, ‘His father's busy.’

Y para una contracción, para 'padre' y 'es', podemos decir, 'Su padre está ocupado'.

Now I want you to try to find the mistakes in this sentence.

Ahora quiero que trates de encontrar los errores en esta oración.

‘We isn't good friends.’

No somos buenos amigos.

Did you find the mistake?

¿Encontraste el error?

This is the mistake.

Este es el error.

The subject is ‘we’ and the ‘be’ verb is ‘are’.

El sujeto es 'nosotros' y el verbo 'ser' es 'son'.

Therefore, the correct answer is ‘we are not’,

Por lo tanto, la respuesta correcta es 'no somos',

or the contraction, ‘we aren't good friends.’

o la contracción, 'no somos buenos amigos'.

The next sentence.

La siguiente frase.

Can you find the mistake?

¿Puedes encontrar el error?

‘Are John a teacher?’

'¿Juan es un maestro?'

Think about the subject of this sentence.

Piensa en el sujeto de esta oración.

The subject is ‘John’.

El sujeto es 'Juan'.

And ‘John’, the subject pronoun is ‘he’.

Y 'Juan', el pronombre sujeto es 'él'.

Therefore, we don't use ‘are’, we use ‘is’.

Por lo tanto, no usamos 'son', usamos 'es'.

‘Is John a teacher?’

'¿Juan es profesor?'

‘Is John a teacher?’

'¿Juan es profesor?'

And finally, ‘It am a puppy.’

Y finalmente, 'Soy un cachorro'.

hmm This one is a big mistake.

hmm Este es un gran error.

The subject here is ‘it’.

El sujeto aquí es 'eso'.

What ‘be’ verb do we use for ‘it’?

¿Qué verbo 'be' usamos para 'it'?

The correct answer is ‘is’.

La respuesta correcta es 'es'.

So we don't say, ‘It am a puppy,’ we say, ‘It is a puppy.’

Así que no decimos, 'Soy un cachorro', decimos, 'Es un cachorro'.

Great job guys.

Buen trabajo chicos.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Pasemos al siguiente chequeo.

For the next checkup, I want you to think of some other verbs in the present simple

Para el próximo chequeo, quiero que pienses en otros verbos en presente simple

tense.

.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

‘He __ blank __ …’, I want you to think of the verb, ‘like his dinner’.

'Él __ en blanco __...', quiero que pienses en el verbo, 'le gusta su cena'.

What do we do to the verb when the subject is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’?

¿Qué hacemos con el verbo cuando el sujeto es 'él', 'ella' o 'eso'?

Remember we add an ‘s’.

Recuerda que agregamos una 's'.

‘He likes his dinner.’

Le gusta la cena.

For the negative, you can also say, ‘He doesn't like his dinner.’

Para la negativa, también puedes decir: 'No le gusta su cena'.

The next sentence says, ‘My students __ blank __…’, I want you to think of ‘need’,

La siguiente oración dice, 'Mis estudiantes __ en blanco __...', quiero que pienses en 'necesito',

‘…books’.

'...libros'.

What is the subject pronoun for ‘my students’?

¿Cuál es el pronombre sujeto de 'mis estudiantes'?

The correct answer is ‘they’.

La respuesta correcta es 'ellos'.

If the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, or ‘they’, in the present simple tense,

Si el sujeto es 'yo', 'tú', 'nosotros' o 'ellos', en tiempo presente simple,

we don't change the verb, we keep it as is.

no cambiamos el verbo, lo mantenemos como está.

So the correct answer is, ‘My students need books.’

Así que la respuesta correcta es: 'Mis alumnos necesitan libros'.

Now for the negative, you can say, ‘My students don't need books.’

Ahora, para lo negativo, puede decir: 'Mis alumnos no necesitan libros'.

The next sentence says, ‘I __ blank __…’, think of the verb,

La siguiente oración dice: 'Yo __ en blanco __...', piensa en el verbo,

‘…live in London.’

'...vivo en Londres'.

What do we do here?

Qué hacemos aquí?

Again the subject is ‘I’, therefore we don't change the verb.

Nuevamente el sujeto es 'yo', por lo tanto no cambiamos el verbo.

The correct answer is, ‘I live in London.’

La respuesta correcta es: 'Vivo en Londres'.

What's the negative?

¿Cuál es el negativo?

‘I don't live in London.’

No vivo en Londres.

For the next part, I would like for you to try to find the mistake in the sentence.

Para la siguiente parte, me gustaría que trates de encontrar el error en la oración.

‘He doesn't likes math.’

No le gustan las matemáticas.

What's the error here?

¿Cuál es el error aquí?

Well this is a negative.

Bueno, esto es negativo.

‘He doesn't…’, that's correct.

'Él no...', eso es correcto.

However, we do not add an ‘s’ when we have ‘doesn't’ in front of ‘it’.

Sin embargo, no agregamos una 's' cuando tenemos 'doesn't' delante de 'it'.

‘Do he eat candy?’

'¿Él come dulces?'

Here we have a question.

Aquí tenemos una pregunta.

The subject of the sentence is ‘he’.

El sujeto de la oración es 'él'.

For ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, when we're making a sentence in the present simple tense,

Para 'he', 'she', 'it', cuando hacemos una oración en tiempo presente simple,

we use ‘does’ not ‘do’.

usamos 'does', no 'do'.

So the correct answer is, ‘Does he eat candy?’

Así que la respuesta correcta es, '¿Come dulces?'

And finally, ‘Sam is play computer games.’

Y finalmente, 'Sam está jugando juegos de computadora'.

There are two present simple verbs here and we can't have that,

Aquí hay dos verbos presentes simples y no podemos tener eso,

so the correct way to fix this sentence is to get rid of the ‘is’.

así que la forma correcta de corregir esta oración es deshacerse del 'es'.

So take that out and say, ‘Sam plays computer games.’

Así que quita eso y di: 'Sam juega juegos de computadora'.

Add an ‘s’ because the subject is ‘Sam’ which is a ‘he’.

Agregue una 's' porque el sujeto es 'Sam', que es un 'él'.

Great job!

¡Gran trabajo!

Let's move on to the next practice.

Pasemos a la siguiente práctica.

For this next practice, we're taking a look at routines.

Para esta próxima práctica, vamos a echar un vistazo a las rutinas.

Remember the present simple tense can be used to describe events that happen regularly.

Recuerde que el tiempo presente simple se puede usar para describir eventos que suceden regularmente.

Let's take a look at the first sentence,

Echemos un vistazo a la primera oración,

‘We _ blank _ the bus every day.’

'Nosotros _ en blanco _ el autobús todos los días'.

And I want you to use the verb ‘take’.

Y quiero que uses el verbo 'tomar'.

Here we see the clue word ‘every day’ which shows that this is a routine.

Aquí vemos la palabra clave 'todos los días' que muestra que se trata de una rutina.

The subject of the sentence is ‘we’.

El sujeto de la oración es 'nosotros'.

In the present simple tense,

En presente simple,

remember if the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, or ‘they’,

recuerda que si el sujeto es 'yo', 'tú', 'nosotros' o 'ellos',

we do not change the verb.

no cambiamos el verbo.

Therefore the correct answer is, ‘We take the bus every day.’

Por lo tanto, la respuesta correcta es: 'Tomamos el autobús todos los días'.

In the second sentence it says, ‘He _ blank _ to school every morning.’

En la segunda oración dice, 'Él _ en blanco _ a la escuela todas las mañanas'.

Again a routine.

De nuevo una rutina.

The subject here is ‘he’.

El sujeto aquí es 'él'.

What do we do if the subject is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’?

¿Qué hacemos si el sujeto es 'él', 'ella' o 'eso'?

We add ‘s’ or ‘es’ to the verb.

Añadimos 's' o 'es' al verbo.

In this example, the verb is ‘go’, so we have to add ‘es’.

En este ejemplo, el verbo es 'go', por lo que debemos agregar 'es'.

‘He goes to school every morning.’

Va a la escuela todas las mañanas.

In the next sentence, it says, ‘Lizzy not play (in parenthesis) tennis.’

En la siguiente oración, dice: 'Lizzy no juega (entre paréntesis) al tenis'.

Here I want you to think about the negative form.

Aquí quiero que pienses en la forma negativa.

Lizzy is a ‘she’.

Lizzy es una 'ella'.

The subject pronoun is ‘she’ so what do we do for the negative?

El pronombre sujeto es 'ella' entonces, ¿qué hacemos con el negativo?

We say ‘does not’ or the contraction ‘doesn't play tennis’.

Decimos 'no' o la contracción 'no juega al tenis'.

We do not add an ‘s’ or ‘es’ to the end of the verb.

No agregamos una 's' o 'es' al final del verbo.

Instead we say ‘doesn't’ or ‘does not’.

En su lugar, decimos 'no' o 'no'.

Now I want you to find a mistake in the next sentence.

Ahora quiero que encuentres un error en la siguiente oración.

‘They watches TV at night.’

Ven la televisión por la noche.

Can you figure out what's wrong with the sentence?

¿Puedes averiguar qué está mal con la oración?

The subject is ‘they’.

El sujeto es 'ellos'.

Therefore, remember, we do not change the verb.

Por lo tanto, recuerda, no cambiamos el verbo.

We say ‘watch’.

Decimos 'observar'.

‘They watch TV at night’.

'Ven la tele por la noche'.

In the next sentence, or question, it says, ‘Does he plays soccer every week?’

En la siguiente oración, o pregunta, dice: '¿Juega fútbol todas las semanas?'

The subject of the sentence is ‘he’.

El sujeto de la oración es 'él'.

To make a sentence, putting ‘does’ at the beginning is okay,

Para hacer una oración, está bien poner 'does' al principio.

However, we don't put an ‘s’ at the end of ‘play’.

Sin embargo, no ponemos una 's' al final de 'play'.

Therefore, the correct answer is to simply say,

Por lo tanto, la respuesta correcta es simplemente decir:

‘Does he play soccer every week?’

'¿Juega al fútbol todas las semanas?'

And finally, ‘He always forget his book.’

Y finalmente, 'Él siempre olvida su libro'.

In this case, the subject is ‘he’.

En este caso, el sujeto es 'él'.

Remember, again, for he/she/it we add 's' or 'es' to the end of the verb.

Recuerde, de nuevo, para he/she/it añadimos 's' o 'es' al final del verbo.

What's the verb in the sentence?

¿Cuál es el verbo en la oración?

It's ‘forget’.

Es 'olvidar'.

Therefore we have to say, ‘He always forgets his book.’

Por lo tanto, tenemos que decir: 'Él siempre olvida su libro'.

Great job.

Gran trabajo.

Let's move on to the next practice.

Pasemos a la siguiente práctica.

In this checkup, we'll take a look at how the present simple tense can be used to describe

En este chequeo, veremos cómo se puede usar el presente simple para describir

future events.

eventos futuros.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

It says, ‘The airplane _ blank _ tonight.’

Dice, 'El avión _ en blanco _ esta noche'.

And we're looking at the verb ‘leave’.

Y estamos viendo el verbo 'dejar'.

What is the subject of the sentence?

¿Cuál es el sujeto de la oración?

The correct answer is ‘airplane’.

La respuesta correcta es 'avión'.

What subject pronoun do we use for ‘airplane’?

¿Qué pronombre sujeto usamos para 'avión'?

It's ‘it’.

Es 'eso'.

Remember in the present simple tense, for ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, we add an ‘s’

Recuerda que en presente simple, para 'él', 'ella', 'eso', agregamos una 's'

or ‘es’ to the verb.

o 'es' al verbo.

The verb here is ‘leave’ so we simply add an ‘s’.

El verbo aquí es 'dejar', así que simplemente agregamos una 's'.

The correct answer is, ‘The airplane leaves tonight.’

La respuesta correcta es: 'El avión sale esta noche'.

In the second sentence, it says, ‘Does the movie _blank_ soon?’

En la segunda oración, dice, '¿La película _en blanco_ pronto?'

And we're using the verb ‘start’.

Y estamos usando el verbo 'comenzar'.

What is the subject of this sentence?

¿Cuál es el sujeto de esta oración?

It’s ‘movie’.

Es 'película'.

And what subject pronoun do we use for movie?

¿Y qué pronombre sujeto usamos para película?

It’s ‘it’.

Es 'eso'.

So it's like saying, ‘Does it _ blank _ soon?’

Entonces es como decir, '¿Está en blanco pronto?'

Well this is a question, so we already have the correct word in the front - ‘does’.

Bueno, esta es una pregunta, por lo que ya tenemos la palabra correcta en el frente: 'hace'.

For he/she/it, when we're asking a question, we use ‘does’.

Para he/she/it, cuando hacemos una pregunta, usamos 'does'.

Now all we have to do is use the same verb in its base form,

Ahora todo lo que tenemos que hacer es usar el mismo verbo en su forma base,

so ‘Does the movie start soon?’

entonces '¿La película comienza pronto?'

We do not add an ‘s’ or ‘es’ here.

No agregamos una 's' o 'es' aquí.

Finally, it says, ‘Viki _ blank _ tomorrow.’

Finalmente, dice: 'Viki _ en blanco _ mañana'.

The subject of the sentence is ‘Vicki’.

El sujeto de la oración es 'Vicki'.

‘Vicki’ is a girl so the subject pronoun is ‘she’.

'Vicki' es una niña, por lo que el pronombre sujeto es 'ella'.

You'll remember now that for… in this case, we put ‘works’.

Recordarás ahora que por… en este caso, pusimos 'obras'.

w-o-r-k-s ‘works’.

funciona 'funciona'.

‘Vicki works tomorrow.’

Vicki trabaja mañana.

Now let's find the mistakes in the sentence below.

Ahora busquemos los errores en la siguiente oración.

‘He do leave at 3:30 p.m.’

'Se va a las 3:30 pm'

Actually there's only one mistake.

En realidad solo hay un error.

Can you find it?

¿Puedes encontrarlo?

‘He do leave at 3:30 p.m.’

'Se va a las 3:30 pm'

We do not need the ‘do’ here.

No necesitamos el 'do' aquí.

We only use ‘do’ in a question or in the negative form.

Solo usamos 'do' en una pregunta o en forma negativa.

But also the subject is ‘he’, so we would use ‘does’.

Pero también el sujeto es 'él', así que usaríamos 'does'.

Either way we don't need this here.

De cualquier manera, no necesitamos esto aquí.

Well now we have the verb ‘leave’ with the subject ‘he’.

Bueno, ahora tenemos el verbo 'dejar' con el sujeto 'él'.

Do you know what to do?

¿Sabes que hacer?

We simply change this to ‘leaves’.

Simplemente cambiamos esto a 'hojas'.

Just like we did in the first sentence.

Tal como lo hicimos en la primera oración.

‘He leaves at 3:30 p.m.’

'Él se va a las 3:30 p. m.'

In the next sentence, ‘They don't start school today.’

En la siguiente oración, 'Ellos no comienzan la escuela hoy'.

We have a negative sentence.

Tenemos una oración negativa.

‘They don't…’, that's correct.

'Ellos no...', eso es correcto.

‘…do not’ is correct.

'...no' es correcto.

For subject pronoun ‘they’.

Para el pronombre sujeto 'ellos'.

However, in the negative form, we don't have to change the main verb at all.

Sin embargo, en la forma negativa, no tenemos que cambiar el verbo principal en absoluto.

Therefore, all we will do is say, ‘They don't start school today.’

Por lo tanto, todo lo que haremos será decir: 'Ellos no comienzan la escuela hoy'.

No ‘s’.

Sin 's'.

Finally, ‘Does we eat at noon?’

Finalmente, '¿Comemos al mediodía?'

Take a look.

Echar un vistazo.

What is the subject or subject pronoun in the sentence?

¿Cuál es el sujeto o el pronombre sujeto en la oración?

The correct answer is ‘we’.

La respuesta correcta es 'nosotros'.

Think about the question form.

Piensa en el formulario de preguntas.

Do we say ‘do’ or ‘does’ in the question form for the subject pronoun ‘we’?

¿Decimos 'hacer' o 'hace' en la forma de pregunta para el pronombre sujeto 'nosotros'?

The correct answer is ‘do’.

La respuesta correcta es 'hacer'.

We say ‘do’.

Decimos 'hacer'.

So the correct way to say this sentence or question is,

Entonces, la forma correcta de decir esta oración o pregunta es:

‘Do we eat at noon?’

'¿Comemos al mediodía?'

Great job guys.

Buen trabajo chicos.

You're done with the practice.

Has terminado con la práctica.

Thank you for your hard work.

Gracias por tu duro trabajo.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Good job guys.

Buen trabajo muchachos.

You put in a lot of practice today.

Has practicado mucho hoy.

The present simple tense is not easy, and I'm really happy to see how hard you guys

El tiempo presente simple no es fácil, y estoy muy feliz de ver lo mucho que

worked on mastering it.

trabajaron para dominarlo.

Be sure to check out my other videos and thank you for watching this video.

Asegúrese de ver mis otros videos y gracias por ver este video.

I'll see you next time.

Nos vemos la próxima vez.

Bye.

Adiós.

Hi, everybody. I'm Esther.

Hola a todos. soy Ester

I'm so excited to be teaching you the  present continuous tense in this video.

Estoy muy emocionada de enseñarles el tiempo presente continuo en este video.

This tense is used to describe: an action that's happening right now,

Este tiempo se usa para describir: una acción que está sucediendo ahora mismo,

a longer action in progress , and something happening in the near future.

una acción más larga en progreso y algo que sucederá en un futuro cercano.

There's a lot to learn, but don't worry I'll guide you through it.

Hay mucho que aprender, pero no te preocupes, te guiaré.

Let's get started.

Empecemos.

The present continuous tense is used to talk  about actions that are happening right now.

El tiempo presente continuo se usa para hablar de acciones que están sucediendo en este momento.

For example,

Por ejemplo,

‘I'm teaching English’ and ‘You are studying English.’

'Estoy enseñando inglés' y 'Estás estudiando inglés'.

Let's take a look at some more examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos más.

The first sentence says, ‘He is watching a movie’.

La primera oración dice: 'Él está viendo una película'.

We start with the subject and a ‘be’ verb.

Empezamos con el sujeto y un verbo 'be'.

In this case, the subject is ‘he’.

En este caso, el sujeto es 'él'.

For ‘he’ / ‘she’ and ‘it’,  we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

Para 'él' / 'ella' y 'eso', usamos el verbo 'ser' 'es'.

Then you'll notice I added an ‘-ing’  to the end of the verb ‘watch’.

Entonces notará que agregué un '-ing' al final del verbo 'watch'.

‘He is watching a movie.’

Está viendo una película.

The next sentence says, ‘Tim is playing a computer game.’

La siguiente oración dice: 'Tim está jugando un juego de computadora'.

He's doing that right now.

Él está haciendo eso ahora mismo.

Tim is a ‘he’, therefore, again  we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

Tim es un 'él', por lo tanto, nuevamente usamos el verbo 'ser' 'es'.

And again you'll notice I added  ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb.

Y nuevamente notará que agregué '-ing' al final del verbo.

The next sentence says,

La siguiente oración dice:

‘The machine is making a noise.’

'La máquina está haciendo un ruido'.

Now pay attention to the subject, ‘the machine’.

Ahora preste atención al tema, 'la máquina'.

What is the proper pronoun?

¿Cuál es el pronombre propio?

The answer is ‘it’, therefore  we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

La respuesta es 'eso', por lo tanto usamos el verbo 'ser' 'es'.

‘The machine is making a noise.’

La máquina hace ruido.

We can also say, ‘It is making a noise’. Or the contraction, ‘It's making a noise’.

También podemos decir, 'Está haciendo un ruido'. O la contracción, 'Está haciendo un ruido'.

And finally, ‘Tom and Ben are speaking English’.

Y finalmente, 'Tom y Ben hablan inglés'.

In this case, you'll notice  that we use the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

En este caso, notará que usamos el verbo 'be' 'are'.

Can you figure out why?

¿Puedes averiguar por qué?

That's because Tom and Ben - the subject pronoun for these two is ‘they’.

Eso es porque Tom y Ben - el pronombre sujeto para estos dos es 'ellos'.

‘They are speaking English.’

Están hablando en inglés.

Let's move on to the next usage.

Pasemos al siguiente uso.

The present continuous tense is also used to describe a longer action in progress.

El tiempo presente continuo también se usa para describir una acción más larga en progreso.

Even though you might not be  doing the action right now.

Aunque es posible que no estés haciendo la acción en este momento.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

The first sentence says,

La primera oración dice:

‘I'm reading an interesting book these days.’

"Estoy leyendo un libro interesante en estos días".

In this case, the subject is  ‘I’, so the ‘be’ verb is ‘am’.

En este caso, el sujeto es 'yo', por lo que el verbo 'ser' es 'soy'.

In this example, we use the contraction  ‘I'm’ by putting ‘I’ and ‘am’ together.

En este ejemplo, usamos la contracción 'I'm' juntando 'I' y 'am'.

Again, you'll notice there's  an ‘-ing’ after the verb.

Nuevamente, notará que hay un '-ing' después del verbo.

The next sentence says,

La siguiente oración dice:

‘You are studying to become an English teacher.’

'Estás estudiando para ser profesor de inglés'.

The subject here is ‘you’,

El sujeto aquí es 'tú',

therefore the ‘be’ verb is ‘are’.

por lo tanto, el verbo 'ser' es 'eres'.

Next, ‘Steven is preparing for the IELTS exam.’

A continuación, 'Steven se está preparando para el examen IELTS'.

The subject here is ‘Steven’ which is a ‘he’,

El sujeto aquí es 'Steven', que es un 'él',

therefore we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

por lo tanto, usamos el verbo 'be' 'is'.

And finally, ‘John and June are working at a company.’

Y finalmente, 'John y June están trabajando en una empresa'.

If you look at the subject ‘John and June’, the pronoun for that is ‘they’.

Si miras el sujeto 'John y June', el pronombre para eso es 'ellos'.

That's why we use the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

Por eso usamos el verbo 'be' 'are'.

‘They are working at a company.’

Están trabajando en una empresa.

Let's move on to the next usage.

Pasemos al siguiente uso.

The present continuous is also used  to talk about near future plans.

El presente continuo también se usa para hablar de planes de futuro cercano.

Let's take a look.

Vamos a ver.

‘She is meeting some friends tonight.’

'Ella se encuentra con algunos amigos esta noche.'

That's going to happen in the near future.

Eso va a suceder en un futuro próximo.

You'll notice that we have 'she', so the ‘be’ verb is ‘is’.

Notarás que tenemos 'ella', por lo que el verbo 'ser' es 'es'.

And then we added an ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb ‘meet’.

Y luego agregamos un '-ing' al final del verbo 'reunirse'.

The next example says, ‘We are going on vacation in July.’

El siguiente ejemplo dice: 'Nos vamos de vacaciones en julio'.

The subject here is ‘we’, therefore we use the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

El sujeto aquí es 'nosotros', por lo tanto usamos el verbo 'ser'.

We can also use a contraction and say, ‘We're going on vacation in July.’

También podemos usar una contracción y decir: 'Nos vamos de vacaciones en julio'.

Again, another near future plan.

Nuevamente, otro plan de futuro cercano.

The next example says,

El siguiente ejemplo dice:

‘David is learning to drive tomorrow.’

'David aprenderá a conducir mañana'.

‘tomorrow’ is the near future.

'mañana' es el futuro cercano.

‘David’ is the subject.

'David' es el sujeto.

‘David’ is a ‘he’, so we use ‘is’.

'David' es un 'él', así que usamos 'es'.

And lastly, ‘Vicki and I are teaching English next week.’

Y por último, 'Vicki y yo enseñaremos inglés la próxima semana'.

‘Vicky and I’… If we think about the subject pronoun is ‘we’.

'Vicky y yo'… Si pensamos en el pronombre sujeto es 'nosotros'.

That's why we used ‘are’. ‘We are teaching.’

Es por eso que usamos 'son'. Estamos enseñando.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's talk about the negative  form of the present continuous tense.

Ahora hablemos de la forma negativa del presente continuo.

I have some examples here.

Tengo algunos ejemplos aquí.

These two examples are for actions that are happening right now, or longer actions.

Estos dos ejemplos son para acciones que están ocurriendo en este momento o acciones más largas.

These last two are for near future plans.

Estos dos últimos son para planes de futuro cercano.

Let's take a look.

Vamos a ver.

The first sentence says, ‘I am not having fun.’

La primera oración dice: 'No me estoy divirtiendo'.

Now that's not true for me because I am having fun,

Ahora bien, eso no es cierto para mí porque me estoy divirtiendo,

but in this example I am not having fun.

pero en este ejemplo no me estoy divirtiendo.

You'll notice that the word ‘not’ goes  between the ‘be’ verb and the ‘verb -ing’.

Notarás que la palabra 'no' va entre el verbo 'ser' y el 'verbo -ing'.

In the second example it says, ‘Jane isn't doing her homework.’

En el segundo ejemplo dice: 'Jane no está haciendo su tarea'.

Here we use the contraction ‘isn't’ for ‘is not’,

Aquí usamos la contracción 'isn't' para 'is not',

so just like the first sentence, we put ‘not’ between ‘is’ and ‘verb -ing’.

así que al igual que en la primera oración, ponemos 'not' entre 'is' y 'verb -ing'.

The next sentence says, ‘You're not seeing him tonight.’

La siguiente oración dice: 'No lo vas a ver esta noche'.

Here we have a contraction for ‘you are’.

Aquí tenemos una contracción para 'tú eres'.

‘You're not seeing him tonight.’

No lo vas a ver esta noche.

And finally, ‘We are not running tomorrow morning.’

Y finalmente, 'No vamos a correr mañana por la mañana'.

Here we have the subject ‘we’, therefore, we use the ‘be’ verb ‘are’.

Aquí tenemos el sujeto 'nosotros', por lo tanto, usamos el verbo 'ser'.

Don’t forget to add a ‘not’ after that to make it negative.

No olvide agregar un 'no' después de eso para que sea negativo.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's talk about how to form ‘be’ verb  questions in the present continuous tense.

Ahora hablemos de cómo formar preguntas verbales 'be' en presente continuo.

The first example here says,

El primer ejemplo aquí dice:

‘Is he waiting for you?’

'¿Te está esperando?'

or ‘Is he waiting for you?’

o '¿te está esperando?'

We start with the ‘be’ verb.

Empezamos con el verbo 'ser'.

Take a look at the subject though.

Aunque echa un vistazo al tema.

The subject is ‘he’ and that's why we start with the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

El sujeto es 'he' y por eso empezamos con el verbo 'be' 'is'.

‘Is he waiting for you?’

¿Te está esperando?

You can answer, ‘Yes, he is.’ or ‘No he isn't.’

Puedes responder: 'Sí, lo es'. o 'No, no lo es'.

The second sentence says,

La segunda oración dice:

‘Are you coming to class?’

'¿Vienes a clase?'

The subject here is ‘you’ and  that's why we start with ‘are’.

El sujeto aquí es 'tú' y por eso empezamos con 'eres'.

‘Are you coming to class?’

'¿Vienes a clase?'

You can answer, ‘Yes I am.’ or ‘No, I'm not.’

Puedes responder: 'Sí, lo soy'. o 'No, no lo estoy'.

The next question says, ‘Is he preparing to study in Canada?’

La siguiente pregunta dice: '¿Se está preparando para estudiar en Canadá?'

The subject is ‘he’, and so we start with ‘is’.

El sujeto es 'él', por lo que comenzamos con 'es'.

The answer can be, ‘Yes, he is.’ or it can also be ‘No, he isn't.’

La respuesta puede ser: 'Sí, lo es'. o también puede ser 'No, no lo es'.

Finally the last question says, ‘Are they going out tonight?’

Finalmente, la última pregunta dice: '¿Van a salir esta noche?'

The subject here is ‘they’, and so we start with ‘are’.

El sujeto aquí es 'ellos', por lo que comenzamos con 'son'.

The answer can be ‘Yes, they are.’ or ‘No, they aren't.’

La respuesta puede ser 'Sí, lo son'. o 'No, no lo son'.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's talk about the WH question  form for the present continuous tense.

Ahora hablemos de la forma de pregunta WH para el tiempo presente continuo.

I have some examples here

Aquí tengo algunos ejemplos

and you'll notice that we start with the WH questions:

y notará que comenzamos con las preguntas WH:

what, where, when, who, why, and how.

qué, dónde, cuándo, quién, por qué y cómo.

What comes after?

¿Qué viene después?

You'll notice it's the ‘be’ verbs: ‘are’, ‘is’, and if the subject is ‘I’, ‘am’.

Notarás que son los verbos 'be': 'are', 'is', y si el sujeto es 'I', 'am'.

So after that you have the subject and then the verb -ing.

Entonces, después de eso, tienes el sujeto y luego el verbo -ing.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Echemos un vistazo a la primera oración.

‘What are you doing?’

'¿Qué estás haciendo?'

I'm asking about right now.

Pregunto por ahora.

For example, ‘I'm teaching English.’

Por ejemplo, 'Estoy enseñando inglés'.

‘Where are you going?’ ‘I'm going to the store.’

'¿Adónde vas?' 'Voy a la tienda.'

‘When is it starting?’ ‘It's starting at 3.’

¿Cuándo empieza? 'Comienza a las 3.'

I can be talking about a movie a show anything can be ‘it’.

Puedo estar hablando de una película, un espectáculo, cualquier cosa puede ser 'eso'.

‘Who is she talking to?’ ‘She's talking to Bob.’

'¿A quién le está hablando?' Está hablando con Bob.

‘Why is she crying?’ ‘She's crying because she's sad.’

'¿Por qué ella está llorando?' Está llorando porque está triste.

And finally, ‘How is it going?’ ‘It's going well.’

Y finalmente, '¿Cómo te va?' 'Está yendo bien.'

For this checkup of the present continuous tense,

Para esta revisión del presente continuo,

we'll look at how this tense can be used to  describe an action that's happening right now.

veremos cómo se puede usar este tiempo para describir una acción que está sucediendo en este momento.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Echemos un vistazo a la primera oración.

‘You -blank- learning English.’

'Tú -en blanco- aprendiendo inglés.'

Remember for this tense, we start  with the subject and the ‘be’ verb

Recuerda que para este tiempo, comenzamos con el sujeto y el verbo 'be'

and then the verb ‘-ing’.

y luego el verbo '-ing'.

We already have the verb ‘-ing’ here, so we need the ‘be’ verb.

Ya tenemos el verbo '-ing' aquí, así que necesitamos el verbo 'be'.

The subject in the first sentence is ‘you’.

El sujeto en la primera oración es 'usted'.

For ‘you’, ‘we’, and ‘they’,  we use the ‘be’ verb - ‘are’,

Para 'usted', 'nosotros' y 'ellos', usamos el verbo 'be' - 'are',

so the correct answer is,

por lo que la respuesta correcta es,

‘You are learning English’ right now.

'Estás aprendiendo inglés' ahora mismo.

The next sentence says,

La siguiente oración dice:

‘She _blank_ not watching TV.’

'Ella _en blanco_ no está viendo la televisión'.

This is the negative form of  the present continuous tense.

Esta es la forma negativa del presente continuo.

We have the word ‘not’ before the verb ‘-ing’,

Tenemos la palabra 'not' antes del verbo '-ing'.

However, we're missing the ‘be’ verb again.

Sin embargo, nos falta el verbo 'be' nuevamente.

What is the be verb to use  if the subject is ‘she’?

¿Cuál es el be verbo a usar si el sujeto es 'ella'?

the correct answer is ‘is’.

la respuesta correcta es 'es'.

‘She is not watching TV.’

'Ella no está viendo la televisión.'

This one says, ‘I _blank_ studying now.’

Este dice: 'Yo _en blanco_ estudiando ahora'.

The subject here is ‘I’.

El sujeto aquí es 'yo'.

Again think of the ‘be’ verb that goes before the subject ‘I’.

Nuevamente piense en el verbo 'be' que va antes del sujeto 'I'.

The ‘be’ verb is ‘am’.

El verbo 'be' es 'am'.

‘I am studying now.’

'Estoy estudiando ahora.'

We can also use a contraction and say, ‘I'm studying now’

También podemos usar una contracción y decir, 'estoy estudiando ahora'.

If we wanted to turn this into the negative form,

Si quisiéramos cambiar esto a la forma negativa,

we can also say, ‘I'm not studying now.’

también podemos decir, 'no estoy estudiando ahora'.

Now, take a look at the next  sentence and find the mistake.

Ahora, eche un vistazo a la siguiente oración y encuentre el error.

‘Layla is watch a movie.’

'Layla está viendo una película.'

Here we have the subject and the subject pronoun for Layla would be ‘she’.

Aquí tenemos el sujeto y el pronombre sujeto de Layla sería 'ella'.

We have the correct ‘be’ verb - ‘is’,

Tenemos el verbo 'be' correcto - 'is'.

However, you'll notice we forgot  the ‘-ing’ at the end of the verb.

Sin embargo, notará que olvidamos el '-ing' al final del verbo.

We need to say, ‘watching’.

Tenemos que decir, 'observando'.

‘Layla is watching a movie.’

Layla está viendo una película.

The next sentence says,

La siguiente oración dice:

‘They playing soccer now.’

'Están jugando al fútbol ahora'.

What's missing?

¿Qué falta?

If you got it the correct answer is we need the ‘be’ verb – ‘are’

Si lo entendiste, la respuesta correcta es que necesitamos el verbo 'be' - 'are'

because the subject is ‘they’.

porque el sujeto es 'they'.

‘They are playing soccer now.’

Ahora están jugando al fútbol.

And finally, ‘What do you do?’

Y finalmente, '¿Qué haces?'

If you want to ask somebody  what they're doing right now,

Si quiere preguntarle a alguien qué está haciendo en este momento,

you say, 'what’... and the ‘be’ verb – ‘are... you.. doing?’

diga 'qué'... y el verbo 'ser' - '¿está... usted... haciendo?'

‘What are you doing?’

'¿Qué estás haciendo?'

Let's move on to the next practice.

Pasemos a la siguiente práctica.

For this checkup we'll talk about the present continuous tense

Para este chequeo, hablaremos sobre el presente continuo

and how it can be used to describe an action that started in the past and continues today.

y cómo se puede usar para describir una acción que comenzó en el pasado y continúa hoy.

It's a longer action.

Es una acción más larga.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Echemos un vistazo a la primera oración.

‘He _blank_ studying economics.’

'Él _en blanco_ estudiando economía.'

Remember for this tense, we take the  subject, a ‘be’ verb, and then verb ‘-ing’.

Recuerde que para este tiempo tomamos el sujeto, un verbo 'ser' y luego el verbo '-ing'.

Here we already have the verb ‘-ing’, ‘studying’.

Aquí ya tenemos el verbo '-ing', 'estudiar'.

So what are we missing?

Entonces, ¿qué nos estamos perdiendo?

The ‘be’ verb.

El verbo 'ser'.

The correct ‘be’ verb for  the subject ‘he’ is ‘is’.

El verbo 'be' correcto para el sujeto 'he' es 'is'.

So, ‘He is studying economics.’

Entonces, 'está estudiando economía'.

The next sentence says, ‘They're _blank_ for the fight.’

La siguiente oración dice, 'Están _en blanco_ para la pelea'.

The verb we want to use is ‘train’.

El verbo que queremos usar es 'entrenar'.

Now we already have the 'be' verb here.

Ahora ya tenemos el verbo 'ser' aquí.

It's in the contraction ‘there’  because it's ‘they are’.

Está en la contracción 'allí' porque es 'ellos son'.

All we have to do now is add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

Todo lo que tenemos que hacer ahora es agregar '-ing' al verbo.

‘They're training for the fight these days.’

Están entrenando para la lucha estos días.

And ‘We _blank_ teaching at the school.’

Y 'Nosotros _en blanco_ enseñando en la escuela'.

Again we're missing the ‘be’ verb.

De nuevo nos falta el verbo 'ser'.

What is the ‘be’ verb for ‘we’?

¿Cuál es el verbo 'ser' para 'nosotros'?

The correct answer is ‘are’.

La respuesta correcta es 'son'.

‘We are teaching at the school.’

Estamos enseñando en la escuela.

Now let's look for the  mistakes in the next sentence.

Ahora busquemos los errores en la siguiente oración.

‘Ben is study to become a doctor.’

'Ben está estudiando para convertirse en médico.'

Can you find the error?

¿Puedes encontrar el error?

Well we have the subject and we have the proper ‘be verb’.

Bueno, tenemos el sujeto y tenemos el 'ser verbo' apropiado.

What we're missing is the ‘-ing’ at the end of ‘study’.

Lo que nos falta es el '-ing' al final de 'estudio'.

The correct answer is, ‘Ben is studying to become a doctor’.

La respuesta correcta es: 'Ben está estudiando para convertirse en médico'.

Let's look at the next sentence.

Veamos la siguiente oración.

‘I don't reading that book.’

'Yo no leo ese libro.'

hmm

‘I don't reading that book.’

hmm 'I don't reading that book.'

To form the negative in the present continuous, we don't use ‘do’ or ‘does’

Para formar el negativo en el presente continuo, no usamos 'do' o 'does'

We use the ‘be’ verb. What is the be verb for ‘I’?

Usamos el verbo 'be'. ¿Cuál es el verbo ser para 'yo'?

The correct answer is ‘am’.

La respuesta correcta es 'soy'.

‘I am not reading that book.’

'No voy a leer ese libro.'

There is no contraction for ‘am not’.

No hay contracción para 'no soy'.

Finally, ‘They are to learn English.’

Finalmente, 'Deben aprender inglés'.

We have the subject and we have the correct ‘be’ verb,

Tenemos el sujeto y tenemos el verbo 'be' correcto,

but remember we need verb ‘-ing’.

pero recuerda que necesitamos el verbo '-ing'.

Therefore, the correct answer is,

Por lo tanto, la respuesta correcta es:

‘They are learning English.’

'Están aprendiendo inglés'.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Pasemos al siguiente chequeo.

For this checkup we'll take a look at how the present continuous tense

Para este chequeo, veremos cómo se puede usar el presente continuo

can be used to talk about future plans.

para hablar sobre planes futuros.

Let's take a look.

Vamos a ver.

The first sentence says, ‘They're play a game tonight.’

La primera oración dice, 'Jugarán un juego esta noche'.

The verb we want to use is ‘play’.

El verbo que queremos usar es 'jugar'.

Remember we start with the subject  and here we have it, ‘they’.

Recuerda que comenzamos con el tema y aquí lo tenemos, 'ellos'.

Then we have the ‘be’ verb.

Luego tenemos el verbo 'ser'.

In this case we used a contraction  for ‘they are – ‘they’re’.

En este caso usamos una contracción para 'they are - 'they're'.

That's correct.

Eso es correcto.

After that we have to add ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb,

Después de eso, tenemos que agregar '-ing' al final del verbo,

so the correct answer is, ‘They're playing a game tonight.’

por lo que la respuesta correcta es, 'Esta noche juegan un juego'.

The next sentence says, 'We _blank_ not studying tomorrow.’

La siguiente oración dice: 'Nosotros _en blanco_ no estudiaremos mañana'.

Looks good but there's a word that's missing.

Se ve bien, pero falta una palabra.

This is the negative form because we have ‘not’.

Esta es la forma negativa porque tenemos 'no'.

We simply need the ‘be’ verb for ‘we’.

Simplemente necesitamos el verbo 'ser' para 'nosotros'.

The correct ‘be’ verb is ‘are’. ‘We are not studying tomorrow.’

El verbo 'be' correcto es 'are'. 'No vamos a estudiar mañana.'

The next sentence says, ‘Lynn is _blank_ out tonight.’

La siguiente oración dice, 'Lynn está en blanco esta noche'.

and we want to use the verb ‘go’.

y queremos usar el verbo 'ir'.

Remember 'Lynn' and then the ‘be’ verb – ‘is’.

Recuerde 'Lynn' y luego el verbo 'be' – 'is'.

That's correct. All we have to do is add ‘-ing’.

Eso es correcto. Todo lo que tenemos que hacer es agregar '-ing'.

‘Lynn is going out tonight.’

Lynn va a salir esta noche.

To make this negative you can say,

Para hacer esto negativo, puedes decir,

‘Lynn is not going out tonight.’ or ‘Lynn isn't going out tonight.’

'Lynn no va a salir esta noche'. o 'Lynn no va a salir esta noche'.

The next sentence says, ‘Laura isn't study this evening.’

La siguiente oración dice: 'Laura no está estudiando esta noche'.

Can you find the mistake?

¿Puedes encontrar el error?

Remember we have to add  ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb,

Recuerde que tenemos que agregar '-ing' al final del verbo,

so we need to say,

por lo que debemos decir:

‘Laura isn't studying this evening.’

'Laura no está estudiando esta noche'.

The next sentence says,

La siguiente oración dice:

‘My sons will playing chess later.’

'Mis hijos jugarán al ajedrez más tarde'.

We are talking about a future plan,

Estamos hablando de un plan futuro,

so you might be tempted to use ‘well’ or ‘will’, I'm sorry.

por lo que podrías tener la tentación de usar 'well' o 'will', lo siento.

However, instead of saying ‘will’, we use the ‘be’ verb.

Sin embargo, en lugar de decir 'will', usamos el verbo 'be'.

‘My sons are playing chess later.’

Mis hijos jugarán al ajedrez más tarde.

And finally, ‘She's not to eating dinner tonight.’

Y finalmente, 'Ella no va a cenar esta noche'.

There's an extra word in here that we don't need.

Hay una palabra adicional aquí que no necesitamos.

What is it?

¿Qué es?

It's ‘to’.

Es para'.

Remember, subject - ‘be’ verb, not verb ‘-ing’.

Recuerde, sujeto - verbo 'be', no verbo '-ing'.

We do not need ‘to’ in this sentence.

No necesitamos 'to' en esta oración.

All right well that's the end of this checkup.

Muy bien, ese es el final de este chequeo.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Good job, everyone.

Buen trabajo, todos.

You just completed the lesson  on the present continuous tense.

Acabas de completar la lección sobre el presente continuo.

This tense is not easy but you did a great job.

Este tiempo no es fácil, pero hiciste un gran trabajo.

And keep watching to learn more.

Y sigue mirando para aprender más.

I know English can be difficult but with practice and effort you will improve.

Sé que el inglés puede ser difícil pero con práctica y esfuerzo mejorarás.

I promise.

Prometo.

See you in the next video.

Nos vemos en el próximo vídeo.

Hi, everyone.

Hola a todos.

I'm Esther.

soy Ester

In this video, I'm going to introduce the present perfect tense.

En este video, voy a presentar el tiempo presente perfecto.

This tense can be used to talk about an action that happened in the past,

Este tiempo se puede usar para hablar de una acción que sucedió en el pasado,

but when it happened is not very important or it’s unknown.

pero cuando sucedió no es muy importante o se desconoce.

It can also be used to talk about an action that started in the past and continues in

También se puede usar para hablar de una acción que comenzó en el pasado y continúa en

the present.

el presente.

We really want to emphasize how long that action has been happening.

Realmente queremos enfatizar cuánto tiempo ha estado ocurriendo esa acción.

And finally, we use this tense to talk about a recent action.

Y finalmente, usamos este tiempo verbal para hablar de una acción reciente.

There's a lot to learn and a lot of important information, so keep watching.

Hay mucho que aprender y mucha información importante, así que sigue mirando.

Let's talk about one usage of the present perfect tense.

Hablemos de un uso del tiempo presente perfecto.

This tense can be used to talk about an action that happened in the past.

Este tiempo se puede usar para hablar de una acción que sucedió en el pasado.

But when it happened is not important or not known.

Pero cuándo sucedió no es importante o no se sabe.

However, this action is  important to the conversation 

Sin embargo, esta acción es importante para la conversación

right now.

en este momento.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

The first one says, ‘I have been to Canada.’

El primero dice: 'He estado en Canadá'.

What we do here is we start with the subject, ‘I’.

Lo que hacemos aquí es que comenzamos con el sujeto, 'yo'.

For ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’, and ‘they’, we follow with ‘have’.

Para 'yo', 'usted', 'nosotros' y 'ellos', seguimos con 'tener'.

After that we use the past participle of the verb.

Después de eso usamos el participio pasado del verbo.

In this case, the verb is ‘be’.

En este caso, el verbo es 'ser'.

And so the past participle is ‘been’.

Y así el participio pasado es 'estado'.

‘I have been to Canada.’

He estado en Canadá.

The next sentence says, ‘My cousins have seen the movie.’

La siguiente oración dice: 'Mis primos han visto la película'.

My cousins is a ‘they’.

Mis primos es un 'ellos'.

And so again, we follow with ‘have’.

Y así de nuevo, seguimos con 'have'.

And the past participle of see is ‘seen’.

Y el participio pasado de ver es 'visto'.

‘They have seen the movie.’

Han visto la película.

Or ‘My cousins have seen the movie.’

O 'Mis primos han visto la película'.

The next example says, ‘Chad has gone home.’

El siguiente ejemplo dice: 'Chad se ha ido a casa'.

Chad is a ‘he’.

Chad es un 'él'.

For ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, we follow with ‘has’.

Para 'he', 'she', 'it', seguimos con 'has'.

Then, the past participle ‘gone’ is for the verb ‘go’.

Entonces, el participio pasado 'ido' es para el verbo 'ir'.

‘Chad has gone home.’

Chad se ha ido a casa.

And finally, ‘My phone has been fixed.’

Y finalmente, 'Mi teléfono ha sido reparado'.

My phone is an ‘it’.

Mi teléfono es un 'eso'.

Therefore, I use ‘has’.

Por lo tanto, uso 'has'.

And then I need the past participle of ‘be’ – ‘been’.

Y luego necesito el participio pasado de 'be' – 'been'.

‘My phone has been fixed.’

'Mi teléfono ha sido arreglado.'

Let's move on to the next usage.

Pasemos al siguiente uso.

The present perfect tense is also used to describe an action that started in the past

El tiempo presente perfecto también se usa para describir una acción que comenzó en el pasado

and continues in the present.

y continúa en el presente.

‘for’ and since’ are common expressions used with the present perfect tense.

'for' y since' son expresiones comunes que se usan con el tiempo presente perfecto.

Let's take a look at these examples.

Echemos un vistazo a estos ejemplos.

‘I have worked there since 2002.’

'He trabajado allí desde 2002.'

You'll notice we start with the subject.

Notarás que comenzamos con el tema.

If it's ‘I’, ‘you’ or ‘we’, we have ‘have’.

Si es 'yo', 'tú' o 'nosotros', tenemos 'tener'.

Then the past participle of the verb.

Luego el participio pasado del verbo.

In this case - ‘worked’.

En este caso - 'trabajado'.

What you'll notice here is that we also have ‘since 2002’.

Lo que notará aquí es que también tenemos 'desde 2002'.

This shows when the action started, so with the expression ‘since’, you need to use

Esto muestra cuándo comenzó la acción, por lo que con la expresión 'desde', debe usar

a specific point in time.

un punto específico en el tiempo.

The next example does the same thing.

El siguiente ejemplo hace lo mismo.

‘You have had a car since last year.’

Tienes coche desde el año pasado.

Again, we use ‘since’, so we have a specific point in time - ‘last year’.

Nuevamente, usamos 'since', por lo que tenemos un punto específico en el tiempo: 'last year'.

Take a look at the next example.

Echa un vistazo al siguiente ejemplo.

‘Anna has liked him for weeks.’

A Anna le ha gustado durante semanas.

In this case the subject is ‘Anna’.

En este caso el sujeto es 'Anna'.

Which is a ‘she’, and so we use ‘has’.

Que es 'ella', por lo que usamos 'has'.

Then the past participle ‘liked’.

Entonces el participio pasado 'me gustó'.

However, at the end of the sentence, we see ‘for weeks’.

Sin embargo, al final de la oración, vemos 'por semanas'.

Not ‘since weeks’.

No 'desde semanas'.

When we use ‘for’, we talk about the duration.

Cuando usamos 'for', hablamos de la duración.

We explain how long this action has been true.

Te explicamos cuánto tiempo ha sido cierta esta acción.

And finally, ‘We have eaten lunch here for 3 months.’

Y finalmente, 'Hemos almorzado aquí durante 3 meses'.

Again, the sentence ends with ‘for 3 months’.

Nuevamente, la oración termina con 'durante 3 meses'.

So we show the duration.

Entonces mostramos la duración.

Let's move on to the next usage.

Pasemos al siguiente uso.

In addition, the present perfect tense can be used to describe an action that recently

Además, el tiempo presente perfecto se puede usar para describir una acción que

stopped.

se detuvo recientemente.

Let’s take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

‘I have just been to the doctor,’

'Acabo de ir al médico'.

So just like for all the other usages, we start with the subject,

Así que, como en todos los demás usos, empezamos con el sujeto,

‘have’ or ‘has’, and the past participle.

'have' o 'has', y el participio pasado.

But you'll notice here, I used the word ‘just’ between ‘have’ and the verb.

Pero te darás cuenta aquí, usé la palabra 'solo' entre 'tener' y el verbo.

‘I have just been to the doctor.’

Acabo de ir al médico.

This shows that it happened very recently.

This shows that it happened very recently.

The next example says, ‘James has just seen his new baby.’

The next example says, 'James has just seen his new baby.'

Again, just goes in between ‘have’ or ‘has’ and the verb.

Again, just goes in between 'have' or 'has' and the verb.

Take a look at the next example.

Echa un vistazo al siguiente ejemplo.

It says, ‘She has already been to China.’

It says, 'She has already been to China.'

‘already’ is another word you can use to show that this action recently happened.

'already' is another word you can use to show that this action recently happened.

However, ‘already’ can also be moved to the end of the sentence.

However, 'already' can also be moved to the end of the sentence.

So it's perfectly fine to say, ‘She has been to China already.’

So it's perfectly fine to say, 'She has been to China already.'

And in the last example, ‘We have recently visited Tom.’

And in the last example, 'We have recently visited Tom.'

Again, you can put this word between ‘have’ or ‘has’ and the verb.

Again, you can put this word between 'have' or 'has' and the verb.

Or you can also put it at the end of the sentence.

Or you can also put it at the end of the sentence.

‘We have visited Tom recently.’

'We have visited Tom recently.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Let's take a look at the negative form of the present perfect tense.

Let's take a look at the negative form of the present perfect tense.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

The first one says, ‘I have not been to Europe.’

The first one says, 'I have not been to Europe.'

What you'll notice in the first sentence is that we simply put a 'not' between ‘have’

What you'll notice in the first sentence is that we simply put a 'not' between 'have'

and ‘been’.

and 'been'.

‘I have not been to Europe.’

'I have not been to Europe.'

You can also use a contraction and say ‘I haven't been to Europe.’

You can also use a contraction and say 'I haven't been to Europe.'

The next sentence says, ‘It has not rained for 3 months.’

The next sentence says, 'It has not rained for 3 months.'

Again, we put the ‘not’ between the ‘has’ and the verb.

Again, we put the 'not' between the 'has' and the verb.

‘It has not rained for 3 months.’

'It has not rained for 3 months.'

Here we have a time expression to show the duration.

Here we have a time expression to show the duration.

The next example says, ‘Teddy hasn't driven for 2 years.’

The next example says, 'Teddy hasn't driven for 2 years.'

We used the contraction here for ‘has’ and ‘not’ – ‘hasn't’.

We used the contraction here for 'has' and 'not' – 'hasn't'.

And then we use the time expression ‘for 2 years’ at the end of the sentence.

And then we use the time expression 'for 2 years' at the end of the sentence.

And finally, the last sentence says, ‘My sons haven't played soccer since 2010.’

And finally, the last sentence says, 'My sons haven't played soccer since 2010.'

We see another contraction here for ‘have not’ – ‘haven't’.

We see another contraction here for 'have not' – 'haven't'.

‘My sons haven't played soccer since 2010.’

'My sons haven't played soccer since 2010.'

This time expression uses ‘since’.

This time expression uses 'since'.

And so we mention a specific point and time.

And so we mention a specific point and time.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's take a look at the ‘have’ or ‘has’ question form of the present perfect

Now let's take a look at the 'have' or 'has' question form of the present perfect

tense.

tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

The first sentence says, ‘Mike has eaten lunch.’

The first sentence says, 'Mike has eaten lunch.'

That is a statement.

That is a statement.

Now to turn it into a question, it's quite easy.

Now to turn it into a question, it's quite easy.

All you have to do is put ‘has’ at the beginning.

All you have to do is put 'has' at the beginning.

Then you follow with the subject and then the past participle.

Then you follow with the subject and then the past participle.

You'll notice that the placement of the past participle doesn't change.

You'll notice that the placement of the past participle doesn't change.

We've simply changed the order of the first 2 words.

We've simply changed the order of the first 2 words.

‘Has Mike eaten lunch?’

'Has Mike eaten lunch?'

‘Has Mike eaten lunch?’

'Has Mike eaten lunch?'

And you can answer by saying ‘Yes, he has.’ or ‘No, he hasn't.’

And you can answer by saying 'Yes, he has.' or 'No, he hasn't.'

The next sentence says, ‘They have watched the video.’

The next sentence says, 'They have watched the video.'

This is a statement.

This is a statement.

If we want to turn it into a question, again, we change the order of the first two words.

If we want to turn it into a question, again, we change the order of the first two words.

‘Have they…?’

'Have they…?'

And the past participle verb stays in the same place.

And the past participle verb stays in the same place.

‘Have they watched the video?’

'Have they watched the video?'

‘Have they watched the video?’

'Have they watched the video?'

You can answer this question by saying, ‘Yes, they have.’

You can answer this question by saying, 'Yes, they have.'

or ‘No, they haven't.’

or 'No, they haven't.'

Good job, guys.

Buen trabajo muchachos.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, I'll briefly introduce how to ask WH questions in the present perfect tense.

Now, I'll briefly introduce how to ask WH questions in the present perfect tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

I have ‘where’, ‘what’, ‘who’, and ‘how’.

I have 'where', 'what', 'who', and 'how'.

These go at the beginning of the question.

These go at the beginning of the question.

Let's take a look at the first example.

Let's take a look at the first example.

‘Where has Tim been?’

'Where has Tim been?'

You'll notice we followed the WH word with ‘has’ or ‘have’.

You'll notice we followed the WH word with 'has' or 'have'.

In this case, I used ‘has’ because the subject is ‘Tim’, and Tim is a ‘he’.

In this case, I used 'has' because the subject is 'Tim', and Tim is a 'he'.

And then we followed that with the past participle of the verb.

And then we followed that with the past participle of the verb.

‘Where has Tim been?’

'Where has Tim been?'

And I can answer by saying, ‘Tim has been home.’

And I can answer by saying, 'Tim has been home.'

or ‘Tim has been on vacation.’

or 'Tim has been on vacation.'

Something like that.

Something like that.

The next question says, what countries have you visited?

The next question says, what countries have you visited?

I can answer by saying, ‘I have visited China.’

I can answer by saying, 'I have visited China.'

or ‘I have visited Mexico.’

or 'I have visited Mexico.'

You can also use the contraction ‘I’ve’.

You can also use the contraction 'I've'.

‘I've visited China.’

'I've visited China.'

The next question says, ‘Who has she talked to?’

The next question says, 'Who has she talked to?'

You can answer by saying, ‘She has talked to her mom.’ or ‘She has talked to her

You can answer by saying, 'She has talked to her mom.' or 'She has talked to her

teacher.’

teacher.'

The next question says, ‘How long have you been married?’

The next question says, 'How long have you been married?'

‘I've been married for 3 years.’

'I've been married for 3 years.'

That's one answer that you can give.

That's one answer that you can give.

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

For this checkup, we'll take a look at the present perfect tense.

For this checkup, we'll take a look at the present perfect tense.

Which describes an action that happened at

Which describes an action that happened at

an unknown or indefinite time in the past.

an unknown or indefinite time in the past.

Let's look at the first sentence.

Let's look at the first sentence.

‘She _blank_ read that book.’

'She _blank_ read that book.'

The subject in this sentence is ‘she’.

The subject in this sentence is 'she'.

For he/she/it, in this tense we say, ‘has’.

For he/she/it, in this tense we say, 'has'.

‘She has’.

'She has'.

Now, take a look at the verb.

Now, take a look at the verb.

It looks like ‘read’.

It looks like 'read'.

But remember we need to use the past participle of the verb.

But remember we need to use the past participle of the verb.

So It's actually ‘read’.

So It's actually 'read'.

‘read’ and ‘read’ are spelled the same.

'read' and 'read' are spelled the same.

‘She has read that book.’

'She has read that book.'

The second sentence says, ‘They _blank_ visit China.’

The second sentence says, 'They _blank_ visit China.'

‘visit’ is the verb that you want to use here.

'visit' is the verb that you want to use here.

For ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we use ‘have’.

For 'I', 'you', 'we' and 'they', we use 'have'.

Not ‘has’.

Not 'has'.

‘They have’

'They have'

Now, what's the past participle of visit?

Now, what's the past participle of visit?

The answer is ‘visited’.

The answer is 'visited'.

‘They have visited China.’

'They have visited China.'

Next, ‘We _blank_ see that concert.’

Next, 'We _blank_ see that concert.'

Again, for ‘I’, ‘you’, we’ and ‘they’ – we use ‘have’.

Again, for 'I', 'you', we' and 'they' – we use 'have'.

‘We have’.

'We have'.

Now, the past participle of ‘see’ is 'seen'.

Now, the past participle of 'see' is 'seen'.

‘We have seen that concert.’

'We have seen that concert.'

Now, let's look for the mistake in the next sentence.

Now, let's look for the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Rick have been to Cuba.’

'Rick have been to Cuba.'

Take a look at the subject, ‘Rick’.

Take a look at the subject, 'Rick'.

Rick is a ‘he’.

Rick is a 'he'.

So instead of ‘have’, we need to change this to ‘has’.

So instead of 'have', we need to change this to 'has'.

‘Rick has been to Cuba.’

'Rick has been to Cuba.'

‘Sally and I hasn't finished work.’

'Sally and I hasn't finished work.'

The subject in this sentence is ‘Sally’ and ‘I’.

The subject in this sentence is 'Sally' and 'I'.

The pronoun for that is ‘we’.

The pronoun for that is 'we'.

‘We hasn't finished work.’

'We hasn't finished work.'

That still sounds weird, right?

That still sounds weird, right?

We have to change this to ‘have not’ or the contraction ‘haven't’.

We have to change this to 'have not' or the contraction 'haven't'.

And finally, ‘I did go to the doctor.’

And finally, 'I did go to the doctor.'

Now this sentence makes sense, but it's not the present perfect tense.

Now this sentence makes sense, but it's not the present perfect tense.

We have to change it.

We have to change it.

Remember, we use ‘have’ for the subject, ‘I’.

Remember, we use 'have' for the subject, 'I'.

But we're not done.

But we're not done.

What is the past participle of ‘go’?

What is the past participle of 'go'?

It is ‘gone’.

It is 'gone'.

‘I have gone to the doctor.’

'I have gone to the doctor.'

Great job.

Gran trabajo.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Pasemos al siguiente chequeo.

In this checkup, we'll talk about the present perfect tense

In this checkup, we'll talk about the present perfect tense

and how it can be used to describe an action that started in the past and is still true

and how it can be used to describe an action that started in the past and is still true

today.

today.

The first sentence says, ‘I _blank_ known Carly since 1994.’

The first sentence says, 'I _blank_ known Carly since 1994.'

The subject is ‘I’.

The subject is 'I'.

And we already have the past participle of the verb, ‘know’.

And we already have the past participle of the verb, 'know'.

Which is ‘known’.

Which is 'known'.

What are we missing?

¿Qué nos estamos perdiendo?

The correct answer is ‘have’.

The correct answer is 'have'.

For ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we use ‘have’ after the subject.

For 'I', 'you', 'we' and 'they', we use 'have' after the subject.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘He has been here _blank_ 2 p.m.’

'He has been here _blank_ 2 pm'

Now the first part is all there.

Now the first part is all there.

‘He has been’.

'He has been'.

However, remember that for the present perfect tense,

However, remember that for the present perfect tense,

we use ‘for’ or ‘since’ to talk about how long that action has been true.

we use 'for' or 'since' to talk about how long that action has been true.

In this case, we use ‘since’.

In this case, we use 'since'.

Because 2 p.m. is a specific period in time.

Because 2 pm is a specific period in time.

Next it says, ‘She _blank_ liked Tom since June.’

Next it says, 'She _blank_ liked Tom since June.'

The subject is ‘she’.

The subject is 'she'.

And we have the past participle of the verb ‘like’, which is 'liked'.

And we have the past participle of the verb 'like', which is 'liked'.

What are we missing?

¿Qué nos estamos perdiendo?

Again, we need ‘have’ or ‘has’.

Again, we need 'have' or 'has'.

Because the subject is ‘she’...

Because the subject is 'she'...

Can you figure out which one you need?

Can you figure out which one you need?

The correct answer is ‘has’.

The correct answer is 'has'.

‘She has liked Tom since June.’

'She has liked Tom since June.'

Now, I want you to find a mistake in the next sentence.

Now, I want you to find a mistake in the next sentence.

‘I have worked here six months ago.’

'I have worked here six months ago.'

Can you find a mistake here?

Can you find a mistake here?

‘I have worked’ - that's correct.

'I have worked' - that's correct.

However, in the present perfect tense, we don't use ‘ago’.

However, in the present perfect tense, we don't use 'ago'.

This is talking about more the past.

This is talking about more the past.

We want to talk about ‘since’ or ‘for’ instead.

We want to talk about 'since' or 'for' instead.

Now ‘six months’ is not a specific time.

Now 'six months' is not a specific time.

So we don't use ‘since’.

So we don't use 'since'.

Instead, we talk about the duration.

Instead, we talk about the duration.

So we need ‘for’.

So we need 'for'.

We'll say, ‘I have worked here for six months.’

We'll say, 'I have worked here for six months.'

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

‘Jen have a cold for two weeks.’

'Jen have a cold for two weeks.'

At first glance, this doesn't seem that wrong.

At first glance, this doesn't seem that wrong.

But remember, Jen is a ‘she’.

But remember, Jen is a 'she'.

So we need ‘has’.

So we need 'has'.

‘Jen has’.

'Jen has'.

But wait a minute, ‘Jen has have a cold’?

But wait a minute, 'Jen has have a cold'?

That's not right either.

That's not right either.

We need the past participle of ‘have’.

We need the past participle of 'have'.

What is the past participle?

What is the past participle?

The correct answer is ‘had’.

The correct answer is 'had'.

‘Jen has had a cold for two weeks.’

'Jen has had a cold for two weeks.'

And finally, ‘We haven't went home since Friday.’

And finally, 'We haven't went home since Friday.'

This one is a little tricky.

This one is a little tricky.

The subject is ‘we’.

The subject is 'we'.

‘We have... have not’.

'We have... have not'.

That's correct.

Eso es correcto.

The contraction is ‘haven't’.

The contraction is 'haven't'.

‘We haven't’.

'We haven't'.

Now the problem is, we have this verb ‘went’.

Now the problem is, we have this verb 'went'.

That's in the past simple tense.

That's in the past simple tense.

We need the past participle of ‘go’.

We need the past participle of 'go'.

The correct answer is ‘gone’.

The correct answer is 'gone'.

‘We haven't gone home since Friday.’

'We haven't gone home since Friday.'

Good job, guys.

Buen trabajo muchachos.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Pasemos al siguiente chequeo.

In this checkup, we'll take a look at the present perfect tense.

In this checkup, we'll take a look at the present perfect tense.

And how it is used to describe an action that finished recently.

And how it is used to describe an action that finished recently.

We'll be focusing on the words, ‘just’, ‘already’ and ‘recently’ to show this.

We'll be focusing on the words, 'just', 'already' and 'recently' to show this.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Echemos un vistazo a la primera oración.

‘She has just _blank_ that book.’

'She has just _blank_ that book.'

And we're using the verb, ‘read’.

And we're using the verb, 'read'.

Remember, we take the subject, ‘she’.

Remember, we take the subject, 'she'.

And for ‘he’, ‘she’ and ‘it’, we say ‘has’.

And for 'he', 'she' and 'it', we say 'has'.

So that's correct.

So that's correct.

Now we need the past participle of ‘read’.

Now we need the past participle of 'read'.

And that is ‘read’.

And that is 'read'.

‘She has just read that book.’

'She has just read that book.'

You'll notice I use the word, ‘just’ right before the past participle.

You'll notice I use the word, 'just' right before the past participle.

Next it says, ‘They have already’ and the verb is ‘wake up’.

Next it says, 'They have already' and the verb is 'wake up'.

If the subject is ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’, we use ‘has’.

If the subject is 'he', 'she', or 'it', we use 'has'.

But if the subject is ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’ or ‘they’, we use ‘have’.

But if the subject is 'I', 'you', 'we' or 'they', we use 'have'.

So that's correct.

So that's correct.

‘They have’.

'They have'.

Also we have the word ‘already’ here to show that it happened recently

Also we have the word 'already' here to show that it happened recently

or that it finished recently.

or that it finished recently.

Now the verb is ‘wake up’.

Now the verb is 'wake up'.

We need the past participle of ‘wake up’,

We need the past participle of 'wake up',

and that is ‘woken up’.

and that is 'woken up'.

So the answer is,

So the answer is,

‘They have already woken up.’

'They have already woken up.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘We have recently _blank_ work.’

'We have recently _blank_ work.'

And the verb is ‘finish’.

And the verb is 'finish'.

‘We have’, that's correct.

'We have', that's correct.

And we have the word 'recently' to show when the action finished.

And we have the word 'recently' to show when the action finished.

And now we need to find the past participle of the verb ‘finish’.

And now we need to find the past participle of the verb 'finish'.

The correct answer is.

The correct answer is.

‘We have recently finished, -ed, work.’

'We have recently finished, -ed, work.'

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Morty has eaten just.’

'Morty has eaten just.'

This sounds a little strange, right?

This sounds a little strange, right?

That's because ‘just’ needs to come before the verb.

That's because 'just' needs to come before the verb.

Therefore, the answer is ‘Morty has just eaten.’

Therefore, the answer is 'Morty has just eaten.'

The next sentence says, ‘Karen has recently be sick.’

The next sentence says, 'Karen has recently be sick.'

Karen is a ‘she’.

Karen is a 'she'.

So ‘has’ is correct.

So 'has' is correct.

And there we have ‘recently’.

And there we have 'recently'.

Now we need the past participle of the verb.

Now we need the past participle of the verb.

‘be’ is our verb and the past participle of ‘be’ is ‘been’.

'be' is our verb and the past participle of 'be' is 'been'.

‘Karen has recently been sick.’

'Karen has recently been sick.'

And finally, ‘I have gone already to the dentist.’

And finally, 'I have gone already to the dentist.'

This is similar to another question we looked at just before.

This is similar to another question we looked at just before.

‘I have gone already to the dentist.’

'I have gone already to the dentist.'

The placement of ‘already’ is a little awkward.

The placement of 'already' is a little awkward.

So we can say, ‘I have already gone.’

So we can say, 'I have already gone.'

So we can put ‘already’ before the verb,

So we can put 'already' before the verb,

‘I have already gone to the dentist’

'I have already gone to the dentist'

Or we can put this at the end,

Or we can put this at the end,

‘I have gone to the dentist already.’

'I have gone to the dentist already.'

Both of those are correct.

Both of those are correct.

Now, good job.

Now, good job.

That is the end of the checkup.

That is the end of the checkup.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Excellent job, everyone.

Excellent job, everyone.

You just learned about the present perfect tense.

You just learned about the present perfect tense.

There was a lot to learn, but you did a wonderful job.

There was a lot to learn, but you did a wonderful job.

Keep studying English.

Keep studying English.

I know that It's hard, but you will get better with time, effort and practice.

I know that It's hard, but you will get better with time, effort and practice.

I'll see you in the next video.

Te veré en el próximo video.

Hi, everyone.

Hola a todos.

Welcome to the video.

Welcome to the video.

In this video, I’ll introduce the Present Perfect Continuous English Tense.

In this video, I'll introduce the Present Perfect Continuous English Tense.

This tense can be used to talk about an action

This tense can be used to talk about an action

that started in the past and continues in the present.

that started in the past and continues in the present.

It can also be used to talk about an action that hasn't happened recently.

It can also be used to talk about an action that hasn't happened recently.

And finally, it can also be used to talk about an action that recently stopped.

And finally, it can also be used to talk about an action that recently stopped.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

You can use the present perfect continuous tense

You can use the present perfect continuous tense

to talk about an action that started in the past and continues in the present.

to talk about an action that started in the past and continues in the present.

We want to emphasize duration

We want to emphasize duration

and you can do that by using ‘for’ or ‘since’ in your sentence.

and you can do that by using 'for' or 'since' in your sentence.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

‘Charles has been studying English for an hour.’

'Charles has been studying English for an hour.'

Take a look at the subject, ‘Charles’.

Take a look at the subject, 'Charles'.

The subject pronoun for Charles is ‘he’.

The subject pronoun for Charles is 'he'.

And that's why we say ‘has’.

And that's why we say 'has'.

After that, we add ‘been’ and then verb ‘-ing’.

After that, we add 'been' and then verb '-ing'.

In this case, ‘studying.’

In this case, 'studying.'

You'll also notice that at the end of the sentence we have for an hour.

You'll also notice that at the end of the sentence we have for an hour.

That shows how long this  action has been happening.

That shows how long this action has been happening.

When you use ‘for’, you emphasize the duration. ‘for an hour’.

When you use 'for', you emphasize the duration. 'for an hour'.

‘Charles has been studying English for an hour.’

'Charles has been studying English for an hour.'

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

‘Lily has been playing the piano for 2 years.’

'Lily has been playing the piano for 2 years.'

In this case, Lily is a ‘she’ and that's why, again, we say ‘has’.

In this case, Lily is a 'she' and that's why, again, we say 'has'.

You'll notice again, we have ‘been’ and then verb ‘-ing’.

You'll notice again, we have 'been' and then verb '-ing'.

In this case, ‘playing’.

In this case, 'playing'.

At the end of this sentence, we also used ‘for’.

At the end of this sentence, we also used 'for'.

and then ‘two years’.

and then 'two years'.

So again, we're showing how long this has been happening.

So again, we're showing how long this has been happening.

The next sentence is a little different.

The next sentence is a little different.

‘It has been growing since June.’

'It has been growing since June.'

So it can be something like a plant.

So it can be something like a plant.

The plant or it has been growing since June.

The plant or it has been growing since June.

Here we use ‘since’, not ‘for’.

Here we use 'since', not 'for'.

What's the difference?

What's the difference?

We use a specific point in time with since.

We use a specific point in time with since.

We don't say ‘Since two hours’.

We don't say 'Since two hours'.

No, we say ‘When the action started since June.’

No, we say 'When the action started since June.'

And finally, ‘Dan and I have been working since 6 a.m.’

And finally, 'Dan and I have been working since 6 am'

The subject pronoun for ‘Dan and I’ is ‘We’.

The subject pronoun for 'Dan and I' is 'We'.

Therefore we use ‘have’.

Therefore we use 'have'.

At the end of the sentence, we have ‘since 6 a.m.’

At the end of the sentence, we have 'since 6 am'

Remember that with ‘since’, we talked about a specific point in time when the action

Remember that with 'since', we talked about a specific point in time when the action

started.

started.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

The present perfect continuous can also be used without emphasizing duration.

The present perfect continuous can also be used without emphasizing duration.

In this case, we mean ‘lately’.

In this case, we mean 'lately'.

This action has been happening ‘lately’,

This action has been happening 'lately',

and so we can use the word ‘lately’ or ‘recently’ to explain this.

and so we can use the word 'lately' or 'recently' to explain this.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

‘You have been missing many classes lately.’

'You have been missing many classes lately.'

You'll notice that at the end of the sentence I use the word ‘lately'

You'll notice that at the end of the sentence I use the word 'lately'

to describe when this action has been happening.

to describe when this action has been happening.

You can also use lately at the beginning of the sentence.

You can also use lately at the beginning of the sentence.

For example, ‘Lately, you have been missing many classes.’

For example, 'Lately, you have been missing many classes.'

The next example says, ‘Recently, Toby has been running every day.’

The next example says, 'Recently, Toby has been running every day.'

In this sentence, we used ‘recently’ at the beginning

In this sentence, we used 'recently' at the beginning

to show when does action has been happening.

to show when does action has been happening.

You can also use ‘recently’ at the end of the sentence.

You can also use 'recently' at the end of the sentence.

‘Toby has been running everyday recently.’

'Toby has been running everyday recently.'

In this example, the subject is Toby and so we use ‘has’ after Toby.

In this example, the subject is Toby and so we use 'has' after Toby.

Because Toby is a ‘he’.

Because Toby is a 'he'.

The next example says, ‘Lately, Dana has been swimming a lot.’

The next example says, 'Lately, Dana has been swimming a lot.'

Again, we use ‘lately’ at the beginning of this sentence,

Again, we use 'lately' at the beginning of this sentence,

but you can also use it at the end.

but you can also use it at the end.

Dana is a ‘she’ and so we followed this subject with ‘has’.

Dana is a 'she' and so we followed this subject with 'has'.

And finally, ‘We've been practicing English together recently.’

And finally, 'We've been practicing English together recently.'

‘We’ is the subject of this sentence and so we use ‘have’.

'We' is the subject of this sentence and so we use 'have'.

Here, we use the contraction ‘We’ve’.

Here, we use the contraction 'We've'.

‘We have’ become ‘We've’.

'We have' become 'We've'.

‘We've been practicing English together recently.’

'We've been practicing English together recently.'

We can put ‘recently’ at the end,

We can put 'recently' at the end,

or we can say ‘Recently we've been practicing English together.’

or we can say 'Recently we've been practicing English together.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

The present perfect continuous tense and also be used to talk about an action that recently

The present perfect continuous tense and also be used to talk about an action that recently

stopped and has a present result.

stopped and has a present result.

Let's take a look at the example.

Let's take a look at the example.

‘I'm tired because I have been running.’

'I'm tired because I have been running.'

The second part of the sentence, ‘I have been running’

The second part of the sentence, 'I have been running'

is using the present perfect continuous tense.

is using the present perfect continuous tense.

This is the action that recently stopped.

This is the action that recently stopped.

And as a result, ‘I'm tired’.

And as a result, 'I'm tired'.

This is the present result.

This is the present result.

What's happening now, because of this.

What's happening now, because of this.

‘I'm tired.’.

'I'm tired.'.

The next example says, ‘The street is wet because it has been raining.’

The next example says, 'The street is wet because it has been raining.'

This is very similar to the first sentence.

This is very similar to the first sentence.

Here, we know that it has been raining.

Here, we know that it has been raining.

And this action recently stopped.

And this action recently stopped.

As a result, in the present, The street is wet.

As a result, in the present, The street is wet.

The street is wet right now because of this action.

The street is wet right now because of this action.

The next example says, ‘You don't understand because you haven't been listening.’

The next example says, 'You don't understand because you haven't been listening.'

You'll notice here that we use the negative.

You'll notice here that we use the negative.

Here's the contractions, ‘haven't’ or ‘have not’

Here's the contractions, 'haven't' or 'have not'

because of this action,  you haven't been listening,

because of this action, you haven't been listening,

now you don't understand.

now you don't understand.

In the last example, we switch the order a little bit.

In the last example, we switch the order a little bit.

‘I've been studying all night.’

'I've been studying all night.'

There is the present perfect continuous tense.

There is the present perfect continuous tense.

This is the action that stopped recently.

This is the action that stopped recently.

And here is the result.

And here is the result.

‘Now, I'm exhausted.’

'Now, I'm exhausted.'

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Let's take a look at the negative form of the present perfect continuous tense.

Let's take a look at the negative form of the present perfect continuous tense.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

‘I have not been feeling well these days.’

'I have not been feeling well these days.'

At the end of the sentence we have ‘these days’ to show that this is an action that's

At the end of the sentence we have 'these days' to show that this is an action that's

been happening recently.

been happening recently.

In the negative form, we have to have ‘not’.

In the negative form, we have to have 'not'.

The ‘not’ goes after have or has.

The 'not' goes after have or has.

In this case, the subject is ‘I’, so I use ‘have’.

In this case, the subject is 'I', so I use 'have'.

‘I have not been feeling well these days.’

'I have not been feeling well these days.'

We can also use a contraction ‘haven't’ or ‘have not’.

We can also use a contraction 'haven't' or 'have not'.

‘I haven't been feeling well these days.’

'I haven't been feeling well these days.'

The next sentence says, ‘Sue has not been cooking lately.’

The next sentence says, 'Sue has not been cooking lately.'

We have ‘lately’ at the end of this sentence,

We have 'lately' at the end of this sentence,

We can also put ‘lately’ at the beginning of the sentence.

We can also put 'lately' at the beginning of the sentence.

The important part of this sentence is to put ‘not’ after ‘has’.

The important part of this sentence is to put 'not' after 'has'.

Why did we use ‘has’?

Why did we use 'has'?

Because the subject is ‘Sue’ which is a 'she'.

Because the subject is 'Sue' which is a 'she'.

For ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, we use ‘has’.

For 'he', 'she', 'it', we use 'has'.

Again, we can use a contraction ‘hasn't’ for has not.

Again, we can use a contraction 'hasn't' for has not.

‘Sue hasn't been cooking lately.’

'Sue hasn't been cooking lately.'

The next sentence says, ‘Jeff hasn't been eating healthy food recently.’

The next sentence says, 'Jeff hasn't been eating healthy food recently.'

Again, the ‘recently’ can be used at the beginning or end of this sentence.

Again, the 'recently' can be used at the beginning or end of this sentence.

We have the contestant ‘hasn't’ here for you.

We have the contestant 'hasn't' here for you.

‘hasn't’ is a contraction for ‘has not’.

'hasn't' is a contraction for 'has not'.

We have ‘has’ because the subject is Jeff which is ‘he’.

We have 'has' because the subject is Jeff which is 'he'.

And finally, ‘They haven't been speaking for over a year.’

And finally, 'They haven't been speaking for over a year.'

In this case, ‘for over a year’ shows duration.

In this case, 'for over a year' shows duration.

Remember with ‘for’, you show how long something has been happening.

Remember with 'for', you show how long something has been happening.

In this case, we have a contraction ‘haven't’ or ‘have not’.

In this case, we have a contraction 'haven't' or 'have not'.

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

let's move on.

let's move on.

Now, let's take a look at how to form the ‘have’ or ‘has’ question

Now, let's take a look at how to form the 'have' or 'has' question

for the present perfect continuous tense.

for the present perfect continuous tense.

The first sentence says, ‘He has been reading for an hour,’

The first sentence says, 'He has been reading for an hour,'

Now, to turn this into a question,

Now, to turn this into a question,

all we have to do is change the order of the first two words.

all we have to do is change the order of the first two words.

So ‘He has’ becomes ‘Has he’.

So 'He has' becomes 'Has he'.

‘Has he been reading for an hour?’

'Has he been reading for an hour?'

You'll notice that the second part of the sentence doesn't change.

You'll notice that the second part of the sentence doesn't change.

‘Has he been reading for an hour?’

'Has he been reading for an hour?'

To answer, you can simply say, ‘Yes, he has.’ or ‘No, he hasn't.’

To answer, you can simply say, 'Yes, he has.' or 'No, he hasn't.'

The next sentence says, ‘They have been sleeping since 8 p.m.’

The next sentence says, 'They have been sleeping since 8 pm'

Again, the second part of the sentence stays the same,

Again, the second part of the sentence stays the same,

and in the beginning, we just switch the first two words.

and in the beginning, we just switch the first two words.

‘They have’ become ‘Have they’.

'They have' become 'Have they'.

‘Have they been sleeping since 8 p.m.?’

'Have they been sleeping since 8 pm?'

To answer, you can say, ‘Yes, they have.’

To answer, you can say, 'Yes, they have.'

or ‘No. they haven't.’

or 'No. they haven't.'

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, let's take a look at how to form WH questions in the present perfect continuous tense.

Now, let's take a look at how to form WH questions in the present perfect continuous tense.

Here, we have some WH question words.

Here, we have some WH question words.

‘what’, ‘where’, ‘why’ and ‘how’.

'what', 'where', 'why' and 'how'.

Let's take a look at the first question.

Let's take a look at the first question.

‘What have you been doing lately?’

'What have you been doing lately?'

I can answer by saying, ‘I have been working.’

I can answer by saying, 'I have been working.'

or ‘I have been studying.’

or 'I have been studying.'

I can also use the contraction ‘I've’.

I can also use the contraction 'I've'.

‘I've been working.’

'I've been working.'

‘I've been studying.’

'I've been studying.'

The next question says, ‘Where have you been traveling?’

The next question says, 'Where have you been traveling?'

‘I have been traveling in Europe.’

'I have been traveling in Europe.'

or ‘I've been traveling in Europe.’

or 'I've been traveling in Europe.'

‘Why has he been feeling sad?’

'Why has he been feeling sad?'

You can answer by saying, ‘He's been feeling sad.’

You can answer by saying, 'He's been feeling sad.'

That's the contraction ‘he has’, he's been feeling sad because his pet died.

That's the contraction 'he has', he's been feeling sad because his pet died.

or ‘He has been feeling sad because he broke up with his girlfriend.’

or 'He has been feeling sad because he broke up with his girlfriend.'

Something like that.

Something like that.

And ‘How has she been doing?’

And 'How has she been doing?'

‘How has she been doing?’

'How has she been doing?'

I can say, ‘She's been doing well.’

I can say, 'She's been doing well.'

‘She's’ is a contraction for ‘she has’.

'She's' is a contraction for 'she has'.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

In this checkup, we will talk about the present perfect continuous tense.

In this checkup, we will talk about the present perfect continuous tense.

This tense can be used to describe an event

This tense can be used to describe an event

that started in the past and continues in the present.

that started in the past and continues in the present.

Let's take a look.

Vamos a ver.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘He has _blank_ all week,’

'He has _blank_ all week,'

And the verb is ‘sleep’.

And the verb is 'sleep'.

For this tense, what we do is we first look at the subject, ‘he’.

For this tense, what we do is we first look at the subject, 'he'.

For ‘he’, ‘she’ and ‘it’, we put ‘has’.

For 'he', 'she' and 'it', we put 'has'.

Then, we add ‘been’. ‘has been’.

Then, we add 'been'. 'has been'.

Finally we add ‘-ing’ to the end.

Finally we add '-ing' to the end.

‘He has been sleeping all week.’

'He has been sleeping all week.'

The next sentence says, ‘You haven't _blank_ for a year.’

The next sentence says, 'You haven't _blank_ for a year.'

and the verb is ‘travel’.

and the verb is 'travel'.

Now, this is the negative form.

Now, this is the negative form.

So you see the contraction - ‘haven't’.

So you see the contraction - 'haven't'.

‘You have not’ or ‘You haven't’.

'You have not' or 'You haven't'.

Again, what we do after that is add ‘been’.

Again, what we do after that is add 'been'.

Then, do you remember what to do?

Then, do you remember what to do?

Add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

Add '-ing' to the verb.

‘You haven't been traveling for a year.’

'You haven't been traveling for a year.'

Next, it says ‘They _blank_ working all day.’

Next, it says 'They _blank_ working all day.'

So the verb ‘-ing’ has already been provided for you.

So the verb '-ing' has already been provided for you.

Now, take a look at the subject.

Now, take a look at the subject.

The subject is ‘they’.

El sujeto es 'ellos'.

Should we use ‘have’? or should we use ‘has’?

Should we use 'have'? or should we use 'has'?

The correct answer is ‘have’.

The correct answer is 'have'.

Then what do you put?

Then what do you put?

Remember, we put ‘been’.

Remember, we put 'been'.

‘They have been working all day.’

'They have been working all day.'

Now if you want to make this negative, you can say,

Now if you want to make this negative, you can say,

‘They haven't been working all day.’

'They haven't been working all day.'

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘My friends have been watch TV.’

'My friends have been watch TV.'

‘My friends have been watch TV.’

'My friends have been watch TV.'

What's the mistake?

What's the mistake?

Remember, we need to add ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb.

Remember, we need to add '-ing' to the end of the verb.

So we should say,

So we should say,

‘My friends have been watching TV.’

'My friends have been watching TV.'

Next, ‘Sal did talking for 10 minutes.’

Next, 'Sal did talking for 10 minutes.'

Hmm..

Hmm..

Sal is a ‘he'.

Sal is a 'he'.

And ‘talking’ is already there for you.

And 'talking' is already there for you.

So what's in the middle of those two words is the mistake.

So what's in the middle of those two words is the mistake.

For ‘he’, we use ‘has’.

For 'he', we use 'has'.

So we say ‘has been’.

So we say 'has been'.

‘Sal has been talking for 10 minutes.’

'Sal has been talking for 10 minutes.'

And finally,

And finally,

‘He has been to eat for an hour.’

'He has been to eat for an hour.'

Hmm..

Hmm..

‘He has been’ That's correct.

'He has been' That's correct.

However, in this sentence, the base form of the verb ‘eat’ was used.

However, in this sentence, the base form of the verb 'eat' was used.

Instead, remember we need ‘-ing’.

Instead, remember we need '-ing'.

This is the correct answer.

This is the correct answer.

‘He has been eating for an hour.’

'He has been eating for an hour.'

All right, good job. and let's move on to the next practice.

All right, good job. and let's move on to the next practice.

In this practice, we'll take a look at the present perfect continuous tense,

In this practice, we'll take a look at the present perfect continuous tense,

And see how it expresses an action that has been happening recently or lately.

And see how it expresses an action that has been happening recently or lately.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Echemos un vistazo a la primera oración.

‘She has _blank_ bad lately.’

'She has _blank_ bad lately.'

And the verb is ‘feel’.

And the verb is 'feel'.

Remember for ‘she’, we use ‘has’.

Remember for 'she', we use 'has'.

Then don't forget we need to have ‘been’.

Then don't forget we need to have 'been'.

‘She has been’

'She has been'

After that, we add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

After that, we add '-ing' to the verb.

The correct sentence is,

The correct sentence is,

‘She has been feeling bad lately.’

'She has been feeling bad lately.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘We haven't _blank_ much recently.’

'We haven't _blank_ much recently.'

And the verb is ‘cook’.

And the verb is 'cook'.

This is a negative sentence.

This is a negative sentence.

So we say, ‘We have not’ or the contraction - ‘haven't’.

So we say, 'We have not' or the contraction - 'haven't'.

‘We haven't’ Don't forget ‘been’, and then verb ‘-ing’.

'We haven't' Don't forget 'been', and then verb '-ing'.

‘We haven't been cooking much recently.’

'We haven't been cooking much recently.'

Finally, we move on, let's try to find the mistake.

Finally, we move on, let's try to find the mistake.

‘We has been riding bikes to school recently.’

'We has been riding bikes to school recently.'

What's the mistake in this sentence?

What's the mistake in this sentence?

The subject here is ‘We’.

The subject here is 'We'.

For ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we have to say ‘have been’, not ‘has

For 'I', 'you', 'we' and 'they', we have to say 'have been', not 'has

been’.

been'.

‘We have been riding bikes to school recently.’

'We have been riding bikes to school recently.'

And for the last one,

And for the last one,

‘Jenny lately hasn't been helping me.’

'Jenny lately hasn't been helping me.'

The lately is placed wrong in this sentence.

The lately is placed wrong in this sentence.

We have to say,

We have to say,

‘Lately, Jenny hasn't been helping me.’

'Lately, Jenny hasn't been helping me.'

or we can also say,

or we can also say,

‘Jenny hasn't been helping me lately.’

'Jenny hasn't been helping me lately.'

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Pasemos al siguiente chequeo.

In this checkup, we'll talk about the present perfect continuous tense

In this checkup, we'll talk about the present perfect continuous tense

and how it expresses an action that stopped recently

and how it expresses an action that stopped recently

but has a present result.

but has a present result.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘I _blank_ . That's why I'm so sweaty.’

'I _blank_ . That's why I'm so sweaty.'

The verb here is ‘exercise’.

The verb here is 'exercise'.

And the subject is ‘I’.

And the subject is 'I'.

Do we use ‘has’ or ‘have’ for the subject ‘I’?

Do we use 'has' or 'have' for the subject 'I'?

The correct answer is ‘have’.

The correct answer is 'have'.

Then, we put ‘been’ and then verb ‘-ing’.

Then, we put 'been' and then verb '-ing'.

Okay, so the correct answer is,

Okay, so the correct answer is,

‘I have been exercising.

'I have been exercising.

That's why I'm so sweaty.’

That's why I'm so sweaty.'

That's the result.

That's the result.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘I'm covered in flour because I _blank_.’

'I'm covered in flour because I _blank_.'

And the verb is ‘bake’.

And the verb is 'bake'.

Take a look.

Echar un vistazo.

I have ‘I'm covered in flour because’

I have 'I'm covered in flour because'

So this first part is the result.

So this first part is the result.

I need to show the action that stopped recently in the present perfect continuous tense.

I need to show the action that stopped recently in the present perfect continuous tense.

Again, the subject is ‘I’.

Again, the subject is 'I'.

So we use ‘have been’.

So we use 'have been'.

Then, all we do is add ‘-ing’ to the end of baking.

Then, all we do is add '-ing' to the end of baking.

‘I have been baking.’

'I have been baking.'

So again,

So again,

‘I'm covered in flour because I have been baking.’

'I'm covered in flour because I have been baking.'

And we can use the contraction and say,

And we can use the contraction and say,

‘I've been baking.’

'I've been baking.'

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘She has think a lot, so she has a headache.’

'She has think a lot, so she has a headache.'

Take a look.

Echar un vistazo.

The result is that ‘she has a headache.’

The result is that 'she has a headache.'

So we need to use the present perfect continuous for the first part.

So we need to use the present perfect continuous for the first part.

‘She has’ is correct.

'She has' is correct.

What's missing?

¿Qué falta?

Don't forget the ‘been’.

Don't forget the 'been'.

Also don't forget that we need to add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

Also don't forget that we need to add '-ing' to the verb.

‘She has been thinking a lot, so she has a headache.’

'She has been thinking a lot, so she has a headache.'

Look at the next sentence and find the mistake.

Look at the next sentence and find the mistake.

‘I'm so hungry because I have been diet.’

'I'm so hungry because I have been diet.'

The only mistake here is that someone forgot to put the ‘-ing’ at the end of the verb, ‘diet’.

The only mistake here is that someone forgot to put the '-ing' at the end of the verb, 'diet'.

The correct answer is,

The correct answer is,

‘I'm so hungry because I have been dieting.’

'I'm so hungry because I have been dieting.'

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Thank you so much for watching this  grammar course on the present tense. 

Thank you so much for watching this grammar course on the present tense.

Now, I want you to watch the next  grammar course on the past tense. 

Now, I want you to watch the next grammar course on the past tense.

I’ll see you there.

I'll see you there.

Hi, everyone.

Hola a todos.

In this video, I will introduce the past simple English tense.

In this video, I will introduce the past simple English tense.

This grammar tense can help you explain a past general state, action, or habit.

This grammar tense can help you explain a past general state, action, or habit.

There's a lot to learn and it's a very important tense, so keep watching.

There's a lot to learn and it's a very important tense, so keep watching.

In this video, I will talk about the 'be' verb

In this video, I will talk about the 'be' verb

in the past simple tense.

in the past simple tense.

The 'be' verb in the past simple tense can be used to describe a past general state.

The 'be' verb in the past simple tense can be used to describe a past general state.

We use the 'be' verbs, ‘was’ and ‘were’ in this tense.

We use the 'be' verbs, 'was' and 'were' in this tense.

Take a look at the examples.

Take a look at the examples.

‘I was scared.’

'I was scared.'

‘James', or he 'was a teacher.’

'James', or he 'was a teacher.'

‘She was sad.’

'She was sad.'

‘My dog was hungry.’

'My dog was hungry.'

‘My dog’ can be ‘it’.

'My dog' can be 'it'.

So for ‘I’, ‘he’, ‘she’, ‘it’, we use the past tense 'be' verb, ‘was’.

So for 'I', 'he', 'she', 'it', we use the past tense 'be' verb, 'was'.

However, for ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we use ‘were’.

However, for 'you', 'we' and 'they', we use 'were'.

‘You were a good student.’

'You were a good student.'

‘Your parents, or they were at the park.’ and ‘We were at home for two hours.’

'Your parents, or they were at the park.' and 'We were at home for two hours.'

In this last sentence, you see that the duration is emphasized.

In this last sentence, you see that the duration is emphasized.

Great job.

Gran trabajo.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now I will talk about regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Now I will talk about regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Take a look at these examples.

Take a look at these examples.

‘Liam played a game.’

'Liam played a game.'

Liam is a ‘he’,

Liam is a 'he',

but really it doesn't matter for regular verbs in the past simple tense.

but really it doesn't matter for regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Because no matter what the subject is, all we have to do is add ‘d’ or ‘ed’

Because no matter what the subject is, all we have to do is add 'd' or 'ed'

to the end of the verb.

to the end of the verb.

Here the verb is ‘play’, so I added ‘-ed’.

Here the verb is 'play', so I added '-ed'.

‘Liam played a game.’

'Liam played a game.'

‘The car, or it needed gas.’

'The car, or it needed gas.'

The verb here is ‘need’.

The verb here is 'need'.

For the past simple tense, I added ‘-ed’.

For the past simple tense, I added '-ed'.

‘We watched a movie.’

'We watched a movie.'

Again, an ‘ed’ at the of ‘watch’.

Again, an 'ed' at the of 'watch'.

‘You exercised for an hour.’

'You exercised for an hour.'

In this case, the verb is ‘exercise’.

In this case, the verb is 'exercise'.

I only need to add a ‘d’ to make it the past tense.

I only need to add a 'd' to make it the past tense.

And finally, ‘They usually worked after school.’

And finally, 'They usually worked after school.'

The verb is ‘work’.

The verb is 'work'.

And I added an ‘ed’ to make it in the past tense.

And I added an 'ed' to make it in the past tense.

The word ‘usually’ shows that this was a habit.

The word 'usually' shows that this was a habit.

Remember, the past simple tense can be used to show past habits.

Remember, the past simple tense can be used to show past habits.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, I'll talk about irregular verbs in the past simple tense.

Now, I'll talk about irregular verbs in the past simple tense.

Remember, for regular verbs, we only add ‘d’ or ‘ed’ to make a verb into the past tense.

Remember, for regular verbs, we only add 'd' or 'ed' to make a verb into the past tense.

However, for irregular verbs, we have to change the verb in a different way.

However, for irregular verbs, we have to change the verb in a different way.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

‘I ate with my friend.’

'I ate with my friend.'

The verb here is ‘ate’.

The verb here is 'ate'.

‘ate’ is the past simple tense of ‘eat’.

'ate' is the past simple tense of 'eat'.

The next example says, ‘Nara wrote a story.’

The next example says, 'Nara wrote a story.'

The verb is ‘write’.

The verb is 'write'.

And because it's irregular to change it into the past tense, we change the verb to ‘wrote’.

And because it's irregular to change it into the past tense, we change the verb to 'wrote'.

‘You often came home late.’

'You often came home late.'

The verb here is ‘come’ and it's been changed to ‘came’.

The verb here is 'come' and it's been changed to 'came'.

You'll notice that we had the word ‘often’ to show a habit.

You'll notice that we had the word 'often' to show a habit.

‘We bought a camera.’

'We bought a camera.'

The verb here is ‘buy’ and it's been changed to ‘bought’ to show the past simple tense.

The verb here is 'buy' and it's been changed to 'bought' to show the past simple tense.

And finally, ‘My parents sent me money for a year.’

And finally, 'My parents sent me money for a year.'

Here the verb ‘sent’ is the past tense of ‘send’.

Here the verb 'sent' is the past tense of 'send'.

Here we also see ‘for a year’, this shows duration.

Here we also see 'for a year', this shows duration.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now I will talk about the negative form for the 'be' verb in the past simple tense.

Now I will talk about the negative form for the 'be' verb in the past simple tense.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

The first one says, ‘I was not hungry.’

The first one says, 'I was not hungry.'

For the past simple tense, the negative 'be' verb

For the past simple tense, the negative 'be' verb

I f the subject is ‘I’, ‘he’, ‘she’ or ‘it’, we say ‘was not’.

I f the subject is 'I', 'he', 'she' or 'it', we say 'was not'.

For example, ‘I was not’ or ‘she was not’ or the contraction ‘wasn't’.

For example, 'I was not' or 'she was not' or the contraction 'wasn't'.

‘I wasn't’.

'I wasn't'.

‘She wasn't’.

'She wasn't'.

So let's look again, ‘I was not hungry.’

So let's look again, 'I was not hungry.'

‘She wasn't home today.’

'She wasn't home today.'

Now, if the subject is ‘you’, ‘we’ or ‘they’,

Now, if the subject is 'you', 'we' or 'they',

We say ‘were not’ or the contraction ‘weren't’.

We say 'were not' or the contraction 'weren't'.

‘The children, or they were not quiet.’

'The children, or they were not quiet.'

‘The children were not quiet.’

'The children were not quiet.'

And then, ‘The dog', or it was not, or 'wasn't playful.’

And then, 'The dog', or it was not, or 'wasn't playful.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, let's talk about how to form the negative in the past simple tense for non-'be' verbs,

Now, let's talk about how to form the negative in the past simple tense for non-'be' verbs,

regular or irregular.

regular or irregular.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

‘I did not like him.’

'I did not like him.'

What we do for non-'be' verbs is simply put ‘did not’ after the subject.

What we do for non-'be' verbs is simply put 'did not' after the subject.

And you'll notice that for the verb, we don't make any changes.

And you'll notice that for the verb, we don't make any changes.

We keep the base verb.

We keep the base verb.

‘He didn't catch the ball.’

'He didn't catch the ball.'

Again, it's ‘he did not’, but here we used a contraction,

Again, it's 'he did not', but here we used a contraction,

‘He didn't catch the ball.’

'He didn't catch the ball.'

‘They didn't dance.’

'They didn't dance.'

Again, here's the contraction for ‘did not’.

Again, here's the contraction for 'did not'.

And you'll notice that for the verb, we didn't change it at all.

And you'll notice that for the verb, we didn't change it at all.

Here's an irregular verb, and here's a regular verb, we keep them in the base form.

Here's an irregular verb, and here's a regular verb, we keep them in the base form.

And finally, ‘We didn't think about that.’

And finally, 'We didn't think about that.'

Again, we simply say ‘did not’ or ‘didn't’.

Again, we simply say 'did not' or 'didn't'.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now I will introduce two ways to form questions for the past simple tense.

Now I will introduce two ways to form questions for the past simple tense.

Take a look at the first example.

Take a look at the first example.

‘He was angry.’

'He was angry.'

In this first sentence, we see the 'be' verb ‘was’.

In this first sentence, we see the 'be' verb 'was'.

It's quite easy.

It's quite easy.

All you have to do to turn this into a question is switch the order the first two words.

All you have to do to turn this into a question is switch the order the first two words.

‘Was he angry?’

'Was he angry?'

You can answer by saying ‘Yes, he was.’ or ‘No, he wasn't.’

You can answer by saying 'Yes, he was.' or 'No, he wasn't.'

The next sentence also has a 'be' verb.

The next sentence also has a 'be' verb.

‘They were comfortable.’

'They were comfortable.'

So again, switch the first two words.

So again, switch the first two words.

‘Were they comfortable?’

'Were they comfortable?'

The answers can be, ‘Yes, they were.’

The answers can be, 'Yes, they were.'

or ‘No, they weren't.’

or 'No, they weren't.'

However, look at the third sentence.

However, look at the third sentence.

‘Sam lived here.’

'Sam lived here.'

There is no 'be' verb in this sentence.

There is no 'be' verb in this sentence.

Instead, we see the action verb ‘lived’.

Instead, we see the action verb 'lived'.

So what we do is no matter what the subject,

So what we do is no matter what the subject,

we start the question with ‘did’.

we start the question with 'did'.

‘Did Sam live here?’

'Did Sam live here?'

You'll notice that the verb no longer is in the past tense.

You'll notice that the verb no longer is in the past tense.

We use the base form of the verb.

We use the base form of the verb.

‘Did Sam live here?’

'Did Sam live here?'

You can say ‘Yes, he did.’

You can say 'Yes, he did.'

or ‘No, he didn't.’

or 'No, he didn't.'

The last sentence is similar.

The last sentence is similar.

‘They won the contest last year.’

'They won the contest last year.'

The verb here is ‘won’, that's not a 'be' verb.

The verb here is 'won', that's not a 'be' verb.

So again, we start the question with ‘did’ .

So again, we start the question with 'did' .

And then the subject ‘they’, we use the base form of the verb and that's ‘win’.

And then the subject 'they', we use the base form of the verb and that's 'win'.

‘Did they win the contest last year?’

'Did they win the contest last year?'

You can say, ‘Yes, they did.’

You can say, 'Yes, they did.'

or ‘No, they didn't.’

or 'No, they didn't.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now I'll introduce how to create an answer WH questions in the past simple tense.

Now I'll introduce how to create an answer WH questions in the past simple tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

We have some WH words here.

We have some WH words here.

‘What’ ‘When’

'What' 'When'

‘Where’ and ‘Why’

'Where' and 'Why'

You'll notice that after each WH word comes the word ‘did’.

You'll notice that after each WH word comes the word 'did'.

‘What did’ ‘When did’

'What did' 'When did'

‘Where did’ and ‘Why did’.

'Where did' and 'Why did'.

What comes after that the subject and then the base form of the verb.

What comes after that the subject and then the base form of the verb.

So, let's take a look.

So, let's take a look.

‘What did you do last night?’

'What did you do last night?'

‘What did you do last night?’

'What did you do last night?'

I can answer by saying something like, ‘I watched a movie.’

I can answer by saying something like, 'I watched a movie.'

Or ‘I read a book.’

Or 'I read a book.'

You'll notice that the answer is in the past simple tense.

You'll notice that the answer is in the past simple tense.

‘When did you get home last night?’

'When did you get home last night?'

‘I got home at 10 p.m.’

'I got home at 10 pm'

‘Where did they eat lunch?’

'Where did they eat lunch?'

‘They ate lunch at home.’

'They ate lunch at home.'

Again, ‘ate’ is the past tense of ‘eat’.

Again, 'ate' is the past tense of 'eat'.

Answer in the past simple tense.

Answer in the past simple tense.

And finally, ‘Why did the company hire him?’

And finally, 'Why did the company hire him?'

‘The company hired him because he's a hard worker.’

'The company hired him because he's a hard worker.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

In this first checkup, we'll take a look at

In this first checkup, we'll take a look at

practice questions using the 'be' verb in the past simple tense.

practice questions using the 'be' verb in the past simple tense.

Remember the 'be' verbs in the past simple tense are ‘was’ or ‘were’.

Remember the 'be' verbs in the past simple tense are 'was' or 'were'.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Echemos un vistazo a la primera oración.

‘He __ at work earlier.’

'He __ at work earlier.'

The subject here is ‘we’.

The subject here is 'we'.

So do we use ‘was’ or ‘were’?

So do we use 'was' or 'were'?

The correct answer is ‘was’.

The correct answer is 'was'.

‘He was at work earlier.’

'He was at work earlier.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘We _____ very happy yesterday.’

'We _____ very happy yesterday.'

If the subject is ‘we’, remember the be verb is ‘were’.

If the subject is 'we', remember the be verb is 'were'.

‘We were very happy yesterday.’

'We were very happy yesterday.'

Next, ‘My parents or they __ worried about me.’

Next, 'My parents or they __ worried about me.'

If it's 'they', remember we have to say ‘were’.

If it's 'they', remember we have to say 'were'.

‘My parents were worried about me.’

'My parents were worried about me.'

If I want to use the negative, I can also say ‘My parents weren't worried about me.’

If I want to use the negative, I can also say 'My parents weren't worried about me.'

And that's possible.

And that's possible.

Now I want you to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now I want you to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘We wasn't good students.’

'We wasn't good students.'

We wasn't good students.

We wasn't good students.

Can you figure out what's wrong?

Can you figure out what's wrong?

The subject here is ‘we’, so we don't say ‘was not’.

The subject here is 'we', so we don't say 'was not'.

We need to say ‘were not’ or the contraction ‘weren't’.

We need to say 'were not' or the contraction 'weren't'.

‘We weren't good students,’ is the correct answer.

'We weren't good students,' is the correct answer.

The next one says, ‘Were she a teacher?’

The next one says, 'Were she a teacher?'

Now, this is a question so the be verb comes at the beginning.

Now, this is a question so the be verb comes at the beginning.

That's correct, but the subject here is ‘she’.

That's correct, but the subject here is 'she'.

Therefore, we need to start with ‘was’.

Therefore, we need to start with 'was'.

‘Was she a teacher?’

'Was she a teacher?'

And finally,

And finally,

‘They wasn't at school.’

'They wasn't at school.'

The subject is ‘they’, so the answer is

The subject is 'they', so the answer is

‘They weren't at school.’

'They weren't at school.'

You can use the contraction ‘weren't’ or ‘were not’.

You can use the contraction 'weren't' or 'were not'.

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Pasemos al siguiente chequeo.

Now, let's practice regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Now, let's practice regular verbs in the past simple tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

‘He ____ at home.’

'He ____ at home.'

The verb is ‘study’.

The verb is 'study'.

Remember, when changing a regular verb into

Remember, when changing a regular verb into

the past tense, we add ‘d’ or ‘ed’ to the end of the

the past tense, we add 'd' or 'ed' to the end of the

verb.

However, there's a separate rule for words that end in ‘y’.

verb.

However, there's a separate rule for words that end in 'y'.

Such as, ‘study’.

Such as, 'study'.

We drop the ‘y’ and we add ‘ied’.

We drop the 'y' and we add 'ied'.

So the correct answer is,

So the correct answer is,

‘He studied at home.’

'He studied at home.'

The next sentence says, ‘We __ pencils.’

The next sentence says, 'We __ pencils.'

We want to use negative because it says ‘not use’.

We want to use negative because it says 'not use'.

Remember for the negative, we always use ‘did not’, no matter what the subject.

Remember for the negative, we always use 'did not', no matter what the subject.

You can also use the contraction ‘didn't’.

You can also use the contraction 'didn't'.

Now, what do we do to the verb?

Now, what do we do to the verb?

We keep it as ‘is’.

We keep it as 'is'.

We do not change it.

We do not change it.

‘We didn't’ or ‘We did not’ use pencils.

'We didn't' or 'We did not' use pencils.

The next sentence says, ‘His friends or they walk to the gym.’

The next sentence says, 'His friends or they walk to the gym.'

What's the past tense of ‘walk’?

What's the past tense of 'walk'?

We simply have to add ‘ed’ because it's a regular verb.

We simply have to add 'ed' because it's a regular verb.

‘His friends walked to the gym.’

'His friends walked to the gym.'

Now, find a mistake in the next sentence.

Now, find a mistake in the next sentence.

‘She didn't likes math.’

'She didn't likes math.'

‘didn't’ is correct.

'didn't' is correct.

However, remember we keep the verb as ‘is’ in the base form.

However, remember we keep the verb as 'is' in the base form.

So we don't say ‘likes’.

So we don't say 'likes'.

We say ‘like’.

We say 'like'.

‘She didn't like math.’

'She didn't like math.'

The next sentence says, ‘Did it rained this morning?’

The next sentence says, 'Did it rained this morning?'

Now this is a question.

Now this is a question.

In a question, it’s right to start the sentence with ‘Did’.

In a question, it's right to start the sentence with 'Did'.

‘Did it rained?’

'Did it rained?'

Do you notice the mistake?

Do you notice the mistake?

Remember, we do not use the past tense form in the question.

Remember, we do not use the past tense form in the question.

We use the base form of the verb.

We use the base form of the verb.

‘Did it rain this morning?’

'Did it rain this morning?'

And finally, ‘They not play the piano.’

And finally, 'They not play the piano.'

The verb is an action verb.

The verb is an action verb.

So we need a ‘did’ in front of ‘not’.

So we need a 'did' in front of 'not'.

‘They did not play the piano.’

'They did not play the piano.'

Let's move on to the next checkup.

Pasemos al siguiente chequeo.

Now, I'll talk about irregular verbs in the past simple tense.

Now, I'll talk about irregular verbs in the past simple tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

‘He __ to school.’

'He __ to school.'

And the verb is ‘run’.

And the verb is 'run'.

‘run’ is an irregular verb, so the past tense form is ‘ran’.

'run' is an irregular verb, so the past tense form is 'ran'.

‘He ran to school.’

'He ran to school.'

The next sentence says, ‘We __ flowers.’

The next sentence says, 'We __ flowers.'

We want to use the negative because here it says ‘not grow’.

We want to use the negative because here it says 'not grow'.

Remember, no matter what the subject in the negative form,

Remember, no matter what the subject in the negative form,

we say ‘did not’

we say 'did not'

or ‘didn't’.

or 'didn't'.

Then we keep the verb in its base form.

Then we keep the verb in its base form.

‘We did not grow’ or ‘We didn't grow flowers.’

'We did not grow' or 'We didn't grow flowers.'

The next sentence says, ‘Where __ you teach last year?’

The next sentence says, 'Where __ you teach last year?'

This is a question.

This is a question.

Again, all we need to put is ‘did’.

Again, all we need to put is 'did'.

‘Where did you teach last year?’

'Where did you teach last year?'

It doesn't matter what the subject is.

It doesn't matter what the subject is.

We always go with ‘did’.

We always go with 'did'.

Next, try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Next, try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘He didn't sold newspapers.’

'He didn't sold newspapers.'

Remember, in the negative, ‘didn't’ is correct for whatever subject there is.

Remember, in the negative, 'didn't' is correct for whatever subject there is.

However, we need to keep the verb in its base form.

However, we need to keep the verb in its base form.

So the correct answer is, ‘He didn't sell newspapers.’

So the correct answer is, 'He didn't sell newspapers.'

The next sentence says, ‘Did she sing a song?’

The next sentence says, 'Did she sing a song?'

You'll notice it's a similar problem here.

You'll notice it's a similar problem here.

‘sang’ is the irregular past tense form of ‘sing’.

'sang' is the irregular past tense form of 'sing'.

But in a question, if it starts with ‘did’,

But in a question, if it starts with 'did',

we use the base form.

we use the base form.

‘Did she sing a song?’

'Did she sing a song?'

And finally, ‘We taked it home.’

And finally, 'We taked it home.'

Does that sound right?

Does that sound right?

‘taked’ is not correct.

'taked' is not correct.

The past tense of ‘take’ is ‘took’.

The past tense of 'take' is 'took'.

‘We took it home.’

'We took it home.'

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Wow, we learned a lot in this video.

Wow, we learned a lot in this video.

Keep studying and reviewing the past simple tense.

Keep studying and reviewing the past simple tense.

It's an essential tense that will help you talk about the past.

It's an essential tense that will help you talk about the past.

Keep studying English and I'll see you in the next video.

Keep studying English and I'll see you in the next video.

Bye. 

Adiós.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

I'm Esther.

soy Ester

In this video.

In this video.

I will introduce the past continuous tense.

I will introduce the past continuous tense.

This tense can be used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past.

This tense can be used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past.

It can also be used to describe two actions happening at the same time in the past.

It can also be used to describe two actions happening at the same time in the past.

There's a lot to learn so let's get started.

There's a lot to learn so let's get started.

Let's take a look at the first usage of the past continuous tense.

Let's take a look at the first usage of the past continuous tense.

This tense can be used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past.

This tense can be used to describe an action that was ongoing in the past.

Let's take a look at these examples.

Echemos un vistazo a estos ejemplos.

‘I was walking in the park in the evening.’

'I was walking in the park in the evening.'

So first we start with the subject, ‘I’.

So first we start with the subject, 'I'.

For I, he, she, and it, we follow with ‘was’.

For I, he, she, and it, we follow with 'was'.

‘I was’

'I was'

And then we add an ‘ING’ to the end of the verb.

And then we add an 'ING' to the end of the verb.

‘I was walking’

'I was walking'

Now take a look at the whole sentence.

Now take a look at the whole sentence.

‘I was walking in the park in the evening.’

'I was walking in the park in the evening.'

You can see that this was an ongoing action and it happened in the past.

You can see that this was an ongoing action and it happened in the past.

Let's look at the next example.

Let's look at the next example.

‘She was living here last year.’

'She was living here last year.'

Here, the subject is ‘she’.

Here, the subject is 'she'.

So again we use ‘was’ and then ‘verb-ing’.

So again we use 'was' and then 'verb-ing'.

Here we have another expression that shows that this action was happening in the past.

Here we have another expression that shows that this action was happening in the past.

‘The dog,’ or ‘it’, ‘was eating dinner five minutes ago.’

'The dog,' or 'it', 'was eating dinner five minutes ago.'

The subject here is ‘the dog’ which can be replaced by the pronoun ‘it’.

The subject here is 'the dog' which can be replaced by the pronoun 'it'.

And so we follow with ‘was’.

And so we follow with 'was'.

And finally, ‘Andy and Jim,’ we can replace this with ‘they’.

And finally, 'Andy and Jim,' we can replace this with 'they'.

For ‘you’, ‘we’ and ‘they’, we use ‘were’.

For 'you', 'we' and 'they', we use 'were'.

‘They were’, or ‘Andy and Jim were working at 9:00 p.m.’

'They were', or 'Andy and Jim were working at 9:00 pm'

Let's move on.

Let's move on.

The past continuous tense is also used to describe an ongoing

The past continuous tense is also used to describe an ongoing

action in the past that was interrupted by another action.

action in the past that was interrupted by another action.

This interrupting action is used in the past simple tense with the word ‘when’.

This interrupting action is used in the past simple tense with the word 'when'.

Let's take a look at this example.

Let's take a look at this example.

‘I was playing cards when you called.’

'I was playing cards when you called.'

Again we start with the subject ‘was’ or ‘were’,

Again we start with the subject 'was' or 'were',

and then ‘verb-ing’,

and then 'verb-ing',

so this is the action that was ongoing in the past,

so this is the action that was ongoing in the past,

‘I was playing cards’

'I was playing cards'

The interrupting action in this sentence is ‘you called’.

The interrupting action in this sentence is 'you called'.

You'll notice I use the word ‘when’ to show the interrupting action’

You'll notice I use the word 'when' to show the interrupting action'

And I used it in the past simple tense, ‘called’.

And I used it in the past simple tense, 'called'.

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

Let's take a look at the next sentence.

‘The cat' or 'it' was eating when Eric came home.’

'The cat' or 'it' was eating when Eric came home.'

Again the action in progress is ‘the cat was eating’.

Again the action in progress is 'the cat was eating'.

And ‘Eric came home’, you'll notice the past simple tense.

And 'Eric came home', you'll notice the past simple tense.

This is the interrupting action used with the word ‘when’.

This is the interrupting action used with the word 'when'.

‘We were sleeping when Anne arrived.’

'We were sleeping when Anne arrived.'

Again we have the ongoing action in the past.

Again we have the ongoing action in the past.

The subject here is ‘we’.

The subject here is 'we'.

And so we used ‘were’ and then ‘verb-ing’.

And so we used 'were' and then 'verb-ing'.

‘When Anne arrived’ is the interrupting action.

'When Anne arrived' is the interrupting action.

And finally, ‘Alicia and I’, or ‘We' were walking when we saw Mark.’

And finally, 'Alicia and I', or 'We' were walking when we saw Mark.'

‘When we saw Mark’ is the interrupting action that interrupted the ongoing ‘Alicia

'When we saw Mark' is the interrupting action that interrupted the ongoing 'Alicia

and I were walking’.

and I were walking'.

It's also important to note that we can also switch the order of the sentence around and

It's also important to note that we can also switch the order of the sentence around and

say,

‘When you called, I was playing cards,’

say,

'When you called, I was playing cards,'

or ‘When Eric came home, the cat was eating.’

or 'When Eric came home, the cat was eating.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Another usage for the past continuous tense is to talk about two actions that were

Another usage for the past continuous tense is to talk about two actions that were

happening at the same time in the past.

happening at the same time in the past.

We use the past continuous tense for both actions with the word ‘while’.

We use the past continuous tense for both actions with the word 'while'.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

The first sentence says, ‘While I was playing soccer, she was watching

The first sentence says, 'While I was playing soccer, she was watching

me.’

me.'

You'll notice that both actions are in the past continuous tense.

You'll notice that both actions are in the past continuous tense.

‘I was playing soccer’ and ‘She was watching me’.

'I was playing soccer' and 'She was watching me'.

The word ‘while’ at the beginning shows that these actions were happening at the sametime.

The word 'while' at the beginning shows that these actions were happening at the sametime.

‘While you were reading, I was preparing dinner.’

'While you were reading, I was preparing dinner.'

Again both actions are expressed in the past continuous tense.

Again both actions are expressed in the past continuous tense.

The word ‘while’ shows that they were happening at the same time.

The word 'while' shows that they were happening at the same time.

‘While Her husband’ or ‘he’, ‘was driving

'While Her husband' or 'he', 'was driving

she was taking pictures.’

she was taking pictures.'

Both actions are in the past continuous tense.

Both actions are in the past continuous tense.

And finally,

And finally,

‘While we were eating, the music was playing.’

'While we were eating, the music was playing.'

Both actions were happening at the same time.

Both actions were happening at the same time.

Now, you'll notice that in my examples the word ‘while’ comes at the beginning,

Now, you'll notice that in my examples the word 'while' comes at the beginning,

however, it's important to note that you can move the word ‘while’ around in several

however, it's important to note that you can move the word 'while' around in several

ways.

ways.

For example, instead of saying this,

For example, instead of saying this,

‘While I was playing soccer, she was watching me.’

'While I was playing soccer, she was watching me.'

I can move ‘while’ to the middle of the sentence.

I can move 'while' to the middle of the sentence.

‘I was playing soccer while she was watching me.’

'I was playing soccer while she was watching me.'

I can put the ‘while’ between the two actions.

I can put the 'while' between the two actions.

Or I can also change the sentence around and say,

Or I can also change the sentence around and say,

‘While she was watching me, I was playing soccer.’

'While she was watching me, I was playing soccer.'

So it doesn't matter which action comes first with the ‘while’ if you put it in the

So it doesn't matter which action comes first with the 'while' if you put it in the

beginning.

beginning.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's talk about the negative form of the past continuous tense.

Now let's talk about the negative form of the past continuous tense.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

‘She was not reading last night.’

'She was not reading last night.'

The subject is ‘she’ and so we use ‘was’.

The subject is 'she' and so we use 'was'.

However, before the ‘verb-ing’, we add ‘not’.

However, before the 'verb-ing', we add 'not'.

‘She was not reading last night.’

'She was not reading last night.'

I can use a contraction and say,

I can use a contraction and say,

‘She wasn't reading last night.’

'She wasn't reading last night.'

‘We were not listening to music this morning.’

'We were not listening to music this morning.'

In this case, the subject is ‘we’ and so we use ‘were’.

Again ‘not’ comes before the ‘verb-ing’.

In this case, the subject is 'we' and so we use 'were'. Again 'not' comes before the 'verb-ing'.

‘We were not listening to music this morning.’

Again I can use a contraction and say,

'We were not listening to music this morning.' Again I can use a contraction and say,

‘We weren't listening to music this morning.’

'We weren't listening to music this morning.'

And the next one says, ‘He wasn't watching TV when his dad came

And the next one says, 'He wasn't watching TV when his dad came

home.’

home.'

In this example, the contraction is already there for you,

In this example, the contraction is already there for you,

‘He wasn't watching TV’.

'He wasn't watching TV'.

You'll notice the word ‘when’.

You'll notice the word 'when'.

Remember ‘when’ + ‘a past simple tense verb’ shows an interrupting action,

Remember 'when' + 'a past simple tense verb' shows an interrupting action,

so, ‘When his dad came home he wasn't watching TV.’

so, 'When his dad came home he wasn't watching TV.'

He was doing something else.

He was doing something else.

And finally,

And finally,

‘They weren't talking while the game was playing.’

'They weren't talking while the game was playing.'

The word ‘while’ is in this sentence.

The word 'while' is in this sentence.

Remember that shows 2 past ongoing actions happening at the same time,

Remember that shows 2 past ongoing actions happening at the same time,

so ‘While the game was playing they weren't talking’.

so 'While the game was playing they weren't talking'.

They were doing something else.

They were doing something else.

Let's move on now.

Let's move on now.

Let's talk about how to form ‘be’ verb questions for the past continuous tense.

Let's talk about how to form 'be' verb questions for the past continuous tense.

Take a look at the first statement.

Take a look at the first statement.

It says,

It says,

‘It was raining this morning.’

'It was raining this morning.'

In order to turn this into a question, it's quite easy,

In order to turn this into a question, it's quite easy,

all we have to do is change the order of the first two words.

all we have to do is change the order of the first two words.

Instead of ‘It was’, I now say ‘Was it’ to make it a question.

Instead of 'It was', I now say 'Was it' to make it a question.

You'll notice that the rest of the words stay in the same place.

You'll notice that the rest of the words stay in the same place.

‘Was it raining this morning?’

'Was it raining this morning?'

You can answer by saying, ‘Yes, it was.’ or ‘No, it wasn't.’

You can answer by saying, 'Yes, it was.' or 'No, it wasn't.'

The next statement says,

The next statement says,

‘They were living there when the fire happened.’

'They were living there when the fire happened.'

To turn this into a big question, again we just switched the order of the first two words.

To turn this into a big question, again we just switched the order of the first two words.

Instead of ‘They were’, we say ‘Were they’.

Instead of 'They were', we say 'Were they'.

And again, the rest of the words can stay in the same place.

And again, the rest of the words can stay in the same place.

‘Were they living there when the fire happened?’

'Were they living there when the fire happened?'

And you can answer by saying,

And you can answer by saying,

‘Yes, they were’ or ‘No, they weren't.’

'Yes, they were' or 'No, they weren't.'

Let's continue on.

Continuemos.

Now I'll go into how to make WH questions for the past continuous tense.

Now I'll go into how to make WH questions for the past continuous tense.

You'll notice that the examples here all begin with some WH words.

You'll notice that the examples here all begin with some WH words.

For example, ‘what’, ‘where’, ‘why’, and ‘who’.

For example, 'what', 'where', 'why', and 'who'.

Let's take a look at the first question.

Let's take a look at the first question.

‘What were they doing last night?”

'What were they doing last night?”

The subject of this sentence is ‘they’.

El sujeto de esta oración es 'ellos'.

So what you do is after the WH word you put the proper ‘be’ verb.

So what you do is after the WH word you put the proper 'be' verb.

In this case, ‘were’.

In this case, 'were'.

‘What were they doing last night?’

'What were they doing last night?'

You'll notice that after the subject comes the ‘verb-ing’.

You'll notice that after the subject comes the 'verb-ing'.

‘What were they doing last night?’

'What were they doing last night?'

I can answer by saying, ‘They were playing games’ or

I can answer by saying, 'They were playing games' or

‘They were reading a book’.

'They were reading a book'.

The next question says,

The next question says,

‘Where was he working last week?’

'Where was he working last week?'

In this case the subject is ‘he’ and so the be verb to use is ‘was’.

In this case the subject is 'he' and so the be verb to use is 'was'.

‘Where was he working last week?’

I can say, ‘He was working in Canada.’

‘Why was she crying when she finished the book?’

In this case, the subject is ‘she’ and so I put ‘was’ after ‘why’.

'Where was he working last week?' I can say, 'He was working in Canada.'

'Why was she crying when she finished the book?' In this case, the subject is 'she' and so I put 'was' after 'why'.

‘Why was she crying when she finished the book?’

'Why was she crying when she finished the book?'

I can say, ‘She was crying because the ending was sad.’

I can say, 'She was crying because the ending was sad.'

And finally,

And finally,

‘Who were the children staying with while their mom was working?’

'Who were the children staying with while their mom was working?'

In this case, ‘the children’ is a ‘they’

In this case, 'the children' is a 'they'

so we follow 'who' with ‘were’.

so we follow 'who' with 'were'.

‘Who were they’ or

'Who were they' or

‘Who were the children staying with while their mom was working?’

'Who were the children staying with while their mom was working?'

To answer, I can say, ‘The children’ or

To answer, I can say, 'The children' or

‘They were staying with their dad.’

'They were staying with their dad.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

In this section, let's do a checkup for the past continuous tense.

In this section, let's do a checkup for the past continuous tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

‘Last night they were blank at school.’

'Last night they were blank at school.'

I want you to try to fill in the blank with the negative for the verb ‘stay’.

I want you to try to fill in the blank with the negative for the verb 'stay'.

‘not stay’

'not stay'

What do you think it is?

What do you think it is?

Remember, for the negative of the past continuous,

Remember, for the negative of the past continuous,

all you have to do is put ‘not’ and then ‘verb-ing’ after the 'be' verb.

all you have to do is put 'not' and then 'verb-ing' after the 'be' verb.

‘They were not staying at school last.’

'They were not staying at school last.'

‘Last night, they were not staying at school.’

'Last night, they were not staying at school.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘Two days ago you blank soccer.’

'Two days ago you blank soccer.'

Again try the negative for the verb ‘play’.

Again try the negative for the verb 'play'.

‘Two days ago blank not play soccer.’

'Two days ago blank not play soccer.'

In this case, the first thing that's missing is the ‘be’ verb.

In this case, the first thing that's missing is the 'be' verb.

If the subject is ‘you’, can you think of which be verb needs to be put in there?

If the subject is 'you', can you think of which be verb needs to be put in there?

The correct answer is ‘were’.

The correct answer is 'were'.

And then, we say ‘not’.

And then, we say 'not'.

What happens after that?

What happens after that?

Remember, ‘verb-ing’.

Remember, 'verb-ing'.

So ‘you were not playing’

So 'you were not playing'

‘two days ago, you were not playing soccer’

'two days ago, you were not playing soccer'

You can also use a contraction and say,

You can also use a contraction and say,

‘You weren't playing soccer.’

'You weren't playing soccer.'

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Yesterday, she were reading at home.’

'Yesterday, she were reading at home.'

hmmm

hmmm

The subject of this sentence is ‘she’ so the ‘be’ verb to use is not ‘were’.

The subject of this sentence is 'she' so the 'be' verb to use is not 'were'.

It's 'was'.

It's 'was'.

‘Yesterday, she was reading at home.’

'Yesterday, she was reading at home.'

In the next sentence it says, ‘Tomorrow, they were seeing their friends.’

In the next sentence it says, 'Tomorrow, they were seeing their friends.'

hmmm

hmmm

‘They’ and ‘were’

'They' and 'were'

That's correct.

That's correct.

And we have the ‘verb-ing’

And we have the 'verb-ing'

So what's the mistake?

So what's the mistake?

Remember the past continuous is for the past.

Remember the past continuous is for the past.

‘Tomorrow’ is not the past.

'Tomorrow' is not the past.

So instead, we need to put a word that shows the past.

So instead, we need to put a word that shows the past.

For example, I can say, ‘yesterday’.

For example, I can say, 'yesterday'.

‘Yesterday, they were seeing their friends.’

'Yesterday, they were seeing their friends.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, let's start a checkup of the ‘when’ usage

Now, let's start a checkup of the 'when' usage

of the past continuous tense.

of the past continuous tense.

Take a look at the first example.

Take a look at the first example.

It says, ‘Andrea and John’ blank when they bank hurt.’

It says, 'Andrea and John' blank when they bank hurt.'

Remember ‘when’ shows an interrupting action.

Remember 'when' shows an interrupting action.

It needs to be used with the past simple tense.

It needs to be used with the past simple tense.

So let's first look at the second blank.

So let's first look at the second blank.

‘When they blank hurt’

'When they blank hurt'

What's the past tense of the verb ‘get’?

What's the past tense of the verb 'get'?

The answer is ‘got’.

The answer is 'got'.

Now let's take a look at the action that was in progress in the past.

Now let's take a look at the action that was in progress in the past.

‘Andrea and John’ or ‘they’

'Andrea and John' or 'they'

Well what comes after ‘they’?

Well what comes after 'they'?

‘were’.

'were'.

‘Andrea and John were’

'Andrea and John were'

Then remember we need to add -ing to the verb.

Then remember we need to add -ing to the verb.

‘They were skiing’ or ‘Andrea and John were skiing when they got hurt’.

'They were skiing' or 'Andrea and John were skiing when they got hurt'.

The next example says, ‘It blank not raining when the game blank’.

The next example says, 'It blank not raining when the game blank'.

And I want you to use the verb ‘start’ for the second blank.

And I want you to use the verb 'start' for the second blank.

Take a look ‘when the game blank’ what's the past tense of ‘start’?

Take a look 'when the game blank' what's the past tense of 'start'?

‘started’

'started'

Now let's look at the first part of the sentence.

Now let's look at the first part of the sentence.

The subject is ‘it’.

The subject is 'it'.

So what ‘be’ verb do we use for 'it'?

So what 'be' verb do we use for 'it'?

‘was’

'was'

‘It was not raining when the game started.’

'It was not raining when the game started.'

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘I wasn't study at the library yesterday’.

'I wasn't study at the library yesterday'.

The subject here is ‘I’ and so the ‘be’ verb ‘was’ is correct.

The subject here is 'I' and so the 'be' verb 'was' is correct.

Here there's a contraction, ‘I wasn't’ for ‘I was not’.

Here there's a contraction, 'I wasn't' for 'I was not'.

Now the problem is with the verb.

Now the problem is with the verb.

Remember we need to put ‘–ing’ at the end of the verb.

Remember we need to put '–ing' at the end of the verb.

‘I wasn't studying at the library yesterday.’

'I wasn't studying at the library yesterday.'

And finally, ‘We did meet our friends last weekend.’

And finally, 'We did meet our friends last weekend.'

That sounds right, but remember we're doing the past continuous tense.

That sounds right, but remember we're doing the past continuous tense.

Take a look again.

Take a look again.

The subject is ‘we’.

The subject is 'we'.

We need a ‘be’ verb.

We need a 'be' verb.

‘were’

'were'

Then what happens?

Then what happens?

Remember, we need to add an ‘-ing’ to the end of the verb,

Remember, we need to add an '-ing' to the end of the verb,

so we take out ‘did’ and say, ‘We were meeting our friends last weekend.’

so we take out 'did' and say, 'We were meeting our friends last weekend.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, for this checkup, we'll look at the ‘while’ usage of the past continuous tense.

Now, for this checkup, we'll look at the 'while' usage of the past continuous tense.

Take a look at the first example.

Take a look at the first example.

‘While I blank someone blank my bike.’

'While I blank someone blank my bike.'

When we use ‘while’ in the past continuous tense,

When we use 'while' in the past continuous tense,

we're showing that two actions happened at the same time in the past

we're showing that two actions happened at the same time in the past

or they were happening at the same time in the past.

or they were happening at the same time in the past.

So we need to use the past continuous for both actions.

So we need to use the past continuous for both actions.

‘While I blank’

'While I blank'

I want you to use ‘shop’ in the first blank.

I want you to use 'shop' in the first blank.

Remember, the subject here is ‘I’ so I need to use the ‘be’ verb ‘was’.

Remember, the subject here is 'I' so I need to use the 'be' verb 'was'.

Then ‘verb-ing’.

Then 'verb-ing'.

‘While I was shopping’

'While I was shopping'

Now ‘someone’ can be a ‘he’ or ‘she’.

Now 'someone' can be a 'he' or 'she'.

Therefore, again we need to use ‘was’

Therefore, again we need to use 'was'

and then the ‘verb-ing’ of ‘steal’.

and then the 'verb-ing' of 'steal'.

‘While I was shopping, someone was stealing my bike.’

'While I was shopping, someone was stealing my bike.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘While he blank’

'While he blank'

I want you to use the verb ‘cook’.

I want you to use the verb 'cook'.

The subject is ‘he’ and so I need to use ‘was cooking’.

The subject is 'he' and so I need to use 'was cooking'.

‘While he was cooking, his girlfriend was cleaning.’

'While he was cooking, his girlfriend was cleaning.'

Did you get that?

¿Lo entendiste?

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Jane was looking for us while we get off the plane.’

'Jane was looking for us while we get off the plane.'

The first part of the sentence is correct.

The first part of the sentence is correct.

‘Jane was looking’

'Jane was looking'

Now the second part of the sentence.

Now the second part of the sentence.

Notice it's not in the past continuous tense.

Notice it's not in the past continuous tense.

‘While we get off the plane’

'While we get off the plane'

So what we need to do is say, ‘were getting’.

So what we need to do is say, 'were getting'.

‘Jane was looking for us while we were getting off the plane.’

'Jane was looking for us while we were getting off the plane.'

The next sentence says, 'I was watching TV while my wife sleep’

The next sentence says, 'I was watching TV while my wife sleep'

Again this part of the sentence did not use the past continuous tense.

Again this part of the sentence did not use the past continuous tense.

My wife is a ‘she’ and so I need to say ‘was sleeping’.

My wife is a 'she' and so I need to say 'was sleeping'.

‘I was watching TV while my wife was sleeping.’

'I was watching TV while my wife was sleeping.'

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Good job, everybody in learning the past  

Good job, everybody in learning the past

continuous tense.

continuous tense.

This tense can be a little difficult and a little tricky.

This tense can be a little difficult and a little tricky.

Especially when it comes to the ‘when’ and ‘while’ usage.

Especially when it comes to the 'when' and 'while' usage.

It'll take some practice to really master it, but I know you can do it.

It'll take some practice to really master it, but I know you can do it.

Keep studying English and I'll see you in the next video. 

Keep studying English and I'll see you in the next video.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

I'm Esther.

soy Ester

In this video, I will introduce the past perfect tense.

In this video, I will introduce the past perfect tense.

This tense is used to describe an action that took place at a specific time in the past.

This tense is used to describe an action that took place at a specific time in the past.

This tense can be a little tricky, but don't worry I will guide you through it.

This tense can be a little tricky, but don't worry I will guide you through it.

There's so much to learn and it's a very important tense.

There's so much to learn and it's a very important tense.

So keep watching.

Así que sigue mirando.

Let's take a look at the first usage of the past perfect tense.

Let's take a look at the first usage of the past perfect tense.

This tense can be used to describe an action in the past

This tense can be used to describe an action in the past

that happened before another action in the past.

that happened before another action in the past.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

‘I have visited China before I moved there.’

'I have visited China before I moved there.'

No matter what the subject you follow with ‘had’,

No matter what the subject you follow with 'had',

So that's easy.

So that's easy.

‘I had’ ‘Steve had’

'I had' 'Steve had'

‘The plane had’ and ‘We had’.

'The plane had' and 'We had'.

Then, we follow with the past participle of the verb.

Then, we follow with the past participle of the verb.

In this case, it's ‘visited’.

In this case, it's 'visited'.

‘I had visited China.’

'I had visited China.'

Now you'll notice that the second verb is in the past simple tense.

Now you'll notice that the second verb is in the past simple tense.

‘I moved there.’

'I moved there.'

And I'll talk about that a little bit more later on.

And I'll talk about that a little bit more later on.

‘Steve had bought the book.’

'Steve had bought the book.'

Again, ‘subject’, ‘had’ and ‘past participle’.

Again, 'subject', 'had' and 'past participle'.

In this case, the verb is ‘buy’.

In this case, the verb is 'buy'.

‘Steve had bought the book before he read it.’

'Steve had bought the book before he read it.'

Again, we have the simple tense of ‘read’ which is ‘read’.

Again, we have the simple tense of 'read' which is 'read'.

And finally, ‘The plane had left by the time I got to the airport.’

And finally, 'The plane had left by the time I got to the airport.'

Again, the first part of this sentence is in the past perfect tense.

Again, the first part of this sentence is in the past perfect tense.

‘The plane had left’.

'The plane had left'.

This is the past participle of ‘leave’.

This is the past participle of 'leave'.

The second verb says, ‘I got to the airport.’

The second verb says, 'I got to the airport.'

‘got’ is the past tense of ‘get’.

'got' is the past tense of 'get'.

Now what these three sentences have in common is that you'll see, ‘before’.

Now what these three sentences have in common is that you'll see, 'before'.

‘before’ or ‘by the time’.

'before' or 'by the time'.

They all mean the same thing.

They all mean the same thing.

The verb that is in the past perfect tense happened first.

The verb that is in the past perfect tense happened first.

The verb that's in the past simple tense happen after.

The verb that's in the past simple tense happen after.

So again, for the first example.

So again, for the first example.

‘before I move there’ That happened later.

'before I move there' That happened later.

Before that, ‘I had already visited China.’

Before that, 'I had already visited China.'

Do you understand how that works?

Do you understand how that works?

Let's take a look at the last example.

Let's take a look at the last example.

‘When they arrived, we had already started the game.’

'When they arrived, we had already started the game.'

So maybe they were late or something had happened.

So maybe they were late or something had happened.

But ‘When they arrived’, this is the past simple tense.

But 'When they arrived', this is the past simple tense.

So this happened second.

So this happened second.

‘We had already started the game.’

'We had already started the game.'

This action had already started.

This action had already started.

It started before this action.

It started before this action.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Earlier I mentioned that the past perfect tense can be used to describe an action

Earlier I mentioned that the past perfect tense can be used to describe an action

that happened in the past before another action in the past.

that happened in the past before another action in the past.

We can do the same thing but also emphasize the duration.

We can do the same thing but also emphasize the duration.

How long that first action happened.

How long that first action happened.

We do this by using four and a duration.

We do this by using four and a duration.

Let's take a look.

Vamos a ver.

‘I had owned my computer for two months before it broke.’

'I had owned my computer for two months before it broke.'

This is very similar to the first usage.

This is very similar to the first usage.

‘I had’ and the past participle of the verb.

'I had' and the past participle of the verb.

This part shows the action that happened earlier in the past.

This part shows the action that happened earlier in the past.

The second part, ‘it broke’.

The second part, 'it broke'.

The past simple tense verb shows the action in the past

The past simple tense verb shows the action in the past

that happened later than the first action.

that happened later than the first action.

However, you'll notice that this sentence has a duration, ‘for two months’.

However, you'll notice that this sentence has a duration, 'for two months'.

‘I had owned my computer for two months before it broke.’

'I had owned my computer for two months before it broke.'

All I'm doing here is showing how long the first action had been true.

All I'm doing here is showing how long the first action had been true.

Let's take a look at the next example.

Let's take a look at the next example.

‘Jim had been lonely for a long time until he got a puppy.’

'Jim had been lonely for a long time until he got a puppy.'

Again, we have subject ‘had’, past participle.

Again, we have subject 'had', past participle.

And then we have the past simple ‘he got a puppy’.

And then we have the past simple 'he got a puppy'.

All we're doing here is emphasizing how long first action had been true.

All we're doing here is emphasizing how long first action had been true.

He had been lonely for a long time.

He had been lonely for a long time.

That is until the later action, ‘he got a puppy.’

That is until the later action, 'he got a puppy.'

And finally, ‘She and I had been friends for many years before she became my wife.’

And finally, 'She and I had been friends for many years before she became my wife.'

The first part of the sentence is the past perfect.

The first part of the sentence is the past perfect.

It happened before she became my wife.

It happened before she became my wife.

But I want to explain how long that had been true for many years.

But I want to explain how long that had been true for many years.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now I'll introduce how to form the negative in the past perfect tense.

Now I'll introduce how to form the negative in the past perfect tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

The first sentence says, ‘I had not eaten at the restaurant before I went yesterday.’

The first sentence says, 'I had not eaten at the restaurant before I went yesterday.'

Again, we have the past perfect tense here and the past simple tense here.

Again, we have the past perfect tense here and the past simple tense here.

This one is the action that happened earlier in the past

This one is the action that happened earlier in the past

And this one over here is the action that happened later in the past.

And this one over here is the action that happened later in the past.

However, because this is the negative, what I'm going to do is add a 'not' between

However, because this is the negative, what I'm going to do is add a 'not' between

the ‘had’ and the past participle of the verb.

the 'had' and the past participle of the verb.

So I say, ‘I have not eaten’.

So I say, 'I have not eaten'.

Or I can use the contraction

Or I can use the contraction

and say, ‘I hadn't eaten at the restaurant before I went yesterday.’

and say, 'I hadn't eaten at the restaurant before I went yesterday.'

The next sentence is very similar.’

The next sentence is very similar.'

‘She had not been to the circus before she went last week.’

'She had not been to the circus before she went last week.'

Here's the action that happened earlier in the past,

Here's the action that happened earlier in the past,

and here's the action that happened later in the past.

and here's the action that happened later in the past.

However, again, because it's negative,

However, again, because it's negative,

I put a 'not' between ‘had’ and the past participle of the verb.

I put a 'not' between 'had' and the past participle of the verb.

Also, I can use the contraction and say, ‘She hadn't been to the circus.’

Also, I can use the contraction and say, 'She hadn't been to the circus.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘The cat hadn't chased the bird for very long before it flew away.’

'The cat hadn't chased the bird for very long before it flew away.'

Remember, we can show duration,

Remember, we can show duration,

or how long the first action was true.

or how long the first action was true.

by using 'for' and a duration.

by using 'for' and a duration.

Because this is the negative form,

Because this is the negative form,

again, I use 'had not' after the subject and before the past participle of the verb

again, I use 'had not' after the subject and before the past participle of the verb

In this case, the contraction ‘hadn't’ is already there for you.

In this case, the contraction 'hadn't' is already there for you.

‘We hadn't known each other for three months before we married.’

'We hadn't known each other for three months before we married.'

That's a pretty short time.

That's a pretty short time.

It shows the duration by saying ‘for’, How long?

It shows the duration by saying 'for', How long?

‘three months’

'three months'

Let's move on.

Let's move on.

Now, let's take a look at questions using ‘had’ in the past perfect tense.

Now, let's take a look at questions using 'had' in the past perfect tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

It says, ‘She had eaten lunch by noon.’

It says, 'She had eaten lunch by noon.'

Now, to turn this into a question is quite easy.

Now, to turn this into a question is quite easy.

All you have to do is change the order of the first two words.

All you have to do is change the order of the first two words.

So instead of ‘she had’, we say ‘Had she’.

So instead of 'she had', we say 'Had she'.

‘Had she eaten lunch by noon?’

'Had she eaten lunch by noon?'

You can say, ‘Yes, she had.’

You can say, 'Yes, she had.'

or ‘No, she hadn't.’

or 'No, she hadn't.'

The next sentence says, ‘It had rained before they left.’

The next sentence says, 'It had rained before they left.'

Again simply switched the order of the first two words.

Again simply switched the order of the first two words.

Instead of ‘It had’, say ‘Had it’ to make a question.

Instead of 'It had', say 'Had it' to make a question.

‘Had it rained before they left?’

'Had it rained before they left?'

To reply you can say, ‘Yes, it had.’

To reply you can say, 'Yes, it had.'

or ‘No, it hadn't.’

or 'No, it hadn't.'

Let's move on now.

Let's move on now.

I'll go into how to form ‘WH’ questions in the past perfect tense.

I'll go into how to form 'WH' questions in the past perfect tense.

Let's take a look.

Vamos a ver.

Here we see at the beginning of each question a 'WH' word.

Here we see at the beginning of each question a 'WH' word.

‘where’, ‘who’, ‘what’, and ‘how’.

'where', 'who', 'what', and 'how'.

Let's take a look at the first question.

Let's take a look at the first question.

‘Where had he traveled before?’

'Where had he traveled before?'

You'll notice that after each ‘WH’ word, we have ‘had’.

You'll notice that after each 'WH' word, we have 'had'.

And then the subject and then the past participle of the verb.

And then the subject and then the past participle of the verb.

‘Where had he traveled before?’

'Where had he traveled before?'

The next question says, ‘Who had she talked to before?’

The next question says, 'Who had she talked to before?'

This is the same thing the ‘WH’ word

This is the same thing the 'WH' word

‘had she’ and then the past participle.

'had she' and then the past participle.

You'll notice here that we have the word ‘before’, but we didn't write a specific point in time.

You'll notice here that we have the word 'before', but we didn't write a specific point in time.

If you see that it simply means before now.

If you see that it simply means before now.

The next question says, ‘What had he eaten before lunch?’

The next question says, 'What had he eaten before lunch?'

Again we follow the same formula, however, here it says ‘lunch for you'.

Again we follow the same formula, however, here it says 'lunch for you'.

The last one says,

The last one says,

‘How long had she known him before she dated him?’

'How long had she known him before she dated him?'

Again how long ‘had’ + ‘subject’ and then the past participle.

Again how long 'had' + 'subject' and then the past participle.

Let's take a look at how  to answer these questions.

Let's take a look at how to answer these questions.

‘Where had he traveled before?’

'Where had he traveled before?'

‘He had traveled to Europe.’

'He had traveled to Europe.'

is one possible answer.

is one possible answer.

‘Who had she talked to before?’

'Who had she talked to before?'

Here I can say, ‘She had talked to her brother.’

Here I can say, 'She had talked to her brother.'

‘What had he eaten before lunch?’

'What had he eaten before lunch?'

‘He had eaten sushi before lunch.’

'He had eaten sushi before lunch.'

And finally, ‘How long had she known him before she dated him?’

And finally, 'How long had she known him before she dated him?'

‘She had known him for three years.’

'She had known him for three years.'

That is one possible answer.

That is one possible answer.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's take a look at some practice exercises for the basic usage of the past perfect tense.

Now let's take a look at some practice exercises for the basic usage of the past perfect tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

‘I blank for six hours before I had a break.’

'I blank for six hours before I had a break.'

The verb here is ‘work’.

The verb here is 'work'.

Remember, we need to say ‘I had’.

Remember, we need to say 'I had'.

No matter what the subject is, say ‘had’.

No matter what the subject is, say 'had'.

And then, you take the past participle of the verb.

And then, you take the past participle of the verb.

In this case, we would say ‘worked’.

In this case, we would say 'worked'.

‘I had worked for six hours before I had a break.’

'I had worked for six hours before I had a break.'

For the next sentence, I want you to try the negative form.

For the next sentence, I want you to try the negative form.

‘We blank TV before we listened to the radio.’

'We blank TV before we listened to the radio.'

Remember, for the negative form, we say ‘had not’

Remember, for the negative form, we say 'had not'

or we use the contraction, ‘hadn't’.

or we use the contraction, 'hadn't'.

‘We hadn’t’.

'We hadn't'.

And then, we need the past participle.

And then, we need the past participle.

‘We hadn't watched TV before we listened to the radio.’

'We hadn't watched TV before we listened to the radio.'

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Reggie had it be to Mexico before he went to Peru.’

'Reggie had it be to Mexico before he went to Peru.'

Well, we have the subject here and for the negative, ‘hadn't’ is correct.

Well, we have the subject here and for the negative, 'hadn't' is correct.

However, we need the past participle of the verb ‘be’.

However, we need the past participle of the verb 'be'.

So the correct answer is,

So the correct answer is,

‘Reggie hadn't been to Mexico before he went to Peru.’

'Reggie hadn't been to Mexico before he went to Peru.'

And finally, ‘Sally and Jan or they had do their job.’

And finally, 'Sally and Jan or they had do their job.'

Hmm.

Mmm.

Remember, we need the past participle.

Remember, we need the past participle.

We don't say do.

We don't say do.

We say ‘done’.

We say 'done'.

‘Sally and Jan had done their job before they watched TV.’

'Sally and Jan had done their job before they watched TV.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

In this checkup, we'll take a look at some practice exercises

In this checkup, we'll take a look at some practice exercises

for the past perfect tense that describes how long.

for the past perfect tense that describes how long.

Let's take a look at the first sentence.

Echemos un vistazo a la primera oración.

‘You blank at the park for three hours before you came home.’

'You blank at the park for three hours before you came home.'

Remember, we start with the subject and then ‘had’.

Remember, we start with the subject and then 'had'.

So I'm going to add that here,

So I'm going to add that here,

then we need the past participle of the verb ‘be’.

then we need the past participle of the verb 'be'.

And that is ‘been’.

And that is 'been'.

‘You had been at the park for three hours before you came home.’

'You had been at the park for three hours before you came home.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘They blank for six hours before they took a break.’

'They blank for six hours before they took a break.'

Again, no matter what the subject, we have ‘had’ and then the past participle.

Again, no matter what the subject, we have 'had' and then the past participle.

So the answer is,

So the answer is,

‘They had studied for six hours before they took a break.’

'They had studied for six hours before they took a break.'

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

It's a little bit longer so it might take you a while.

It's a little bit longer so it might take you a while.

‘They had been known each other for ten years before they had their first fight.’

'They had been known each other for ten years before they had their first fight.'

Can you find the mistake?

¿Puedes encontrar el error?

Well, we have the subject and ‘had’, but check this out.

Well, we have the subject and 'had', but check this out.

There are two past participles here.

There are two past participles here.

We need to get rid of one of them.

We need to get rid of one of them.

We can take out this verb and say, ‘They had known each other for ten years

We can take out this verb and say, 'They had known each other for ten years

before they had their first fight.’

before they had their first fight.'

The next sentence says, ‘I have played soccer for many years before I scored my first goal.’

The next sentence says, 'I have played soccer for many years before I scored my first goal.'

This sentence doesn't look wrong at first.

This sentence doesn't look wrong at first.

But remember, in the past perfect tense, we need to say ‘had’.

But remember, in the past perfect tense, we need to say 'had'.

‘I had played soccer for many years before I scored my first goal.’

'I had played soccer for many years before I scored my first goal.'

Good job, everybody.

Good job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Now you have a better understanding of the past perfect tense.

Now you have a better understanding of the past perfect tense.

I know it can be a little difficult but keep studying,

I know it can be a little difficult but keep studying,

and keep practicing, and you will get better.

and keep practicing, and you will get better.

I know studying English is not easy but with time and effort,

I know studying English is not easy but with time and effort,

I know you'll master it.

I know you'll master it.

Thank you so much for watching and I'll see you in the next video.

Thank you so much for watching and I'll see you in the next video.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

I'm Esther.

soy Ester

In this video, I will introduce the past perfect continuous tense.

In this video, I will introduce the past perfect continuous tense.

It's a great tense that helps you express an ongoing action

It's a great tense that helps you express an ongoing action

in the past continuing up to another point in the past.

in the past continuing up to another point in the past.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

One usage of the past perfect continuous tense is to talk about an ongoing action in the

One usage of the past perfect continuous tense is to talk about an ongoing action in the

past that continued up to another point in the

past that continued up to another point in the

past.

past.

You can use ‘for’ and a duration to talk about

You can use 'for' and a duration to talk about

how long that action was in progress.

how long that action was in progress.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

‘I had been waiting for the bus for two hours before it arrived.’

'I had been waiting for the bus for two hours before it arrived.'

You'll notice that at the beginning.

You'll notice that at the beginning.

It doesn't matter what the subject is, we follow with ‘had been’.

It doesn't matter what the subject is, we follow with 'had been'.

For example, ‘I had been’, ‘Chuck had been’,

For example, 'I had been', 'Chuck had been',

And ‘Tom and Kim had been.’

And 'Tom and Kim had been.'

And then we follow with the verb ‘-ing’.

And then we follow with the verb '-ing'.

‘waiting’.

'waiting'.

‘I had been waiting.’

'I had been waiting.'

Now this is the ongoing action that happened first.

Now this is the ongoing action that happened first.

Again, four and two hours shows the duration.

Again, four and two hours shows the duration.

The second part says, ‘it arrived’.

The second part says, 'it arrived'.

This verb is in the past simple tense.

This verb is in the past simple tense.

Therefore, that is the second action.

Therefore, that is the second action.

It's the action that this first action happened until this action happened,

It's the action that this first action happened until this action happened,

so again, ‘I had been waiting for the bus,’ happened

so again, 'I had been waiting for the bus,' happened

first.

first.

And then, it happened until the bus arrived.

And then, it happened until the bus arrived.

‘Chuck had been cooking,’ Again, that part's easy.

'Chuck had been cooking,' Again, that part's easy.

No matter what’s the subject, we say ‘had been’ and then verb ‘-ing’.

No matter what's the subject, we say 'had been' and then verb '-ing'.

Again, I can show how long Chuck had been cooking by saying ‘for an hour’, showing

Again, I can show how long Chuck had been cooking by saying 'for an hour', showing

the duration.

the duration.

And then, I finished by saying, ‘before he finished’.

And then, I finished by saying, 'before he finished'.

He had been cooking up to this point in the past.

He had been cooking up to this point in the past.

Finally, ‘Tom and Kim had been walking,’ This part should be familiar to you by now,

Finally, 'Tom and Kim had been walking,' This part should be familiar to you by now,

‘for an hour’ Again, that shows duration.

'for an hour' Again, that shows duration.

‘before they rested.’

'before they rested.'

So they had been walking for an hour before they took a break.

So they had been walking for an hour before they took a break.

Before they rested.

Before they rested.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

The past perfect continuous tense is also used to express cause and effect in the

The past perfect continuous tense is also used to express cause and effect in the

past.

past.

The verb that's in the past perfect continuous tense shows the cause,

The verb that's in the past perfect continuous tense shows the cause,

why something happened.

why something happened.

We can use ‘because’ or ‘so’ to show the cause and effect.

We can use 'because' or 'so' to show the cause and effect.

Here, I'll explain.

Here, I'll explain.

‘Jason was tired because he had been jogging.’

'Jason was tired because he had been jogging.'

The first part of the sentence is in the past tense.

The first part of the sentence is in the past tense.

‘Jason was tired,’ However, we see ‘why?’

'Jason was tired,' However, we see 'why?'

Well, because, ‘he had been jogging’.

Well, because, 'he had been jogging'.

The second part of this sentence is in the past perfect continuous tense.

The second part of this sentence is in the past perfect continuous tense.

‘he had been’, remember no matter what the subject,

'he had been', remember no matter what the subject,

we follow with ‘had been’ and jogging – ‘verb -ing’.

we follow with 'had been' and jogging – 'verb -ing'.

‘he had been jogging’ This shows why Jason was tired.

'he had been jogging' This shows why Jason was tired.

The next sentence says, ‘The pavement’ or it ‘was wet because

The next sentence says, 'The pavement' or it 'was wet because

it had been raining.’

it had been raining.'

Similar to the first sentence, ‘it had been raining’ shows the cause.

Similar to the first sentence, 'it had been raining' shows the cause.

Why was the pavement wet?

Why was the pavement wet?

‘The pavement was wet because it had been raining.’

'The pavement was wet because it had been raining.'

In this sentence, we see a little difference.

In this sentence, we see a little difference.

‘The children had been playing’ Again, this is the past perfect continuous

'The children had been playing' Again, this is the past perfect continuous

tense.

tense.

‘had been playing’ The second part says, ‘the room was a mess’.

'had been playing' The second part says, 'the room was a mess'.

So here, instead of ‘because’ like the first two sentences,

So here, instead of 'because' like the first two sentences,

I used ‘so’.

I used 'so'.

So the order has been changed but the meaning is the same.

So the order has been changed but the meaning is the same.

This, ‘the children had been playing’ is why the room was a mess.

This, 'the children had been playing' is why the room was a mess.

This is the cause and this is the effect.

This is the cause and this is the effect.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's go into the negative form of the past perfect continuous tense.

Now let's go into the negative form of the past perfect continuous tense.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

‘I had not been working for a day before I quit.’

'I had not been working for a day before I quit.'

So no matter what the subject ‘I’, ‘you’, ‘she’, or ‘it’,

So no matter what the subject 'I', 'you', 'she', or 'it',

just like in the affirmative, we say ‘had’, but after the ‘had’, in the negative form,

just like in the affirmative, we say 'had', but after the 'had', in the negative form,

we add ‘not’. ‘had not’

we add 'not'. 'had not'

‘had not’ or you can use the contraction ‘hadn't’.

'had not' or you can use the contraction 'hadn't'.

Which is a combination of ‘had’ and ‘not’ together.

Which is a combination of 'had' and 'not' together.

‘I had not been working’ The rest of the sentence is the same.

'I had not been working' The rest of the sentence is the same.

‘been + verb -ing’ ‘I had not been working for a day before

'been + verb -ing' 'I had not been working for a day before

I quit.’

I quit.'

The next sentence says, ‘You had not been cutting onions for long

The next sentence says, 'You had not been cutting onions for long

before you cried.’

before you cried.'

Again, the ‘not’ goes between ‘had’ and ‘been’.

Again, the 'not' goes between 'had' and 'been'.

‘She hadn't been studying for long when she fell asleep.’

'She hadn't been studying for long when she fell asleep.'

Here, we have the contraction.

Here, we have the contraction.

And finally, ‘It hadn't been snowing for long when it

And finally, 'It hadn't been snowing for long when it

stopped.’

stopped.'

Again, we have the contraction for ‘had not’ here.

Again, we have the contraction for 'had not' here.

You'll notice that in the first two sentences, I used ‘before’.

You'll notice that in the first two sentences, I used 'before'.

And in the last two, I used ‘when’.

And in the last two, I used 'when'.

Either one can be used to show when the first action stopped.

Either one can be used to show when the first action stopped.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's go into how to form basic questions in the past perfect continuous tense.

Now let's go into how to form basic questions in the past perfect continuous tense.

Here is the first example.

Here is the first example.

‘He had been driving all day before he arrived.’

'He had been driving all day before he arrived.'

Now, to turn this into a question, all we have to do is change the order of the first

Now, to turn this into a question, all we have to do is change the order of the first

two words.

two words.

Instead of ‘He had’, now I can say, ‘Had he’, in order to form a question.

Instead of 'He had', now I can say, 'Had he', in order to form a question.

‘Had he been driving all day before he arrived?’

'Had he been driving all day before he arrived?'

The next sentence says, ‘The dog had been barking because it was

The next sentence says, 'The dog had been barking because it was

scared.’

scared.'

In this case, the subject is ‘The dog’.

In this case, the subject is 'The dog'.

And then we follow with ‘had’.

And then we follow with 'had'.

To turn this into a question, again, we switch the order.

To turn this into a question, again, we switch the order.

‘Had the dog been barking because it was scared?’

'Had the dog been barking because it was scared?'

You'll notice that in the question, the rest of the words stay in the same place.

You'll notice that in the question, the rest of the words stay in the same place.

Now, in the first question, we're asking how long an action happened,

Now, in the first question, we're asking how long an action happened,

or how long it was ongoing in the past.

or how long it was ongoing in the past.

And in this question, we ask about cause and effect.

And in this question, we ask about cause and effect.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, I'll introduce how to form WH questions in the past perfect continuous tense.

Now, I'll introduce how to form WH questions in the past perfect continuous tense.

Take a look at these examples.

Take a look at these examples.

You'll notice that they all start with a WH word.

You'll notice that they all start with a WH word.

Why, where, what, and who.

Why, where, what, and who.

You might also have noticed that after we have ‘had’.

You might also have noticed that after we have 'had'.

‘Why had’ ‘Where had’

'Why had' 'Where had'

‘What had’ and ‘Who had’

'What had' and 'Who had'

In the first question, after that comes the subject.

In the first question, after that comes the subject.

‘Why had you’ And then ‘been + verb -ing’

'Why had you' And then 'been + verb -ing'

And that's the same pattern we follow for all of these sentences.

And that's the same pattern we follow for all of these sentences.

So ‘Why had you been studying so much?’

So 'Why had you been studying so much?'

I can answer by saying, ‘I had been studying so much because I have

I can answer by saying, 'I had been studying so much because I have

a test.’

a test.'

‘Where had you been traveling before you came here?’

'Where had you been traveling before you came here?'

I can say, ‘I had been traveling through Asia.’

I can say, 'I had been traveling through Asia.'

‘What had they been playing before they played soccer?’

'What had they been playing before they played soccer?'

I can answer, ‘They had been playing baseball.’

I can answer, 'They had been playing baseball.'

And finally, ‘Who had she been talking to before she

And finally, 'Who had she been talking to before she

left home?’

left home?'

I can answer, ‘She had been talking to her boyfriend.’

I can answer, 'She had been talking to her boyfriend.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Let's start a checkup for the past perfect continuous tense.

Let's start a checkup for the past perfect continuous tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

It says, ‘They __ for a long time before they went home.’

It says, 'They __ for a long time before they went home.'

Try to fill in the blank with the verb ‘work’ in this tense.

Try to fill in the blank with the verb 'work' in this tense.

Remember, no matter what the subject, we follow the subject with ‘had been’.

Remember, no matter what the subject, we follow the subject with 'had been'.

So we say, ‘They had been’.

So we say, 'They had been'.

What happens to the verb?

What happens to the verb?

Remember, we add ‘-ing’.

Remember, we add '-ing'.

So the sentence is, ‘They had been working for a long time before they went home.’

So the sentence is, 'They had been working for a long time before they went home.'

Now, take a look at the second sentence.

Now, take a look at the second sentence.

I want you to use the negative.

I want you to use the negative.

‘I __ TV for a year before I started again.’

'I __ TV for a year before I started again.'

Remember, the negative form for this tense starts with the subject

Remember, the negative form for this tense starts with the subject

and then ‘had not been’.

and then 'had not been'.

Or I can use the contraction ‘hadn't’.

Or I can use the contraction 'hadn't'.

‘I hadn't been’ And then again, verb ‘-ing’.

'I hadn't been' And then again, verb '-ing'.

‘I hadn't been watching TV for a year before I started again.’

'I hadn't been watching TV for a year before I started again.'

Now, try to find the mistake in this next sentence.

Now, try to find the mistake in this next sentence.

‘Gina and I hadn't been do any work before we started.’

'Gina and I hadn't been do any work before we started.'

What's the error?

What's the error?

You'll notice that the verb does not have an ‘-ing’.

You'll notice that the verb does not have an '-ing'.

To make the sentence correct, we must say, ‘Gina and I hadn't been doing

To make the sentence correct, we must say, 'Gina and I hadn't been doing

any work before we started.’

any work before we started.'

Now, find the mistake here.

Now, find the mistake here.

‘He had be watching YouTube because he had some free time.’

'He had be watching YouTube because he had some free time.'

‘He had’, that's correct, but we need to change ‘be’ to been’.

'He had', that's correct, but we need to change 'be' to been'.

And ‘watching’ is correct.

And 'watching' is correct.

So, ‘He had been watching YouTube because he had some free time.’

So, 'He had been watching YouTube because he had some free time.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, let's move on to another checkup of the past perfect continuous tense.

Now, let's move on to another checkup of the past perfect continuous tense.

Take a look at the first example.

Take a look at the first example.

It says, ‘The company __ employees because they worked hard.’

It says, 'The company __ employees because they worked hard.'

Use the verb ‘promote’ in the past perfect continuous tense.

Use the verb 'promote' in the past perfect continuous tense.

Remember, no matter what the subject, we follow with ‘had been’.

Remember, no matter what the subject, we follow with 'had been'.

So we say, ‘The company had been’ and then verb ‘-ing’, so ‘promoting’.

So we say, 'The company had been' and then verb '-ing', so 'promoting'.

‘The company had been promoting employees because they worked hard.’

'The company had been promoting employees because they worked hard.'

The next example says, ‘I __ your emails for a while because they went to the spam

The next example says, 'I __ your emails for a while because they went to the spam

folder.’

folder.'

Here, try to use the negative form with the verb ‘get’.

Here, try to use the negative form with the verb 'get'.

Remember, in the negative form, we say ‘had not been getting’

Remember, in the negative form, we say 'had not been getting'

Or the contraction ‘hadn't been getting’.

Or the contraction 'hadn't been getting'.

‘I hadn't been getting your emails for a while because they went to the spam folder.’

'I hadn't been getting your emails for a while because they went to the spam folder.'

Now look for the mistake in the next sentence.

Now look for the mistake in the next sentence.

‘I had been work a lot because I needed the money.’

'I had been work a lot because I needed the money.'

What's the mistake?

What's the mistake?

Remember, we need to add ‘-ing’ to the verb.

Remember, we need to add '-ing' to the verb.

‘I had been working a lot because I needed the money.’

'I had been working a lot because I needed the money.'

The last sentence says, ‘He has been smoking because he was stressed.’

The last sentence says, 'He has been smoking because he was stressed.'

Can you find the mistake?

¿Puedes encontrar el error?

Remember, we're practicing the past perfect continuous.

Remember, we're practicing the past perfect continuous.

In this case, we need ‘had’ after the subject, not ‘has’.

In this case, we need 'had' after the subject, not 'has'.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Thank you so much for watching this  grammar course on the past tense. 

Thank you so much for watching this grammar course on the past tense.

Now, if you haven’t had a chance to check  out my grammar course on the present tense  

Now, if you haven't had a chance to check out my grammar course on the present tense

or the future tense, make sure you do that now. Thank you again for watching and I will see you  

or the future tense, make sure you do that now. Thank you again for watching and I will see you

next time. Bye. 

next time. Adiós.

Hi, everyone.

Hola a todos.

I'm Esther.

soy Ester

In this video, I will introduce the future simple tense

In this video, I will introduce the future simple tense

using 'will' and 'be going to'.

using 'will' and 'be going to'.

This is a very important tense that will help you express future actions and plans.

This is a very important tense that will help you express future actions and plans.

There's a lot to learn, so let's get started.

There's a lot to learn, so let's get started.

The future simple tense can be used to express a future action.

The future simple tense can be used to express a future action.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

‘I'm cold.’

'I'm cold.'

Well that's right now.

Well that's right now.

‘I will close the window.’

'I will close the window.'

We start with the subject ‘will’.

We start with the subject 'will'.

And then, the base verb.

And then, the base verb.

‘I will close the window.’

'I will close the window.'

In this example, I'm making a sudden decision because how I feel right now.

In this example, I'm making a sudden decision because how I feel right now.

I will close the window because I'm cold right now.

I will close the window because I'm cold right now.

‘I will be at the library tomorrow.’

'I will be at the library tomorrow.'

Again, you start with the subject and then ‘will’.

Again, you start with the subject and then 'will'.

After that, you have the base verb.

After that, you have the base verb.

You can use the ‘be’ verb to talk about a confirmed plan.

You can use the 'be' verb to talk about a confirmed plan.

‘I will be at the library tomorrow.’

'I will be at the library tomorrow.'

The economy will get better next year.

The economy will get better next year.

In this case, the subject is ‘the economy’.

In this case, the subject is 'the economy'.

Again, we follow with ‘will’ and the base verb ‘get’.

Again, we follow with 'will' and the base verb 'get'.

‘The economy will get better next year.’

'The economy will get better next year.'

I'm making a prediction here about something that will happen in the future.

I'm making a prediction here about something that will happen in the future.

And finally, ‘I will help you with your homework.’

And finally, 'I will help you with your homework.'

I'm making a future plan to help you.

I'm making a future plan to help you.

‘I will help you with your homework.’

'I will help you with your homework.'

It doesn't say when but I am talking about the future.

It doesn't say when but I am talking about the future.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

You can also use ‘be going to’ to express a future action.

You can also use 'be going to' to express a future action.

It's almost the same as ‘will’.

It's almost the same as 'will'.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

‘There's no milk.

'There's no milk.

I'm going to buy some.’

I'm going to buy some.'

So what you see here is the subject and then the ‘be’ verb - ‘am’.

So what you see here is the subject and then the 'be' verb - 'am'.

‘I am’

'I am'

And then here we used a contraction ‘I'm’.

And then here we used a contraction 'I'm'.

‘I'm going to buy some.’

'I'm going to buy some.'

I made a decision to buy some because there's no milk.

I made a decision to buy some because there's no milk.

The next sentence says, ‘It looks like it's going to snow tomorrow.’

The next sentence says, 'It looks like it's going to snow tomorrow.'

Here the subject is ‘it’ and so I use the ‘be’ verb – ‘is’.

Here the subject is 'it' and so I use the 'be' verb – 'is'.

‘it is’

'it is'

‘It's’ is the contraction.

'It's' is the contraction.

‘It's going to’ And then we use the base verb ‘snow’.

'It's going to' And then we use the base verb 'snow'.

The word ‘tomorrow’ shows that this is a future action.

The word 'tomorrow' shows that this is a future action.

‘He's going to take a trip in the summer.’

'He's going to take a trip in the summer.'

Because the subject is ‘he’, we use the ‘be’ verb – is.

Because the subject is 'he', we use the 'be' verb – is.

And we can use the contraction ‘he's’. ‘he is’ or ‘he's’ going to

And we can use the contraction 'he's'. 'he is' or 'he's' going to

And then the base verb ‘take’

And then the base verb 'take'

‘take a trip in the summer’

'take a trip in the summer'

Again an action happening in the future.

Again an action happening in the future.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, let's take a look at the negative form of

Now, let's take a look at the negative form of

the future simple tense.

the future simple tense.

The first example says, ‘Stan will not like his English score.’

The first example says, 'Stan will not like his English score.'

No matter what the subject is, we follow with ‘will not’ and then the

No matter what the subject is, we follow with 'will not' and then the

base form of the verb.

base form of the verb.

‘Stan will not like his English score.’

'Stan will not like his English score.'

‘We won't give you money anymore.’

'We won't give you money anymore.'

In this case, the subject is ‘we’.

In this case, the subject is 'we'.

And we follow with the contraction ‘won't’.

And we follow with the contraction 'won't'.

It sounds really different and it's different from other contractions,

It sounds really different and it's different from other contractions,

but ‘won't’ is the contraction for ‘will not’

but 'won't' is the contraction for 'will not'

so you can say ‘we will not’ or ‘we won't’.

so you can say 'we will not' or 'we won't'.

They're the same.

They're the same.

‘We won't give you money anymore.’

'We won't give you money anymore.'

Again, you notice the base verb ‘give’ after ‘not’.

Again, you notice the base verb 'give' after 'not'.

‘He is not going to fly until next week.’

'He is not going to fly until next week.'

This sentence uses ‘be going to’.

This sentence uses 'be going to'.

The subject is ‘he’.

The subject is 'he'.

And therefore the ‘be’ verb we use is – ‘is’

And therefore the 'be' verb we use is – 'is'

However we put a ‘not’ after the ‘be’ verb.

However we put a 'not' after the 'be' verb.

‘He is not going to …’ And then the base verb.

'He is not going to …' And then the base verb.

‘He is not going to fly until next week.’

'He is not going to fly until next week.'

The last sentence says, ‘You are not going to go to the party tonight.’

The last sentence says, 'You are not going to go to the party tonight.'

The subject is ‘you’ and so we use the ‘be’ verb – ‘are’.

The subject is 'you' and so we use the 'be' verb – 'are'.

‘You are not going to go …’ That's the base verb.

'You are not going to go …' That's the base verb.

‘… to the party tonight.’

'… to the party tonight.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's take a look at how to form basic questions in the future simple tense.

Now let's take a look at how to form basic questions in the future simple tense.

The first sentence says, ‘He will play with us.’

The first sentence says, 'He will play with us.'

To turn this into a question, all we have to do is change the order of the

To turn this into a question, all we have to do is change the order of the

first two words.

first two words.

So ‘He will becomes ‘Will he’.

So 'He will becomes 'Will he'.

‘Will he play with us?’

'Will he play with us?'

‘The next sentence says, ‘He is going to play with us.’

'The next sentence says, 'He is going to play with us.'

This one uses ‘be going to’.

This one uses 'be going to'.

The subject is ‘he’.

The subject is 'he'.

And so the ‘be’ verb to use is – ‘is’.

And so the 'be' verb to use is – 'is'.

Then we have ‘going to’ and then the base verb.

Then we have 'going to' and then the base verb.

‘He is going to play with us.’

'He is going to play with us.'

When I make a question, I simply again change the order of the first two words.

When I make a question, I simply again change the order of the first two words.

‘Is he going to play with us?’

'Is he going to play with us?'

Now if the subject were to be ‘you’ or ‘we’ or ‘they’,

Now if the subject were to be 'you' or 'we' or 'they',

we would say ‘they are’.

we would say 'they are'.

And so the question would say, ‘Are they'.

And so the question would say, 'Are they'.

'Are they going to play with them?’

'Are they going to play with them?'

for example.

for example.

So again, remember, for ‘will’ in the future simple tense,

So again, remember, for 'will' in the future simple tense,

just say ‘will’ subject and then the base form of the verb.

just say 'will' subject and then the base form of the verb.

However for ‘be going to’ questions, make sure that you pay attention to the proper

However for 'be going to' questions, make sure that you pay attention to the proper

'be' verb to use at the beginning of the question.

'be' verb to use at the beginning of the question.

To answer the first question, ‘Will he play with us?’

To answer the first question, 'Will he play with us?'

You can say ‘Yes, he will’ or ‘No, he won't’.

You can say 'Yes, he will' or 'No, he won't'.

‘Is he going to play with us?’

'Is he going to play with us?'

You can say, ‘Yes, he's going to’ or ‘No, he isn't going to’.

You can say, 'Yes, he's going to' or 'No, he isn't going to'.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Let's look at how to form ‘WH’ questions in the future simple tense.

Let's look at how to form 'WH' questions in the future simple tense.

If you notice each question begins with a ‘WH’ word.

If you notice each question begins with a 'WH' word.

Who

Who

When

When

Where

Where

And What

And What

The first two sentences use ‘will’ for the future simple tense.

The first two sentences use 'will' for the future simple tense.

‘Who will win the game?’

'Who will win the game?'

To answer I can say, ‘My team will win the game.’

To answer I can say, 'My team will win the game.'

‘When will they arrive?’

'When will they arrive?'

‘They will arrive in two hours.’

'They will arrive in two hours.'

Now these two sentences have ‘be going to’.

Now these two sentences have 'be going to'.

‘Where is he going to study?’

'Where is he going to study?'

In this case, I have the ‘be’ verb – ‘is’ because the subject is ‘he’.

In this case, I have the 'be' verb – 'is' because the subject is 'he'.

‘Where is he going to study?’

'Where is he going to study?'

I can say, ‘He is going to study at the library.’

I can say, 'He is going to study at the library.'

And finally, ‘What are you going to do?’

And finally, 'What are you going to do?'

In this case, I use the ‘be’ verb – ‘are’ because the subject is ‘you’.

In this case, I use the 'be' verb – 'are' because the subject is 'you'.

‘What are you going to do?’

'What are you going to do?'

‘I am going to take a shower.’

'I am going to take a shower.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

For this checkup let's take a look at the will usage for the future simple tense.

For this checkup let's take a look at the will usage for the future simple tense.

The first example says, ‘Jen and Paul [blank] home soon’

The first example says, 'Jen and Paul [blank] home soon'

with the verb ‘go’.

with the verb 'go'.

Remember, when using ‘will’ for the future simple tense,

Remember, when using 'will' for the future simple tense,

it doesn't matter what the subject is.

it doesn't matter what the subject is.

We say ‘will’ and then the base verb.

We say 'will' and then the base verb.

So here we can say, ‘Jen and Paul’ or ‘They will go home soon’.

So here we can say, 'Jen and Paul' or 'They will go home soon'.

‘I [blank] a scientist after I graduate.’

'I [blank] a scientist after I graduate.'

Try filling in the blank with ‘be’.

Try filling in the blank with 'be'.

Again, we simply say ‘will be’.

Again, we simply say 'will be'.

‘I will be a scientist after I graduate.’

'I will be a scientist after I graduate.'

Now try this one, ‘We [blank] that because it smells bad.’

Now try this one, 'We [blank] that because it smells bad.'

I want you to use the negative form with the verb ‘eat’.

I want you to use the negative form with the verb 'eat'.

Here we say, ‘will not eat’ or remember we can use the contraction ‘won't’.

Here we say, 'will not eat' or remember we can use the contraction 'won't'.

‘We will not eat that’ or ‘We won't eat that because it smells bad’.

'We will not eat that' or 'We won't eat that because it smells bad'.

Now look for the mistake in this sentence.

Now look for the mistake in this sentence.

‘I will eat a pizza for lunch.’

'I will eat a pizza for lunch.'

Remember, we need the base form of the verb.

Remember, we need the base form of the verb.

‘I will eat a pizza for lunch.’

'I will eat a pizza for lunch.'

‘Angie and I will playing a game.’

'Angie and I will playing a game.'

Again we need the base form of the verb.

Again we need the base form of the verb.

Angie and I will play a game.’

Angie and I will play a game.'

And finally, ‘Will she be cook dinner?’

And finally, 'Will she be cook dinner?'

This is a question.

This is a question.

However we need to say, ‘Will she cook dinner.’

However we need to say, 'Will she cook dinner.'

We do not need a ‘be’ verb here.

We do not need a 'be' verb here.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Let's practice the ‘be going to’ usage of the future simple tense.

Let's practice the 'be going to' usage of the future simple tense.

‘We [blank] going to _blank_ soccer.’

'We [blank] going to _blank_ soccer.'

I want you to use the verb ‘watch’.

I want you to use the verb 'watch'.

Remember, for ‘be going to’ in the future simple tense,

Remember, for 'be going to' in the future simple tense,

we start with the subject and then the ‘be’ verb.

we start with the subject and then the 'be' verb.

The subject here is ‘we’.

The subject here is 'we'.

So we need the ‘be’ verb – ‘are’.

So we need the 'be' verb – 'are'.

‘We are going to’ and then the base verb ‘watch’.

'We are going to' and then the base verb 'watch'.

‘We are going to watch soccer.’

'We are going to watch soccer.'

‘I [blank] going to [blank].’

'I [blank] going to [blank].'

The verb is ‘talk’.

The verb is 'talk'.

And I want you to use the negative form.

And I want you to use the negative form.

In this case, the subject is ‘I’.

In this case, the subject is 'I'.

And so I use the ‘be’ verb – ‘am’.

And so I use the 'be' verb – 'am'.

‘I am’ and then we need ‘not’.

'I am' and then we need 'not'.

‘I am not going to’

'I am not going to'

Then the base verb ‘talk’.

Then the base verb 'talk'.

‘Why [blank] you going to [blank]?’

'Why [blank] you going to [blank]?'

The verb here is ‘go’.

The verb here is 'go'.

In a question, especially a ‘WH’ question, we start with the ‘WH’ word,

In a question, especially a 'WH' question, we start with the 'WH' word,

and then the ‘be’ verb.

and then the 'be' verb.

‘are’ is the correct ‘be’ verb because the subject is ‘you’.

'are' is the correct 'be' verb because the subject is 'you'.

Then we have ‘going to’.

Then we have 'going to'.

And again, the base form of the verb.

And again, the base form of the verb.

‘Why are you going to go?’

'Why are you going to go?'

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now try to find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘You are going to studying at home.’

'You are going to studying at home.'

Can you find the mistake?

¿Puedes encontrar el error?

‘You are going to’ that's correct.

'You are going to' that's correct.

But we need the base form of the verb.

But we need the base form of the verb.

‘You are going to study at home.’

'You are going to study at home.'

‘You will be going to learn English.’

'You will be going to learn English.'

‘You will be going’

'You will be going'

That sounds a little strange.

That sounds a little strange.

Remember, we don't need the ‘will’ here.

Remember, we don't need the 'will' here.

We're using ‘be going to’ and we need to change the ‘be’ verb to match the subject.

We're using 'be going to' and we need to change the 'be' verb to match the subject.

‘You are going to learn English’.

'You are going to learn English'.

Or remember, you can also say, ‘You will learn English.

Or remember, you can also say, 'You will learn English.

and finally ‘Is he going to do play soccer.’

and finally 'Is he going to do play soccer.'

uh-oh We have two verbs here.

uh-oh We have two verbs here.

‘Is he going to’ - that's correct.

'Is he going to' - that's correct.

But we have ‘do’ and ‘play’.

But we have 'do' and 'play'.

We don't need both, so we say, ‘Is he going to play soccer?’

We don't need both, so we say, 'Is he going to play soccer?'

Great job everybody.

Great job everybody.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

You now have a better understanding of the future simple tense.

You now have a better understanding of the future simple tense.

There's still a lot of practice you need to do because this tense is so important.

There's still a lot of practice you need to do because this tense is so important.

Keep studying and I'll see you in the next video. 

Keep studying and I'll see you in the next video.

Hi, everybody.

Hola a todos.

I'm Esther.

soy Ester

In this video, I will introduce the future continuous English grammar tense.

In this video, I will introduce the future continuous English grammar tense.

This tense can be used to express an ongoing action in the future.

This tense can be used to express an ongoing action in the future.

I'll go over the basics of this lesson.

I'll go over the basics of this lesson.

And by the end you'll have a better idea of when to use this tense.

And by the end you'll have a better idea of when to use this tense.

There's a lot to learn, so let's get started.

There's a lot to learn, so let's get started.

One usage of the future continuous tense

One usage of the future continuous tense

is to talk about an ongoing action that will happen in the future.

is to talk about an ongoing action that will happen in the future.

We include when this action will be happening.

We include when this action will be happening.

We can use ‘will be’ or ‘be going to be’.

We can use 'will be' or 'be going to be'.

To do this, let's take a look at some examples.

To do this, let's take a look at some examples.

‘I will be taking the test soon.’

'I will be taking the test soon.'

So you can see here we have the subject and then ‘will be’.

So you can see here we have the subject and then 'will be'.

After that, we include verb +ing.

After that, we include verb +ing.

The word ‘soon’ at the end of this sentence indicates when this action will be happening.

The word 'soon' at the end of this sentence indicates when this action will be happening.

‘I am going to be taking the test soon.’

'I am going to be taking the test soon.'

This sentence means the same thing as the first sentence,

This sentence means the same thing as the first sentence,

but instead of ‘will be’, we used ‘be going to be’.

but instead of 'will be', we used 'be going to be'.

Here the subject is ‘I’.

Here the subject is 'I'.

And therefore we have the ‘be’ verb ‘am’.

And therefore we have the 'be' verb 'am'.

‘I am going to be’ And then verb +ing.

'I am going to be' And then verb +ing.

‘I am going to be taking the test soon.’

'I am going to be taking the test soon.'

I can also use the contraction and say.

I can also use the contraction and say.

‘I'm going to be taking the test soon.’

'I'm going to be taking the test soon.'

The next sentence says, ‘He will be sleeping by 10 p.m.’

The next sentence says, 'He will be sleeping by 10 pm'

And the last sentence says, ‘They are going to be …’

And the last sentence says, 'They are going to be …'

Here, because the subject is ‘they’, we use ‘are’.

Here, because the subject is 'they', we use 'are'.

‘They are going to be studying …’ There's the verb +ing

'They are going to be studying …' There's the verb +ing

‘… next October.’

'… next October.'

‘by 10 pm’ and ‘next October’ show when these actions will be happening.

'by 10 pm' and 'next October' show when these actions will be happening.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

The future continuous tense is also used to show

The future continuous tense is also used to show

that a short action in the future is happening

that a short action in the future is happening

during or while a longer action is in progress in the future,.

during or while a longer action is in progress in the future,.

We can use the word ‘when’ to show when the shorter action occurs.

We can use the word 'when' to show when the shorter action occurs.

Take a look at the first example,

Take a look at the first example,

‘I will be sleeping when they arrive.’

'I will be sleeping when they arrive.'

Here we see two actions,

Here we see two actions,

‘I will be sleeping’ and ‘they arrive’.

'I will be sleeping' and 'they arrive'.

The part of the sentence that's in the future continuous tense is the longer action

The part of the sentence that's in the future continuous tense is the longer action

that's in progress in the future.

that's in progress in the future.

‘I will be sleeping.’

'I will be sleeping.'

Remember, ‘I will be’ and then verb +ing.

Remember, 'I will be' and then verb +ing.

This is the action that is ongoing in the future.

This is the action that is ongoing in the future.

Then we see ‘when they arrive’.

Then we see 'when they arrive'.

This is in the present tense.

This is in the present tense.

‘they arrive’

'they arrive'

This is the shorter action that happens while this action is ongoing.

This is the shorter action that happens while this action is ongoing.

‘We will be having dinner when the movie starts.’

'We will be having dinner when the movie starts.'

This is very similar to the first sentence.

This is very similar to the first sentence.

‘We will be having dinner …’

'We will be having dinner …'

That's the ongoing action that will happen in the future.

That's the ongoing action that will happen in the future.

And while this is happening, the movie will start.

And while this is happening, the movie will start.

But again, we use the present tense here.

But again, we use the present tense here.

‘the movie starts’

'the movie starts'

So we will be having dinner when the movie starts.

So we will be having dinner when the movie starts.

‘Tina is going to be working when you leave.’

'Tina is going to be working when you leave.'

Remember, we can use ‘be going to be’ in this tense so,

Remember, we can use 'be going to be' in this tense so,

‘She is going to be working when you leave.’

'She is going to be working when you leave.'

This shorter action will happen while this ongoing action is in progress.

This shorter action will happen while this ongoing action is in progress.

And finally, ‘It will be raining when you go shopping’.

And finally, 'It will be raining when you go shopping'.

Again, this is the ongoing action.

Again, this is the ongoing action.

And this is the shorter action.

And this is the shorter action.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, I'll talk about the negative form of the future continuous tense.

Now, I'll talk about the negative form of the future continuous tense.

Here are some examples:

Here are some examples:

‘He will not be reading before bed.’

'He will not be reading before bed.'

For the negative form, after the subject and ‘will’, we say ‘not be’.

For the negative form, after the subject and 'will', we say 'not be'.

And then verb +ing.

And then verb +ing.

‘He will not be reading before bed.’

'He will not be reading before bed.'

He'll be doing something else.

He'll be doing something else.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘My dad won't be cheering when the game ends.’

'My dad won't be cheering when the game ends.'

So this is very similar to the first sentence.

So this is very similar to the first sentence.

We have the subject, ‘my dad,’

We have the subject, 'my dad,'

and instead of ‘will not’ we use the contraction ‘won't’.

and instead of 'will not' we use the contraction 'won't'.

Remember, ‘won't’ is a contraction for ‘will not’.

Remember, 'won't' is a contraction for 'will not'.

‘My dad won't …’ and then we have ‘be’ verb +ing.

'My dad won't …' and then we have 'be' verb +ing.

‘My dad won't be cheering when the game ends.’

'My dad won't be cheering when the game ends.'

The next sentence says, ‘He is not going to be working tomorrow.’

The next sentence says, 'He is not going to be working tomorrow.'

Here we have the ‘be going to be’.

Here we have the 'be going to be'.

So ‘he’ is the subject and so we use the ‘be’ verb ‘is’.

So 'he' is the subject and so we use the 'be' verb 'is'.

After the ‘be’ verb, we say ‘not’.

After the 'be' verb, we say 'not'.

He is not going to ‘be’ verb +ing.

He is not going to 'be' verb +ing.

‘He is not going to be working tomorrow.’

'He is not going to be working tomorrow.'

Remember, we can also use a contraction here and say,

Remember, we can also use a contraction here and say,

‘He isn't going to be working tomorrow.’

'He isn't going to be working tomorrow.'

That's okay as well.

That's okay as well.

‘We aren't going to be shopping on Sunday.’

'We aren't going to be shopping on Sunday.'

Here the subject is ‘we’.

Here the subject is 'we'.

And so the ‘be’ verb to use is ‘are’.

And so the 'be' verb to use is 'are'.

I use the contraction here ‘aren't’ for ‘are not’.

I use the contraction here 'aren't' for 'are not'.

‘We are not …’ or ‘We aren't going to be shopping on Sunday.’

'We are not …' or 'We aren't going to be shopping on Sunday.'

Great job.

Gran trabajo.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's talk about how to form basic questions in the future continuous tense.

Now let's talk about how to form basic questions in the future continuous tense.

Take a look at this first sentence.

Take a look at this first sentence.

It says, ‘He will be traveling next month.’

It says, 'He will be traveling next month.'

Now, to turn this into a question,

Now, to turn this into a question,

all you have to do is change the order of the first two words.

all you have to do is change the order of the first two words.

So ‘He will’ becomes ‘Will he’.

So 'He will' becomes 'Will he'.

‘Will he be traveling next month?’

'Will he be traveling next month?'

You'll notice that the rest of the words don't change.

You'll notice that the rest of the words don't change.

Only the first two words.

Only the first two words.

So, ‘Will he be traveling next month?’

So, 'Will he be traveling next month?'

To answer you can say, ‘Yes, he will.’

To answer you can say, 'Yes, he will.'

or ‘No, he won't.’

or 'No, he won't.'

The next sentence says, ‘They are going to be living there.’

The next sentence says, 'They are going to be living there.'

Again to turn this into a question, simply switch the order of the first two words.

Again to turn this into a question, simply switch the order of the first two words.

‘They are’ becomes ‘Are they’.

'They are' becomes 'Are they'.

‘Are they going to be living there?’

'Are they going to be living there?'

To reply you can say, ‘Yes, they are.’

To reply you can say, 'Yes, they are.'

or ‘No, they aren't.’

o 'No, no lo son'.

Now, you'll notice in these two sentences,

Now, you'll notice in these two sentences,

there is no exact point in time that shows when this action will be happening in the

there is no exact point in time that shows when this action will be happening in the

future.

future.

There is no ‘next month’ or anything like that.

There is no 'next month' or anything like that.

In that case, it simply means sometime in the future.

In that case, it simply means sometime in the future.

So, they are going to be living there sometime in the future.

So, they are going to be living there sometime in the future.

That's what that means.

That's what that means.

Great job, everyone.

Great job, everyone.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, I'll go into how to form ‘WH’ questions in the future continuous tense.

Now, I'll go into how to form 'WH' questions in the future continuous tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

First, you'll notice that all of these questions begin with the ‘Wh’ words -

First, you'll notice that all of these questions begin with the 'Wh' words -

‘Where,’ ‘What,’ ‘Who,’ and ‘When’.

'Where,' 'What,' 'Who,' and 'When'.

Let's take a look at the first question.

Let's take a look at the first question.

‘Where will he be working?’

'Where will he be working?'

When we use ‘will be’, we start with ‘Where’ and then ‘will’.

When we use 'will be', we start with 'Where' and then 'will'.

After that, we have the subject + be and then verb +ing.

After that, we have the subject + be and then verb +ing.

‘Where will he be working?’

'Where will he be working?'

I can answer by saying,

I can answer by saying,

‘He will’ or ‘He'll be working at the factory.’

'He will' or 'He'll be working at the factory.'

The next question says, ‘What will she be watching?’

The next question says, 'What will she be watching?'

This is very similar to the first question.

This is very similar to the first question.

The only difference is that the subject is now ‘she’ and the verb is different.

The only difference is that the subject is now 'she' and the verb is different.

‘What will she be watching?’

'What will she be watching?'

I can say, ‘She'll be watching’ or ‘She will be watching her favorite tv show’.

I can say, 'She'll be watching' or 'She will be watching her favorite tv show'.

‘Who will they be talking to?’

'Who will they be talking to?'

Again, very similar.

Again, very similar.

To answer,I can say,

To answer,I can say,

‘They will be talking to their mom.’

'They will be talking to their mom.'

The last question has ‘be going to be’.

The last question has 'be going to be'.

‘When are we …’ here the subject is ’we’.

'When are we …' here the subject is 'we'.

So we start with the ‘be verb’ – ‘are’.

So we start with the 'be verb' – 'are'.

‘When are we going to be meeting Casey?’

'When are we going to be meeting Casey?'

I can say,

I can say,

‘We are going to be meeting Casey later tonight.’

'We are going to be meeting Casey later tonight.'

Good job, everybody.

Good job, everybody.

Let’s move on.

Vamonos.

Let's start a checkup for the future continuous tense.

Let's start a checkup for the future continuous tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

It says, ‘They _blank_ at school tomorrow.’

It says, 'They _blank_ at school tomorrow.'

I want you to use ‘will' and then the verb ‘study’, for this tense.

I want you to use 'will' and then the verb 'study', for this tense.

Remember, in the future continuous tense,

Remember, in the future continuous tense,

no matter what the subject, we say ‘will be’ and then verb +ing.

no matter what the subject, we say 'will be' and then verb +ing.

So the correct answer for this sentence is ‘they will be studying’

So the correct answer for this sentence is 'they will be studying'

‘They will be studying at school tomorrow.’

'They will be studying at school tomorrow.'

The next sentence says.

The next sentence says.

‘Jesse _blank_ a TV show later.’

'Jesse _blank_ a TV show later.'

Here, instead of ‘will’ try to use ‘be going to be’.

Here, instead of 'will' try to use 'be going to be'.

‘Jesse _blank_ watch a TV show later.’

'Jesse _blank_ watch a TV show later.'

I want you to use the verb ‘watch’.

I want you to use the verb 'watch'.

So, Jessie is a ‘he’ or it can be a ‘she’.

So, Jessie is a 'he' or it can be a 'she'.

Sometimes the name is used for a boy or a girl.

Sometimes the name is used for a boy or a girl.

Either way I need to use the ‘be’ verb – ‘is’.

Either way I need to use the 'be' verb – 'is'.

‘Jesse is going to be’

'Jesse is going to be'

and then we need verb +ing.

and then we need verb +ing.

‘Jesse is going to be watching a TV show later.’

'Jesse is going to be watching a TV show later.'

The next sentence, I want you to find the mistake.

The next sentence, I want you to find the mistake.

‘We willn’t be studying at the library today.’

'We willn't be studying at the library today.'

‘We will not …’

'We will not …'

What's the contraction for ‘will not’?

What's the contraction for 'will not'?

Well it definitely isn't ‘willn’t’.

Well it definitely isn't 'willn't'.

The contraction is ‘won't’.

The contraction is 'won't'.

‘We won't be studying at the library today.’

'We won't be studying at the library today.'

And finally, ‘Sally and I will be meet our friends soon.’

And finally, 'Sally and I will be meet our friends soon.'

Remember, we need ‘will be’ and then verb +ing.

Remember, we need 'will be' and then verb +ing.

So the correct answer is,

So the correct answer is,

‘Sally and I will be meeting our friends soon.’

'Sally and I will be meeting our friends soon.'

Good job, everyone.

Buen trabajo, todos.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, let's move on to the next checkup of the future continuous tense.

Now, let's move on to the next checkup of the future continuous tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

It says, ‘He _blank_ at the door when the movie ends.’

It says, 'He _blank_ at the door when the movie ends.'

I want you to use ‘will’ and the verb ‘wait’.

I want you to use 'will' and the verb 'wait'.

Remember, for this tense, we need ‘will be’ and then verb +ing,

Remember, for this tense, we need 'will be' and then verb +ing,

so the correct answer is,

so the correct answer is,

‘He will be waiting at the door when the movie ends.’

'He will be waiting at the door when the movie ends.'

The next sentence says, ‘We are not …’ so this is a negative,

The next sentence says, 'We are not …' so this is a negative,

‘_blank_ the play when he performs’.

'_blank_ the play when he performs'.

Here, instead of ‘will’, I want you to use ‘be going to be’ and the verb ‘see’.

Here, instead of 'will', I want you to use 'be going to be' and the verb 'see'.

We already have part of that phrase for you.

We already have part of that phrase for you.

‘We are …’, here's the ‘be’ verb, ‘not’

'We are …', here's the 'be' verb, 'not'

so this is negative.

so this is negative.

And then we say ‘going to be’

And then we say 'going to be'

and then verb +ing.

and then verb +ing.

‘We are not going to be seeing the play when he performs.’

'We are not going to be seeing the play when he performs.'

Now find the mistake in this sentence.

Now find the mistake in this sentence.

‘They won't be stay at home when the delivery man visits.’

'They won't be stay at home when the delivery man visits.'

‘They won't be’

'They won't be'

That's correct in the negative form.

That's correct in the negative form.

However, we need verb +ing.

However, we need verb +ing.

‘They won't be staying at home when the delivery man visits.’

'They won't be staying at home when the delivery man visits.'

And finally, ‘Terry is going to working when the manager arrives’.

And finally, 'Terry is going to working when the manager arrives'.

‘Terry’ is a ‘he’ or ‘she’ so ‘is’ is the correct ‘be’ verb to use.

'Terry' is a 'he' or 'she' so 'is' is the correct 'be' verb to use.

‘going to’ that's also correct.

'going to' that's also correct.

What we're missing here is ‘be’.

What we're missing here is 'be'.

‘Terry is going to be working when the manager arrives.’

'Terry is going to be working when the manager arrives.'

Good job, everybody.

Good job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, you have a better understanding of the future continuous tense.

Now, you have a better understanding of the future continuous tense.

Please take some time to study and practice this tense as it is very important.

Please take some time to study and practice this tense as it is very important.

I know English can be a struggle, but don't worry, I'm here for you.

I know English can be a struggle, but don't worry, I'm here for you.

And I believe in you.

And I believe in you.

I'll see you in the next video. Hi, everyone.

Te veré en el próximo video. Hola a todos.

I’m Esther.

soy Ester

In this video, I will introduce the future perfect tense.

In this video, I will introduce the future perfect tense.

This tense is used to express an action in the future

This tense is used to express an action in the future

that will happen by a specific time in the future.

that will happen by a specific time in the future.

This tense can be a little difficult to understand but don't worry I will guide you through it

This tense can be a little difficult to understand but don't worry I will guide you through it

so keep watching.

so keep watching.

The future perfect tense is used to express an action in the future

The future perfect tense is used to express an action in the future

that will happen by a specific time in the future.

that will happen by a specific time in the future.

Let's look at some examples.

Veamos algunos ejemplos.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘The snow will have stopped by April.’

'The snow will have stopped by April.'

We start with the subject.

We start with the subject.

In this case, ‘The snow’.

In this case, 'The snow'.

Then, we follow with ‘will have’ and the past participle of the verb.

Then, we follow with 'will have' and the past participle of the verb.

In this case, we used ‘stopped’ for the verb ‘stop’.

In this case, we used 'stopped' for the verb 'stop'.

At the end of the sentence, you'll notice ‘by April’.

At the end of the sentence, you'll notice 'by April'.

‘by April’ shows the specific time in the future when this action will have happened.

'by April' shows the specific time in the future when this action will have happened.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘By the time he graduates, he will have completed five years of study.’

'By the time he graduates, he will have completed five years of study.'

In this sentence,

In this sentence,

‘By the time he graduates’ or the specific time in the future.

'By the time he graduates' or the specific time in the future.

comes at the beginning of the sentence

comes at the beginning of the sentence

so ‘by’ plus ‘a time in the future’

so 'by' plus 'a time in the future'

can come at the end or it can come at the beginning.

can come at the end or it can come at the beginning.

‘By the time he graduates, he will have completed…’

'By the time he graduates, he will have completed…'

Again, you see ‘subject + will + have’ and the past participle of the verb.

Again, you see 'subject + will + have' and the past participle of the verb.

In this case, ‘completed’.

In this case, 'completed'.

‘By the time he graduates, he will have completed five years of study.’

'By the time he graduates, he will have completed five years of study.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘Her arm will have fully healed by the summer.’

'Her arm will have fully healed by the summer.'

In this example, ‘by the summer’, the future specific time, comes at the end.

In this example, 'by the summer', the future specific time, comes at the end.

By this time in the future, her ‘arm’, that's the subject, will have ‘healed’,

By this time in the future, her 'arm', that's the subject, will have 'healed',

the past participle.

the past participle.

Here I put ‘fully’ just to show how much it will have healed.

Here I put 'fully' just to show how much it will have healed.

I’m just adding an extra description.

I'm just adding an extra description.

The last sentence says,

The last sentence says,

‘By next month, …’ so here we see ‘by’ and ‘the time’ at the beginning of the

'By next month, …' so here we see 'by' and 'the time' at the beginning of the

sentence.

sentence.

‘you’, that's the subject.

'you', that's the subject.

‘will have received’, there's the past participle.

'will have received', there's the past participle.

‘your promotion.’

'your promotion.'

Again, ‘By next month you will have received your promotion.’

Again, 'By next month you will have received your promotion.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, let's talk about the negative form of the future perfect tense.

Now, let's talk about the negative form of the future perfect tense.

Here are some examples.

Aquí hay unos ejemplos.

Let's take a look.

Vamos a ver.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘I will not have graduated from university by July.’

'I will not have graduated from university by July.'

First, I want to point out that at the end, I have the specific time in the future,

First, I want to point out that at the end, I have the specific time in the future,

‘byJuly’.

'byJuly'.

Now for the negative form, what I do is say, ‘subject’ and ‘will not have’,

Now for the negative form, what I do is say, 'subject' and 'will not have',

then we put the past participle of the verb.

then we put the past participle of the verb.

‘I will not have graduated from university by July.’

'I will not have graduated from university by July.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘Ollie and Max will not have spoken ...’

'Ollie and Max will not have spoken ...'

There it is again, ‘will not have’ and then the past participle of speak ...

There it is again, 'will not have' and then the past participle of speak ...

which is ‘spoken’.

which is 'spoken'.

‘… before the plane leaves.’

'… before the plane leaves.'

Here, instead of the word ‘by’, we used ‘before’ to show a specific time in the

Here, instead of the word 'by', we used 'before' to show a specific time in the

future.

That's okay as well.

future.

That's okay as well.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘You will not have eaten dinner by 6 p.m.’

'You will not have eaten dinner by 6 pm'

Here, again, we've used ‘by 6 p.m.’ to show a time in the future.

Here, again, we've used 'by 6 pm' to show a time in the future.

And again, you see ‘you will not have’ and then the past participle of eat which

And again, you see 'you will not have' and then the past participle of eat which

is ‘eaten’.

is 'eaten'.

The last sentence says, ‘By noon …’, there's the time again,

The last sentence says, 'By noon …', there's the time again,

‘I will not have taken off to Japan.’

'I will not have taken off to Japan.'

‘taken’ is the past participle of ‘take’.

'taken' is the past participle of 'take'.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, let's move on to how to form questions in the future perfect tense.

Now, let's move on to how to form questions in the future perfect tense.

The first sentence here says,

The first sentence here says,

‘You will have gone to work by 10 a.m.’

'You will have gone to work by 10 am'

To turn this into a question, all we have to

To turn this into a question, all we have to

do is switch the order of the first two words.

do is switch the order of the first two words.

‘You will’ becomes ‘Will you’.

'You will' becomes 'Will you'.

You'll notice that the rest of the question stays the same as the sentence.

You'll notice that the rest of the question stays the same as the sentence.

‘Will you have gone to work by 10 a.m.?’

'Will you have gone to work by 10 am?'

You can answer by saying, ‘Yes, I will have.’

You can answer by saying, 'Yes, I will have.'

or ‘No, I will have not.’

or 'No, I will have not.'

The next sentence says, ‘She will have woken up by noon.’

The next sentence says, 'She will have woken up by noon.'

Again, to turn this into a question just switch the first two words.

Again, to turn this into a question just switch the first two words.

‘She will’ becomes ‘Will she’.

'She will' becomes 'Will she'.

‘Will she have woken up by noon?’

'Will she have woken up by noon?'

Again, the rest of the sentence stays the same.

Again, the rest of the sentence stays the same.

‘Will she have woken up by noon?’

'Will she have woken up by noon?'

To reply, you can say, ‘Yes, she will have.’

To reply, you can say, 'Yes, she will have.'

or ‘No, she will have not.’

or 'No, she will have not.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now, I'll talk about how to form ‘WH’ questions in the future perfect tense.

Now, I'll talk about how to form 'WH' questions in the future perfect tense.

If you notice on the board, each of these questions begins with the ‘WH’ word.

If you notice on the board, each of these questions begins with the 'WH' word.

‘Where’, ‘what’, ‘who’, and ‘when’.

'Where', 'what', 'who', and 'when'.

Then after each ‘WH’ word comes the word ‘will’.

Then after each 'WH' word comes the word 'will'.

‘Where will’ ‘What will’

'Where will' 'What will'

‘Who will’ and ‘When will’

'Who will' and 'When will'

So let's take a look at the first question.

So let's take a look at the first question.

‘Where will’…’ then you add ‘the subject’.

'Where will'…' then you add 'the subject'.

In this case, ‘you’.

In this case, 'you'.

And then, ‘have’ and after that the past participle of the verb.

And then, 'have' and after that the past participle of the verb.

In this case, it's ‘traveled’.

In this case, it's 'traveled'.

‘Where will you have traveled by December?’

'Where will you have traveled by December?'

I can answer by saying, ‘I will have traveled to Germany and Denmark.’

I can answer by saying, 'I will have traveled to Germany and Denmark.'

There are many possible answers here and this is just an example.

There are many possible answers here and this is just an example.

The next question says, ‘What will they have done …’

The next question says, 'What will they have done …'

‘done’ is the past participle of ‘do’.

'done' is the past participle of 'do'.

‘… by the end of the evening?’

'… by the end of the evening?'

I can answer by saying, ‘They will have done their homework.’

I can answer by saying, 'They will have done their homework.'

The next question says, ‘Who will she have interviewed by 5 p.m.?’

The next question says, 'Who will she have interviewed by 5 pm?'

Again, ‘who will’ + the subject ‘have’ and the past participle of the verb.

Again, 'who will' + the subject 'have' and the past participle of the verb.

I can answer this question by saying,

I can answer this question by saying,

‘She will have interviewed the teachers by 5 p.m.’

'She will have interviewed the teachers by 5 pm'

And finally, ‘When will they have started to learn?’

And finally, 'When will they have started to learn?'

One way to answer this question is to say,

One way to answer this question is to say,

‘They will have started to learn in January.’

'They will have started to learn in January.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Let's start this checkup for the future perfect tense.

Let's start this checkup for the future perfect tense.

Take a look at the first sentence.

Echa un vistazo a la primera frase.

It says, ‘We _blank_ that book by tomorrow.’

It says, 'We _blank_ that book by tomorrow.'

The verb to use is ‘read’.

The verb to use is 'read'.

Remember, in the future perfect tense, we start with the subject,

Remember, in the future perfect tense, we start with the subject,

and we have that here, ‘we’.

and we have that here, 'we'.

Then say, ‘will have’ and the past participle of the verb.

Then say, 'will have' and the past participle of the verb.

So here we need to say ‘will have’.

So here we need to say 'will have'.

What is the past participle of ‘read’?

What is the past participle of 'read'?

The correct answer is ‘read’.

The correct answer is 'read'.

They're spelled the same, but they are pronounced differently.

They're spelled the same, but they are pronounced differently.

‘We will have read that book by tomorrow.’

'We will have read that book by tomorrow.'

The next sentence says, ‘She _blank_ the video by bedtime.’

The next sentence says, 'She _blank_ the video by bedtime.'

Here we have ‘not’ so I want you to try the negative form.

Here we have 'not' so I want you to try the negative form.

And the verb to try is ‘watch’.

And the verb to try is 'watch'.

In the negative form, we start with the subject.

In the negative form, we start with the subject.

And instead of ‘will have’, we say ‘will not have’.

And instead of 'will have', we say 'will not have'.

‘She will not have …’ Then we need the past participle of the verb.

'She will not have …' Then we need the past participle of the verb.

In this case, it is ‘watched’.

In this case, it is 'watched'.

‘She will not have watched the video by bedtime.’

'She will not have watched the video by bedtime.'

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Ryan will not have be to Cuba by summer.’

'Ryan will not have be to Cuba by summer.'

This is the negative form because we have ‘will not have’.

This is the negative form because we have 'will not have'.

That's correct.

Eso es correcto.

But we need the past participle of ‘be’.

But we need the past participle of 'be'.

So we need to change it to ‘been’.

So we need to change it to 'been'.

‘Ryan will not have been to Cuba by summer.’

'Ryan will not have been to Cuba by summer.'

The last sentence says, ‘I will have go to school by 8 30 a.m.’

The last sentence says, 'I will have go to school by 8 30 am'

Here, we have the affirmative, ‘will have’.

Here, we have the affirmative, 'will have'.

But, uh oh, we forgot the past participle of ‘go’ which is ‘gone’.

But, uh oh, we forgot the past participle of 'go' which is 'gone'.

‘I will have gone to school by 8 30 a.m.’

'I will have gone to school by 8 30 am'

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Good job, guys.

Buen trabajo muchachos.

Now you have a better understanding of the future perfect tense.

Now you have a better understanding of the future perfect tense.

I want you to keep studying and practicing this tense.

I want you to keep studying and practicing this tense.

I know studying English can be difficult, but I believe in you

I know studying English can be difficult, but I believe in you

and I will guide you through it.

and I will guide you through it.

I'll see you in the next video. Hi, everybody.

Te veré en el próximo video. Hola a todos.

I’m Esther.

soy Ester

Welcome to the last tense.

Welcome to the last tense.

If you haven't checked out my earlier videos on the tenses,

If you haven't checked out my earlier videos on the tenses,

please go check them out now.

please go check them out now.

In this video, I will talk about the future perfect continuous tense.

In this video, I will talk about the future perfect continuous tense.

This tense can be used to describe an ongoing action

This tense can be used to describe an ongoing action

or situation that will last for a specified period of time in the future.

or situation that will last for a specified period of time in the future.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

There's a lot to learn, so keep watching.

The future perfect continuous tense is used to talk about an ongoing situation

The future perfect continuous tense is used to talk about an ongoing situation

that will be in progress for a period of time at a specific point in time in the future.

that will be in progress for a period of time at a specific point in time in the future.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘She will have been living in Ireland for 10 years at that point.’

'She will have been living in Ireland for 10 years at that point.'

So no matter what the subject, in this case we have ‘she’,

So no matter what the subject, in this case we have 'she',

we follow with ‘will have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’.

we follow with 'will have been' and then 'verb +ing'.

So, ‘She will have been living in Ireland …’

So, 'She will have been living in Ireland …'

Then this sentence has the duration.

Then this sentence has the duration.

What period of time will this last? ‘for 10 years’

What period of time will this last? 'for 10 years'

And when?

And when?

Remember, we need a point in time in the future.

Remember, we need a point in time in the future.

In this case, we just use a general expression, ‘at that point’.

In this case, we just use a general expression, 'at that point'.

Here, it's not specific and that's okay.

Here, it's not specific and that's okay.

We'll see some specific examples in the next sentence.

We'll see some specific examples in the next sentence.

‘By midnight, he will have been sleeping for four hours.’

'By midnight, he will have been sleeping for four hours.'

Here, the specific time in the future comes at the beginning of the sentence.

Here, the specific time in the future comes at the beginning of the sentence.

‘By midnight’ And, again, we see ‘will have been’ +

'By midnight' And, again, we see 'will have been' +

verb 'ing'.

verb 'ing'.

‘By midnight, he will have been sleeping for four hours.’.

'By midnight, he will have been sleeping for four hours.'.

Here we have ‘for four hours’.

Here we have 'for four hours'.

This shows the duration or how long this action will be in progress.

This shows the duration or how long this action will be in progress.

So, again, ‘By midnight he will have been sleeping for four hours.’

So, again, 'By midnight he will have been sleeping for four hours.'

The last sentence says, ‘In June …’

The last sentence says, 'In June …'

Here, again, we have the specific time in the future at the beginning of the sentence.

Here, again, we have the specific time in the future at the beginning of the sentence.

‘In June, ‘we’ that's the subject.

'In June, 'we' that's the subject.

‘we'll have been studying …’ There's the ‘verb +ing’.

'we'll have been studying …' There's the 'verb +ing'.

‘… at this university for four years.’

'… at this university for four years.'

Here is the duration, ‘for four years’.

Here is the duration, 'for four years'.

Good job.

And let's move on.

Buen trabajo.

And let's move on.

Now, let's look at the negative form of the future perfect continuous tense.

Now, let's look at the negative form of the future perfect continuous tense.

In the affirmative form, we say ‘subject’ + ‘will have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’.

In the affirmative form, we say 'subject' + 'will have been' and then 'verb +ing'.

In the negative form, however, we say, ‘subject’ + ‘will not have been’

In the negative form, however, we say, 'subject' + 'will not have been'

and then ‘verb +ing’.

and then 'verb +ing'.

Let's take a look at some examples.

Echemos un vistazo a algunos ejemplos.

The first sentence here says,

The first sentence here says,

‘At that point, I will not have been living in Spain for 10 years.’

'At that point, I will not have been living in Spain for 10 years.'

And so you see it.

And so you see it.

‘I’ is the subject.

'I' is the subject.

‘… will not have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’.

'… will not have been' and then 'verb +ing'.

In this case, ‘living’.

In this case, 'living'.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘He will not have been sleeping for four hours by midnight.’

'He will not have been sleeping for four hours by midnight.'

Again, we see the ‘subject’ + ‘will not have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’,

Again, we see the 'subject' + 'will not have been' and then 'verb +ing',

‘sleeping’.

'sleeping'.

The last sentence says,

The last sentence says,

‘By then, we will not have been studying at this university for three years.’

'By then, we will not have been studying at this university for three years.'

Again, we see the ‘subject’ + ‘we will not have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’

Again, we see the 'subject' + 'we will not have been' and then 'verb +ing'

here, ‘studying’.

here, 'studying'.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's take a look at how to form questions in the future perfect continuous tense.

Now let's take a look at how to form questions in the future perfect continuous tense.

Here, the sentence says,

Here, the sentence says,

‘Sean will have been playing soccer for a year by December.’

'Sean will have been playing soccer for a year by December.'

To turn this into a question, all we have to do is switch the order of the first two

To turn this into a question, all we have to do is switch the order of the first two

words.

words.

So instead of ‘Sean will’, I can say ‘Will Sean’.

So instead of 'Sean will', I can say 'Will Sean'.

‘Will Sean have been playing soccer for a year by December?’

'Will Sean have been playing soccer for a year by December?'

You'll notice that the rest of the sentence stays the same.

You'll notice that the rest of the sentence stays the same.

I can answer by saying, ‘Yes, he will have.’

I can answer by saying, 'Yes, he will have.'

or ‘No, he will have not.’

or 'No, he will have not.'

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘They will have been working there for three months by that time.’

'They will have been working there for three months by that time.'

Again, I changed the order of the first two words.

Again, I changed the order of the first two words.

To turn this into a question ‘They will’ becomes ‘Will they’.

To turn this into a question 'They will' becomes 'Will they'.

‘Will they have been working there for three months by that time?’

'Will they have been working there for three months by that time?'

Again, the rest of the sentence stays the same.

Again, the rest of the sentence stays the same.

I can answer by saying, ‘Yes, they will have.’

I can answer by saying, 'Yes, they will have.'

or ‘No, they will have not.’

or 'No, they will have not.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Now let's take a look at how to form ‘WH” questions in the future perfect continuous

Now let's take a look at how to form 'WH” questions in the future perfect continuous

tense.

tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

All of these questions begin with a ‘WH’ word.

All of these questions begin with a 'WH' word.

‘where’ ‘what’

'where' 'what'

‘who’ and ‘how long’

'who' and 'how long'

Take a look at the first question.

Take a look at the first question.

‘Where will you have been walking?’

'Where will you have been walking?'

To form a ‘WH’ question, we start with the ‘WH’ word, then ‘will’.

To form a 'WH' question, we start with the 'WH' word, then 'will'.

After that, we add the subject, ‘you’, ‘they’, ‘she’ and ‘you’.

After that, we add the subject, 'you', 'they', 'she' and 'you'.

After that, we add ‘have been’ + ‘verb +ing’.

After that, we add 'have been' + 'verb +ing'.

‘Where will you have been walking?’

'Where will you have been walking?'

‘What will they have been playing?’

'What will they have been playing?'

‘Who will she have been talking to?’

'Who will she have been talking to?'

and ‘How long will you have been working …?’

and 'How long will you have been working …?'

There's the ‘verb +ing’.

There's the 'verb +ing'.

‘ … there by the time you finish?’

' … there by the time you finish?'

So let's go through one more time and I'll show you how to answer these questions.

So let's go through one more time and I'll show you how to answer these questions.

‘Where will you have been walking?’

'Where will you have been walking?'

I can answer by saying, ‘I will have been walking in the park.’

I can answer by saying, 'I will have been walking in the park.'

‘What will they have been playing?’

'What will they have been playing?'

‘They will have been playing video games.’

'They will have been playing video games.'

‘Who will she have been talking to?’

'Who will she have been talking to?'

‘She will have been talking to her cousin.’

'She will have been talking to her cousin.'

And finally,

And finally,

‘How long will you have been working there by the time you finish?’

'How long will you have been working there by the time you finish?'

‘By the time I finish, I will have been working there for five years.’

'By the time I finish, I will have been working there for five years.'

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Let's start a checkup for the future perfect continuous tense.

Let's start a checkup for the future perfect continuous tense.

Take a look at the board.

Take a look at the board.

The first sentence says,

The first sentence says,

‘By 10 p.m., I _blank_ that game for three hours.’

'By 10 pm, I _blank_ that game for three hours.'

I’m looking to use the verb ‘play’.

I'm looking to use the verb 'play'.

Remember, in this tense, we need to have ‘subject’ + ‘will have been’ and then ‘verb +ing’.

Remember, in this tense, we need to have 'subject' + 'will have been' and then 'verb +ing'.

So ‘By 10 p.m., I will have been playing …’

So 'By 10 pm, I will have been playing …'

Again, we need ‘verb +ing’.

Again, we need 'verb +ing'.

‘… I will have been playing that game for three hours.

'… I will have been playing that game for three hours.

The next sentence says,

The next sentence says,

‘When she gets here, he _blank_ dinner for an hour.’

'When she gets here, he _blank_ dinner for an hour.'

Try to use the verb ‘cook’.

Try to use the verb 'cook'.

Again, no matter what the subject, it doesn't change.

Again, no matter what the subject, it doesn't change.

‘When she gets here, he will have been cooking …’

'When she gets here, he will have been cooking …'

‘When she gets here, he will have been cooking dinner for an hour.’

'When she gets here, he will have been cooking dinner for an hour.'

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

Now, find the mistake in the next sentence.

‘Steve and Jan will not have be waiting for a year when it arrives.’

'Steve and Jan will not have be waiting for a year when it arrives.'

Here, we have a negative form, ‘they will not have’.

Here, we have a negative form, 'they will not have'.

Then we need ‘been’.

Then we need 'been'.

‘They will not have been …’

'They will not have been …'

And then the ‘verb +ing’ is here so that's correct.

And then the 'verb +ing' is here so that's correct.

‘Steve and Jan will not have been waiting for a year when it arrives.’

'Steve and Jan will not have been waiting for a year when it arrives.'

The last sentence says,

The last sentence says,

‘It will have been work for 10 years on January 15th.’

'It will have been work for 10 years on January 15th.'

So maybe here I’m talking about a computer or a TV.

So maybe here I'm talking about a computer or a TV.

Maybe some kind of machine.

Maybe some kind of machine.

‘it’ ‘It will have been …’

'it' 'It will have been …'

I see the mistake here.

I see the mistake here.

We need ‘verb +ing’.

We need 'verb +ing'.

‘It will have been working for 10 years on January 15th.

'It will have been working for 10 years on January 15th.

Great job, everybody.

Great job, everybody.

Let's move on.

Vamonos.

Thank you so much for watching this  course on the twelve English tenses. 

Thank you so much for watching this course on the twelve English tenses.

Now, you have a better understanding  of how to use these tenses. 

Now, you have a better understanding of how to use these tenses.

I know studying English can be hard, but  with time and practice, you will get better. 

I know studying English can be hard, but with time and practice, you will get better.

Please watch my other videos. And I’ll see you next time. 

Please watch my other videos. Y te veré la próxima vez.

Bye.

Adiós.